Skip to main content

Full text of "American X-ray journal"

See other formats


152356 


LIBRARY  OF  THE 

LEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS 

OF  PHILADELPHIA 


L— — 


D)0(c 


Vol.  9.   No.  I 

X 


July,  1901. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY 
JOURNAL. 


D)0(c 

Cross 


DR.  HEBER  ROBARTS, 

EDITOR, 

Chemical  Building,  ST/ OHUS,  U.S.  A. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼ 

the  Oncomc  of  Jige  i 


! 

J  The  value  of  a  stimulant  in  the  enfeebled  digestion  of  the  aged  has  X 

X  been  recognized  from  the  earliest  time.  * 
X  For  those  who  decline  to  accept  the  aid  of  wine  and  who  need  some-  X 

X    thing  of  a  stimulant  character  to  rouse  the  flagging  powers  of  digestion,  X 

♦  ♦ 

I  "Yellows'  Syrup  of  lwpophospffltes"  i 

t  Offers  Special  Advantages.  | 

♦  ♦ 

♦  In  all  conditions  commonly  seen  in  persons  of  Advancing  Life,  a  tonic  ♦ 

♦  like  Fellows'  Syrup  is  clearly  indicated.  ♦ 

X  Dr.  Milner  F other  gill  'wrote:  "It  (Fellows'  Hypophosphites)  is  a  good  X 

X    all-round     tonic,     specially     indicated     where    there    is    NERVOUS  X 

'  ~ —  i 

♦ 

5 

♦ 
♦ 


EXHAUSTION.' 


Medical  letters  may  be  addressed  to 

MR.  FELLOW'S,  26  Christopher  St.,  New  York. 

♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦< 


 .  •    ;  ••  •• 

TIIK  AKTrKAMttJA.TnijRMtcfAL  COMPANY  *-* JLOJ>tS  -  U.  S.  A. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D.,  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 
United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  $4.00 

Single  Copies   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 
profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  oi 
extra  copies  of  the  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  Gsrman,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 
Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 


Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 

VOL.  b.  ST.  LOUIS,  JULY,  1901.  NO.  1. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  8,  NO.  6. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  9,  NO.  1 


Skiagraphy  in  Oral  and  Dental  Surgery. 
Shield  for  Prevention  of  X-Ray  Burns. 
Improved  X-Ray  Tubes. 
Inaccuracies  of  the  X-Ray  So-called. 
The  X-Ray  in  Quackery. 
Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Association 
Seek  and  Ye  Shall  Find. 
Trigonometry  in  X-Ray  Work. 
Forgeries  in  Art  Proved  by  X-Rays. 
Bullet  in  Hip  Joint. 
Becquerel  Rays. 

Committee  on  Scientific  Research,  R.  S. 
Roentgen  Society.  [U.  S. 

Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 
Detecting    and    Excluding  Renal  and 

Urethral  Calculi. 
Good  X-Ray  Pictures. 
X  Ray  as  an  Analgesic. 


Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 

Skiagraph  in  Oral  and  Dental  Surgery. 

A  Study  of  Static  Electrical  Apparatus- 
Articles  3,  4  and  5. 

X-Rays  in  the  Bladder. 

Fissures  and  Fractures. 

Rodent  Ulcers. 

Insects  and  the  X-Rays. 

New  Process  of  Pelvimetry  and  Long 
Distance  Radiography. 

Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 

Exact  Localization. 

X-Ray  Therapeutics. 

Roentgen  Society. 

First  Becquerel  Burn. 

Investigation  of  X-Ray  Problems. 

A  New  Hospital. 

Epithelioma. 

X-Ray  Burns  in  Paris. 


Rudolf  Virchow  Fund. 


SEP  29t9ft$essor  Roentgen. 

152356 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  9.  ST.  LOUIS,  JULY,  1901.  NO.  1. 


Roentgen    Society    of  the 
United  States. 


Every  member  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion having  pride  in  himself  and  the 
advancement  of  diagnostic  medicine 
should  join  the  Roentgen  Society.  This 
is  the  only  body  in  all  this  land  that  has 
taken  the  initiative.  The  society  has 
like  all  other  undertakings  come  up 
from  necessity;  to  congeal  into  a  com- 
mon whole  the  vast  resources  of  the 
Roentgen  discovery  for  the  profession  at 
large. 

If  you  identify  yourself  by  member- 
ship you  are  one  of  the  great  fraternity. 
You  are  then  an  integral  part,  limb  and 
soul  in  sympathy  with  its  work.  If  you 
are  outside  it  is  quite  natural  to  become 
a  critic  and  feel  chilly  towards  the  very 
means  you  need  to  employ.  Inside  we 
criticise  for  mutual  advantage  and  weigh 
the  logic  of  our  course  in  the  scales  of 
justice.  No  one  can  safely  deny  the 
importance  of  this  subject  if  he  is  a 
practitioner  of  medicine  any  more  than 
he  can  lay  aside  the  scalpel  if  he  is  a 
surgeon.  See  the  vastness  of  the  sub- 
ject. Has  any  discovery  in  any  age  ap- 
proached its  revolutionizing  tendency? 
The  ease  and  certainty  of  diagnosis  has 
advanced  more  in  the  past  five  years 
than  any  previous  century.  It  is  not 
every  one  that  can  avail  themselves  of 
these  advantages  in  practice,  but  every 
doctor  can  avail  himself  of  the  knowl- 
edge of  these  facts.  The  Roentgen 
Society  is  making  the  effort,  it  is  accom- 


plishing what  it  intended  to  do  from  the 
first — unite  the  best  element,  the  thinkers 
and  unprejudiced  minds  of  our  profes- 
sion into  the  necessity  of  the  best  uses 
of  the  x-rays.  So  much  has  been  writ- 
ten, of  spurious  import,  upon  this  subject 
by  well  meaning  men,  yet  ignorant  of  the 
facts,  that  society  work  is  the  only  mill 
through  which  we  can  hope  to  shift  the 
chaff.  It  is  impossible  to  be  educated 
through  journal  reading  alone.  Editors 
are  not  responsible  for  the  points  of  the 
contributors  and  the  writers  differ  in 
their  judgment  according  to  their  indi- 
vidual happenings.  The  reader  is  at 
sea,  he  has  neither  anchor  nor  keel  and 
therefore  is  led  whither  he  goes.  It  is 
difficult  to  dislodge  false  teaching  and 
therefore  the  prime  virtue  of  true  learn- 
ing. If  you  know  the  truth — the  laws 
that  govern  a  principle  then  discussion 
upon  any  of  its  attributes  is  intelligi- 
ble. If  the  writer  assumes  false  premises 
it  is  at  once  detected  and  the  mass  is  un- 
worthy of  our  time.  It  is  for  these  and 
other  reasons  every  fervent  medical  man 
should  be  with  this  society.  Crystalize 
energy  on  permanency  and  on  truth  and 
thereby  conserve  forces  for  the  just 
upbuilding  of  each  and  all.  If  you  are 
with  the  society  you  get  the  truth,  and 
truth  is  powerful  and  must  prevail.  One 
mind  can  not  cull  from  the  world  of  rot 
only  that  which  is  good  for  him.  If  you 
are  with  the  society  the  strength  of  all  is 
united  in  one.  Seize  now  on  to  that 
which  is  known  to  be  good  so  that  we 
may,  as  professional  men,  be  conscious 
of  nearing  the  goal  we  seek. 


93° 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Skiagraph  in  Oral  and  Dental 
Surgery. 


BY  WESTON  A.  PRICE,  D.D.S.,  M.  E. 

elivered   with    Stereoptican  Views    before  the 
Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States, 
Grand  Central  Palace,  New  York  City, 
December  13, 1900. 
Continued  from  page  915. 

Sometimes  these  abscesses  produce 
very  extensive  destruction  of  tissue,  as 
for  example  in  this  case  (Fig.  8)  where 
the  lighter  area  shows  the  extent  of  the 
abscess  in  the  bone  around  the  lateral 
incisor.  There  is  no  necessity  for  ex- 
traction in  these  cases.  Of  course,  the 
abscess  must  have  drainage  and  have 
the  irritant  removed  and  then  the  treat- 
ment is  very  simple.  This  case  had 
been  drained  through  the  root  canal 
which,  as  you  see,  left  the  abscess  more 
than  half  full  of  pus  all  the  time.  The 
most  dependent  point  is  that  marked  X. 
The  abscess  was  perforated  at  this  point 
and  thoroughly  sterilized  and  stimulated 
and  the  root  filled  at  once.  The  cure 
was  rapid  and  perfect. 

The  location  of  the  irritant  producing 
these  abscesses  is  often  very  hard  to 
locate,  as  in  this  case  (Fig.  9)  where  the 
light  area  shows  the  extent  of  the  ab- 
sorption of  the  bone  caused  by  an  abscess 
from  diseased  root.  The  abscess  had  its 
fistula  beside  the  second  bicuspid  and 
was  treated  accordingly.  The  dentist 
in  charge  extracted  the  first  bicuspid 
because  it  was  tender  to  concussion,  but 
finding  it  all  right  replaced  it.  This 
radiograph  shows  the  trouble  to  come 
from  absorption  of  the  apex  of  the 
lateral  and  the  case  was  treated  accord- 
ingly by  amputating  the  apex  of  the 
lateral  root  with  excellent  results.  Of 
course,  drainage  was  secured  at  the 
lowest  point  of  the  abscess.  Nature  soon 
fills  in  these  large  abscess  cavities 
with  new  bone  when  the  irritant  is 
removed  as  you  will  see  by  a  radio- 
graph of  this  same  case  three  months 
later. 


The  next  (Fig.  11)  shows  a  lower  jaw 
more  than  half  cut  off  by  an  abscess. 

(Fig.  12)  shows  absorption  of  the  apex 
of  the  central  incisor,  causing  a  chronic 
abscess  about  it  which  had  resisted  treat- 
ment. Now  that  the  cause  is  known 
the  treatment  is  simple. 

The  next  (Fig.  13  )  is  very  remarka- 
ble, since  it  is  a  case  of  an  abscess  with 
a  fistula  externally  upon  the  face,  and 
while  the  abscess  is  quite  large  as  you 
see,  its  cause  is  not  apparent.  It  is  prob- 
ably a  so-called  pericemental  abscess. 
The  fistula  leaves  it  at  its  superior  point 
marked  X.  while  its  most  dependent 
point  is  much  lower  marked  A.  A  per- 
foration or  artificial  fistula  will  be  es- 
tablished at  this  point  A,  when  the 
patient  gets  ready,  unless  it  heals  by 
absorption.  The  flow  of  pus  has  ceased 
since  the  last  skiagraph  was  taken. 

I  have  spoken  of  the  operation  of 
root  amputation  without  extraction 
where  irritant  is  a  diseased  apex  of  an 
otherwise  good  root.  This  operation 
is  not  difficult  and  is  almost  always  at- 
tended with  a  perfect  cure.  This  slide, 
(Fig.  14)  shows  a  typical  case.  This 
tooth  has  been  abscessed  for  13  years 
and  resisted  treatment.  The  skiagraph 
shows  the  trouble  to  come  from  an  im- 
perfectly filled  tooth.  The  apex  was 
amputated  at  a  point  where  the  root- 
filling  stopped,  as  seen  by  this  same  and 
the  result  was  a  perfect  cure.  Fig.  15 
shows  another  case  before  and  after 
root  amputation  The  bone  fills  in 
around  these  amputated  roots,  making 
them  very  firm  and  serviceable. 
2238  Euclid  ave.,  Cleveland,  O. 

(See  illustrations  on  next  page.) 

TO  BE  CONTINUED. 

Roentgen  Exhibition  in  Hamburg  will 
take  place  during  the  meeting  of  the 
German  "Naturforscher  und  Aerzte" 
from  September  22  to  29. 

Fatigued  muscles  give  much  denser 
shadows  than  when  viewed  or  radio- 
graphed in  rest. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL.  931 


™  14.  FIG.  15. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


933 


A  Study  of  Static  Electrical 
Apparatus. 

BY  JOHN   TOWNSEND   PITKIN,    M.  D. 
ARTICLE   NO.  3. 

The  bete  noir  of  the  operator  of  a 
Holtz  static  machine,  is  the  frequent 
loss  of  charge  during  the  warmer  months 
of  the  year,  when  the  atmosphere  con- 
tains a  high  degree  of  fractional  satura- 
tion of  moisture,  which  renders  the  air 
more  conductive  of  the  high  tension 
electrical  currents. 

This  variety  of  static  machine  has  no 
power  to  bring  itself  into  primary  ac- 
tion. It,  therefore,  requires  charging, 
priming  or  exciting  by  some  secondary 
apparatus.  Usually  a  small  Toepler  or 
Wimshurst  static  machine  is  employed 
for  the  purpose.  (An  entirely  new  and 
original  method  of  overcoming  loss  of 
charge,  invented  by  the  writer,  will  be 
demonstrated  to  the  members  of  The 
Roentgen  Ray  Society  when  they  meet 
in  Buffalo  next  September.) 

Some  makers  inclose  the  charger  in 
the  same  case  with  the  Holtz  machine, 
placing  it  at  one  end  thereof,  where,  by 
the  employment  of  switches  or  other 
devices,  it  may  be  connected  to  the 
machine  proper,  and  thus  operated  until 
all  portions  of  the  apparatus  are  brought 
into  full  functional  activity. 

The  objections  to  this  arrangement  are 
manifold.  Inclosing  the  machine  and 
its  charger,  as  above  described,  requires 
that  the  case  shall  be  unduly  large, 
hence  it  takes  up  too  much  space  in  a 
crowded  office.  Unsightly,  because  the 
essential  portion  of  the  apparatus  is  in 
a  symmetrical  position.  To  adjust  a 
brush  or  other  portion  of  the  charger,  the 
entire  machine  must  be  opened  and  ex- 
posed to  the  damp  air  of  the  apartment. 
The  operator  cannot  predetermine  which 
side  of  the  machine  will  be  of  a  desired 
polarity.  To  dry  the  case  by  chemical 
or  electrical  means  will  require  more 
time  than  would  be  consumed  in  drying 


a  charger  inclosed  in  its  individual  case. 

Inaccessibility  precludes  the  employ- 
ment of  a  Ruhmkorff  coil  or  other  high 
potential  transformer  to  excite  the 
charger  when  that  instrument,  for  un- 
known reasons,  refuses  to  functionate. 
To  excite  a  Holtz  machine  into  primary 
action,  proceed  as  follows:  Test  the 
charger  to  determine  whether  it  is  in 
working  order.  Operate  the  machine 
until  all  of  its  members  are  brought  into 
full  electrical  activity.  Connect  the 
prime  conductors  of  the  charger  to  the 
corresponding  structure  of  the  machine, 
which  is  to  be  excited,  using  short  pieces 
of  wire  or  metallic  chains  for  the  pur- 
pose. Have  the  discharging  rods  of 
both  machines  wide  open.  Bring  the 
two  instruments  into  mechanical  activity. 
Allow  the  charger  considerable  speed, 
while  the  Holtz  machine  is  run  slowly. 
Nearly  close  the  discharging  rods  of  the 
latter  instrument  until  feeble  sparks 
commence  to  pass  between  the  terminals, 
then  very  slowly  open  the  rods  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  maintain  them  at  the  maxi- 
mum sparking  distance.  The  first  feeble 
sparks  are  derived  from  the  charger, 
while  another  portion  of  its  current  is 
passing  through  the  inside  of  the  Holtz 
machine  to  awaken  its  dormant  struct- 
ures. When  the  discharge  suddenly 
becomes  louder,  longer,  fatter  and 
brighter,  the  charger  may  be  discon- 
nected, for  the  Holtz  machine  can  then 
be  operated  independently.  The  polar- 
ity of  the  Holtz  machine  will  correspond 
to  that  of  the  instrument  with  which  it 
is  excited,  hence  by  observing  the  dis- 
charge at  the  collecting  combs  of  the 
charger  in  a  darkened  apartment  and 
making  connections  accordingly,  a  de- 
sired polarity  may  be  obtained. 

To  insure  electrical  activity  of  the 
charger,  it  should  be  inclosed  in  a  suit- 
able case  and  kept  dry  by  chemical  ab- 
sorbents or  a  small  electrical  heater. 
Perhaps  the  best  electrical  heater  for  a 
small  machine  is  an  eight  or  16  candle- 


934 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


power  incandescent  lamp,  firmly  secured 
by  a  lamp  socket  to  the  bottom  of  the 
inside  of  the  case;  the  terminals  of  the 
lamp  may  be  connected  to  binding  posts, 
which  pass  through  the  woodwork  and 
serve  for  attachment  of  lead  wires  from 
the  commercial  electrical  service. 

A  charger  which  refuses  to  operate 
may  be  coerced  into  action  by  connect- 
ing its  field  brushes  to  the  secondary  of 
a  small  Ruhmkorff  sparking  coil,  the 
primary  of  which  is  excited  by  the  direct 
commercial  current  passed  through  a 
bank  of  lamps  placed  in  simple  series. 

When  a  Holtz  machine  has  many 
plates  and  the  inside  of  the  case  is  damp, 
it  requires  for  its  excitation  an  apparatus 
which  generates  a  current  of  consider- 
able volume.  Under  these  circum- 
stances, either  the  exciter  itself  must  be 
a  large  machine  or  a  small  machine 
operated  at  high  speed,  may  discharge 
its  current  through  a  pair  of  Leyden 
jars,  the  condensers  acting  as  static  trans- 
former?. To  rid  the  inside  of  the  case 
of  a  Holtz  machine  of  moisture,  two 
methods  may  be  adopted,  i.  e.,  chemical 
absorption  and  electrical  heating.  The 
base  of  the  machine  can  be  provided 
with  drying  chambers  communicating 
with  the  inside  of  the  case  by  trap-doors 
placed  in  its  floor.  Other  small  doors 
should  open  outwards  to  allow  the  oper- 
ator to  replenish  the  chemicals  and  ad- 
just or  repair  the  heating  coils  without 
opening  the  instrument  proper  and  ex- 
posing it  to  the  moist  atmosphere  of  the 
apartment.  In  one  of  the  chambers  are 
placed  large,  shallow,  flat  trays  con- 
taining commercial  calcium  chloride, 
which,  by  absorbing  moisture,  turns 
from  a  white,  dry,  lumpy  material  into 
a  soft,  sticky  mass,  or  may  even  become 
deliquescent. 

During  the  summer  months,  the  chlor- 
ide should  be  freed  from  water  by  heat- 
ing it  in  flat,  iron  trays,  preferably  upon 
a  gas  range,  every  third  or  fourth  day 
until  it  becomes  anhydrous.    Buffalo, N.  v. 


Fruita,  Colorado,  June  29,  1901. 
Dr.  Heber  Robarts. 

Dear  Sir:  My  design  patent  on  sta- 
tionary plate  was  officially  allowed  on 
the  20th  inst.,  and  patent  will  be  issued 
on  July  9. 

I  enclose  drawing  of  same.  It  is 
made  in  two  parts  and  is  separable  along 
lines  BB.  The  line  B  and  B  instead 
of  being  carried  round  in  a  semi-circle 
is  carried  out  and  makes  projection  at  A 
which  serves  as  a  base  of  support  and 


the  plate  is  steadied  as  usual  at  top  B. 
Hole  C  is  for  hub  of  revolving  plates.  It 
has  all  the  appearances  and  advantages 
of  a  circular  plate  and  can  be  easily  re- 
moved, as  well  as  being  cheaper  than 
regular  plate  and  not  the  danger  of 
breaking.  I  have  the  plates  on  my  4-20 
inch  rubber  plate  machine,  which  runs 
from  1,000  to  2,000  per  minute  and  it  is 
doing  work  equal  to  the  larger  machines 
also  on  one  machine  with  8-27  inch  re- 
volving plates  and  results  are  equal  to 
the  best  for  that  size. 

Will  try  and  have  some  photos  of  the 
machine  before  long  with  description. 

Yours  truly, 

J.  M.  G.  Beard. 


Pus  is  less  translucent  to  the  rays  than 
serous  fluids. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


935 


A  Study  of  Static  Electrical 
Apparatus. 

BY  JOHN  TOWN  SEND  PITKIN,    M.  D. 


ARTICLE   NO.  4. 


The  Charge  and  the  Charger  Continued. 

A  well-constructed  Holtz  machine  can 
be  operated  during  all  portions  of  the 
year  without  a  dryer  to  absorb  or  heater 
to  expel  the  moisture,  providing  a 
charger  of  adequate  generating  capacity 
is  employed  to  bring  it  into  primary  ac- 
tion its  plates  will  yield  their  full  quota 
of  current,  but  the  damp  air  will  dissi- 
pate a  portion  of  the  energy,  and  in  con- 
sequence of  the  low  point  of  magnetic 
saturation  of  the  atmosphere  the  con- 


the  charger,  and  making  connections 
accordingly,  a  desired  polarity  may  be 
given  to  the  instrument  that  is  to  be 
excited. 

When,  as  is  usually  the  case,  the 
mechanical  propulsion  of  the  static 
machine  is  effected  by  an  electro-motor 
actuated  by  a  direct  commercial  current, 
a  rheostat  for  starting  box  and  speed 
regulator  is  placed  in  a  simple  series. 

The  rheostat  is  essentially  composed 
of  resisting  iron  wire  coils,  varying 
lengths  of  which,  by  a  selecting  device, 
may  be  interposed  in  the  circuit,  causing 
a  portion  of  the  electrical  energy  to  be 
dissipated  in  the  form  of  heat.  Other 
coils  of  similar  composition  are  placed 
in  a  special  chamber  in  the  base  of  the 


A  sixteen  revolving  plj 
denser  action  of  the  machine  and  its 
electrical  output  will  be  minimized.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  case  is  thoroughly 
dried,  a  few  turns  of  a  small  charger 
will  suffice  for  its  excitation  and  the 
electrical  output  will  be  at  a  maximum. 

A  small  charger  may  be  used  to  bring 
a  larger  exciter  into  action  whenever 
the  latter  is  required,  but  fails  to 
operate.  The  polarity  of  the  Holtz 
machine  will  correspond  to  that  of  the 
instrument  from  which  it  obtains  its 
charge.  Hence,  by  observing  in  the 
darkened  apartment  the  nature  of  the 
discharge  on  the   collecting  combs  of 


e,  Holtz  static  machine, 
static  machine,  where  they  are  employed 
for  drying  purposes.  Would  it  not  be 
advisable  from  an  economical  standpoint 
to  combine  the  two  devices,  using  the 
heat  of  the  rheostat  to  dry  the  interior 
of  the  apparatus?  This  may  be  accom- 
plished in  the  following  manner:  Draw 
in  your  mind's  eye  two  pictures  of  the 
face  of  a  clock,  one  on  the  base  and  rear 
side  of  the  static  machine  over  the  dry- 
ing apartment,  the  other  on  the  inside 
of  the  chamber  against  the  front  board, 
the  two  imaginary  clock  dials  facing  in 
the  same  direction  and  in  perfect  aline- 
ment. 


936 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Procure  one  bound  of  iron  stove-pipe 
wire.  Divide  the  wire  into  12  pieces 
of  equal  length.  Wind  each  of  the 
wires  over  a  large  lead  pencil,  thus  mak- 
ing as  many  coils.  String  the  coils 
across  the  drying  chamber,  attaching 
their  free  ends  to  screw  eyes,  firmly  se- 
cured in  the  woodwork  at  points  corre- 
sponding to  the  numbers  in  the  imaginary 
clock  dial.  Connect  the  alternating 
screw  eyes  at  the  front  end  of  the  cham- 
ber to  their  next  neighbor,  i.  e.,  number 
one  to  number  two,  three  to  four,  five 
to  six,  etc.,  not  number  two  to  three,  or 
four  to  five,  etc.,  by  short  pieces  of  wire. 
The  twelve  screw  eyes  at  the  rear  end  of 
the  case  must  pass  through  the  wood- 
work, each  one  terminating  on  the  out- 
side in  a  small  metallic  button. 

The  chamber  should  be  lined  through- 
out with  asbestos  and  all  connections  of 
wires  made  perfect  to  avoid  the  danger 
of  setting  fire  to  the  apparatus.  Pivot 
from  the  center  of  the  circular  row  of 
buttons,  on  the  rear  of  the  machine,  a 
small  metallic  arm  long  enough  to  over- 
lap the  buttons,  its  outer  end  movable, 
provided  with  an  insulated  knob  for  a 
handle. 

Through  an  intervening  binding-post 
attach  one  of  the  lead  wires  from  the 
electrical  main  to  the  fixed  end  of  the 
arm.  The  other  lead  is  to  be  made  fast 
through  another  post  to  but'on  number 
one.  When  the  movable  end  of  the  se- 
lecting arm  rests  upon  button  number 
twelve,  all  of  the  resistance  is  in  the  cir- 
cuit. The  resistance  can  be  decreased 
by  gradual  gradations  by  moving  the 
arm  towards  the  smaller  numbers.  Thus 
reduced,  the  machine  will  gain  in  speed 
and  vice  versa. 

All  of  the  electrical  energy  not  em- 
ployed to  operate  the  motor  will  be  con- 
verted into  heat,  which,  no  longer 
wasted,  will  be  utilized  to  dry  the  in- 
terior of  the  apparatus. 

In  bringing  the  static  machine  into 
primary  action,  a  very  low  rate  of  speed 


is  desired;  at  the  same  time  the  load  for 
the  motor  is  very  slight,  hence  all  of  the 
resistance  may  be  placed  in  series  and 
all  the  coils  of  the  rheostat  used  for 
heating  purposes.  The  object  in  having 
so  many  coils  in  the  rheostat  is  to  attain 
any  desired  rate  of  speed  for  the  revolv- 
tng  discs  or  armature  of  our  lightning 
generator. 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

X-Rays  in  the  Bladder. 

This  case  has  been  recently  reported 
to  us:  A  man  forty  years  of  age  had 
suffered  five  years  with  a  disease  of  the 
bladder.     Some  of  the  eminent  surgeons 
of  the  east  had  treated  him  and  for  the 
past  four  months  had  been  in  the  great 
Jefferson  Hospital  of  Philadelphia.  Tu- 
berculous trouble  of  the  prostate  was  one 
of  the  many  diagnosis  made  and  for 
which   he   was    treated.    Strange  but 
true,  neuresthenia  was  another  diagno- 
sis.   Finally  a  good  doctor  "fell  upon 
himself"  and  employed  the  x-rays.  A 
stone  was  located.    Operation  revealed 
an  encysted  calculus  of  the  phosphatic 
variety  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg  weighing 
four  ounces.    This  case  may  be  one, 
and  we  hope  it  will  escape  the  search- 
ing lash  of  the  law.    We  will  defend  to 
the  uttermost  our  lame  profession,  but 
with  neglect  similar  to  this  case  what 
can  we  expect?    Sooner  or  later  when 
the  x-ray  is  available  the  people  will  de- 
mand its  use  or  punish  us  for  neglect  of 
duty.    The  x-ray  is  one  of  the  imple- 
ments of  the  physician's  armory  and  the 
law  presumes  negligence  on  our  part, 
should  we  fail  to  use  all  the  available 
means  for  making  diagnosis. 


Fissures  and  Fractures. 

Dr.  Beck  teaches  the  advisability  of 
beginning  motion  after  10  days,  in  fis- 
sure as  well  as  in  fracture  of  the  radial 
head  if  the  skiagraphic  observation  shows 
no  tendency  to  displacement. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


937 


A  Study  of  Static  Electrical 
Apparatus. 

BY  JOHN  TOWNSEND  PITKIN,    M.  D. 
ARTICLE  NO  5. 

The  Neutralizing  Circuit. 

Forty-five  degrees  of  a  circle  formed 
by  the  revolving  plate  of  the  static  ma- 
chine, computed  in  the  direction  that 
they  turn  from  the  two  sets  of  collecting 
combs  which  gather  the  current  from 
the  prime  conductors,  extending  a  va- 
reliable  distance  towards  the  axle,  in  the 
alternating  interspaces  of  the  revolving 
plates,  firmly  attached  to  metallic  sup- 
ports are  placed  secondary  sets  of  rods 
and  combs.  These  rods  and  combs,  a 
superior  and  inferior  set,  are  of  similar 
construction,  perfect  in  alinement  with 
each  other  and  the  fellows  of  the  oppo- 
site side,  their  function  is  to  relieve  the 
revolving  discs  of  the  electro-magnetic 
energy  not  employed  for  useful  pur- 
poses, i.  e.,  maintain  the  excitation  of 
the  field  plates  and  sustain  the  external 
circuit.  This  residue  they  take  up  and 
discharge  into  a  metallic  structure,  by 
which  the  superior  and  inferior  set  of 
rods  communicate,  named  from  the 
function  that  it  performs,  the  neutralizing 
rod.  When  a  static  machine  is  brought 
into  primary  action,  this  circuit  offers 
little  resistance  to  the  electrical  flow, 
hence  it  is  the  first  to  be  excited.  It 
facilitates  excitation. 

Once  the  machine  is  in  action,  as  al- 
ready intimated,  it  constantly  relieves 
the  revolving  discs  of  all  surplus  charge, 
thus  they  assist  in  keeping  the  two  sides 
of  the  machine  of  opposite  polarity.  If 
resistance  in  the  form  of  spark  gaps,  or 
a  Crooke's  tube  is  placed  in  the  external 
circuit  the  amount  of  current  in  that 
circuit  will  be  somewhat  reduced  while 
that  of  the  neutralizing  circuit  will  be 
proprotionately  augmented. 

As  the  potential  of  the  neutralizing 
comb-holders   d  ffers   from  the  comb- 


holders  of  the  prime  conductor  circuit 
of  the  same  side,  they  must  not  be  with- 
in sparking  distance  of  each  other. 
Owing  to  the  tendency  of  other  struct- 
ures to  discharge  onto  the  neutralizing 
rod  it  should  be  placed  at  the  extreme 
rear  of  the  case  and  inclosed  through- 
out in  half  inch  hard  rubber  tubing. 
The  four  sets  of  collecting  rods  and 
combs  might  be  made  adjustable,  like 
the  discharging  rods,  so  that  they  could 
be  slid  in  and  out  according  to  require- 
ments. In  when  the  Crooke's  tube  is  of 
low  vacuum,  the  inside  of  the  case  dry 
and  the  machine  ran  at  low  speed.  Out 
when  the  tube  is  hard,  the  case  damp  or 
the  apparatus  operated  with  considera- 
ble speed. 

With  adjustable  rods  and  combs  we 
would  be  able  to  obtain  the  maximum 
external,  and  the  minimum  internal  cur- 
rent, and  dispense  with  noisy,  wasteful 
interruptions  in  the  form  of  spark  gaps, 
which  in  turn  cause  diffusion  of  the 
x-radiance  and  a  blurring  of  the  pictures. 
Spark-gaps  are  wasteful  because  the 
structures  which  are  insulators  for  a 
steady  flow  become  conductors  when  it 
is  intermitted.  The  interrupted  cur- 
rent is  adisperser  of  the  electro-magnet- 
ic energy. 

The  metallic  supporters  of  the  collect- 
ing rods  require  perfect  insulation,  con- 
tact with  the  wood-work  of  the  case  is 
inadmissable. 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Rodent  Ulcers. 

It  is  certainly  impracticable  to  treat 
rodent  ulcers  with  the  knife  either  be- 
cause of  scar  tissue  resulting  or  the  al- 
most certainty  of  return  of  the  disease. 
With  the  x-rays  all  these  cases  recover. 
Scar  tissue  does  not  form  or  disappear 
after  raying. 

The  best  picture  of  the  heart  is  taken 
with  the  plate  to  the  chest  and  the  anode 
two  inches  to  the  left  of  the  sixth  dorsal 
vertebra  16  inches  from  the  plate. 


938 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Insects  and  the  X-Rays. 

A  box  was  made  half  of  wood,  and 
half  of  sheet  lead.  In  the  wooden  half 
a  number  of  larvae  of  flies,  bees,  beetles 
and  other  insects  was  placed  and  the  box 
was  then  put  in  the  field  of  the  x-rays. 

The  insect  colony  at  once  became 
greatly  excited  and  after  crawling  to  and 
fro,  finally  emigrated,  to  a  worm,  to  the 
leaden  half  of  the  box,  where  the  rays 
could  not  penetrate. 

The  experiment  was  repeated  many 
times  and  always  with  the  same  result. 

A  similar  experiment  was  tried  with 
the  blind  larvae  of  a  certain  species  of 
beetle.  A  number  of  them  was  placed 
in  an  open  cigar  box,  which  also  con- 
tained a  metal  box  with  an  opening. 
No  sooner  were  the  rays  turned  on  than 
the  insects  showed  signs  of  distress. 
Their  uneasiness  increased  and  in  a  lit- 
tle while  they  all  sought  refuge  in  the 
metal  box. 

As  the  larvae  in  the  second  experi- 
ment were  entirely  sightless,  their  per- 
ception of  the  rays  must  take  place 
through  the  nerves  of  the  skin. 


Toledo,  Ohio,  June  22,  1901. 
Dr.  Heher  Rorarts,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Dear  Sir:  —  I  have  a  Queen  15  inch  x- 
ray  outfit  which  1  wish  to  sell.  This  is 
one  of  their  latest  coils  (built  last  Novem- 
ber). The  only  reason  I  have  for  sell- 
ing it  is  that  I  am  going  abroad  for  six 
months  and  wish  to  have  a  25  inch  spe- 
cial coil  built  for  some  experiments  which 
I  wish  to  carry  out.  Outfit  consists  of  a 
15  inch  coil,  7  cells  D.  7  chloride  accu- 
mulator, 2  queen  tubes,  2  General  Elec- 
tric Company  tubes,  large  Queen  tube 
stand,  7x8  fluoroscope  and  x-ray  cabi- 
net mounted  on  castors.  This  is  24^ 
inches  square,  holds  battery  and  has 
drawer  8  inches  deep  large  enough  to 
hold  4  tubes,  wires,  etc.  (Cabinet 
of  quarter  sawed  oak  and  a  handsome 
piece  of    furniture).     This    outfit  cost 


$400  and  I  will  sell  it  complete  for 
$300.  If  party  does  not  want  whole 
outfit  will  sell  coil,  battery  and  cabinet 
for  $240.  (list  being  $320.)  I  do  not 
care  to  sell  coil  without  battery  but  will 
sell  battery  separately,  as  I  do  not  care 
to  have  same  taken  care  of  while  I  am 
away.  This  outfit  is  just  like  new  and 
I  will  ship  to  any  one  you  know  to  be 
responsible  and  if  they  do  not  find  it  to 
be  as  represented  they  need  not  take  it. 
This  is  not  a  second-hand  outfit  to  be 
sold  at  half  price,  but  anyone  wishing  a 
first-class  outfit  of  this  kind  can  secure 
this  and  save  some  money. 

Yours  truly, 

H.  W.  Dachtler. 

Dr.  Jose  Gallegos  of  Retalhulen, 
Guatemala,  C.  A.,  has  constructed  a 
static  machine  which  he  claims  to  be 
many  times  greater  in  current  power 
with  same  number  of  plates  and  diame- 
ter, than  any  static  machine  heretofore 
made.  The  secret  of  greater  length  of 
spark  and  fatness  is  due  to  his  method  of 
sector  construction.  The  shape  of  sec- 
tors does  not  differ  from  those  ordinarily 
made  but  he  reverses  the  foldings  of  pa- 
per many  times  and  between  the  layers 
of  each  is  placed  a  layer  of  tin  foil.  It 
is  thus  the  sectors  are  built  up  possibly 
one-eighth  of  an  inch  deep  or  more  and 
the  number  of  sheets  of  tin  foil  thus  in- 
terposed seems  to  be  the  exciting  cen- 
ters of  greater  output  of  current. 

The  intestines  should  be  emptied  be- 
fore radiographing  for  stone  in  the 
kidneys,  gall  stone,  abdominal  anurism, 
intestinal  concretions,  dilatation  of  the 
stomach,  abscess,  and  for  other  search- 
ings  in  the  abdomen  and  pelvis.  It  is 
often  with  diagnosis  that  life  depends. 
Twenty-four  hours  should  be  consumed 
in  cleansing  the  bowels. 

A  heart  after  pericarditis  is  large  and 
the  entire  muscle  cast  a  denser  shadow 
than  a  heart  healthy. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


939 


New  Process  of  Pelvimetry 
and  Long  Distance 
Radiography. 

This  is  the  title  of  an  article  in  Scien- 
tific American  Supplement,  May  n  ult. 
The  principle  of  the  article  is  to  show 
how  we  can  sensibly  cause  parallel  radia- 
tions imitating  our  own  vision.  The 
bulbs  employed  are  bi-anodic  and  are 
placed  at  considerable  distance  from  the 
object.  A  table  is  given  by  Dr.  Var- 
nier  of  a  dry  pelvis,  showing  the  differ- 
ence between  the  dimensions  of  the 
pelvis  itself  and  the  radiograph.  The 
figures  are  estimated  on  shadows  80  to 
90  feet  distance,  but  it  is  alleged  that  in 
actual  practice  16  feet  would  answer. 
If  we  had  a  tube  that  would  give  good 
views  of  an  adult  pelvis  16  feet  away 
with  10  minutes  exposure  we  would  cer- 
tainly be  approaching  superior  radi- 
ance— the  goal  we  seek,  the  entire 
scheme  is  a  conception  and  only  worthy 
of  mention. 

Roentgen    Society    of  the 
United  States. 

ANNOUNCEMENT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON 
ARRANGEMENTS. 

The  Committee  on  Arrangements  for 
the  next  meeting  of  the  Roentgen  Socie- 
ty of  America  have  secured,  through  the 
courtesy  of  the  Dean  and  Faculty  of  the 
University  of  Buffalo,  the  use  of  as  much 
of  its  building  as  we  may  require.  The 
location  is  central,  the  room  ample  and 
on  the  ground  floor.  The  date  of  the 
meetings  will  be  Sept.  10  and  11  at 
the  University  of  Buffalo,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

The  following  rules  and  regulations 
in  regard  to  exhibits  have  been  adopted 
by  the  committee:  Applications  for 
space  should  be  sent  as  early  as  possi- 
ble to  R.  C.  Adams,  Secretary,  drawer 
No.  963,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  with  particu- 
lars as  to  character  of  exhibit  and  space 
needed. 

Exhibits  may  be  consigned  to  Louis 


Staffeldt,  care  University  of  Buffalo,  and 
all  express  and  freight  charges  must  be 
pre-paid.  Owners  of  goods  sent  by 
freight  who  wish  them  transferred  to 
place  of  meeting  on  arrival,  must  notify 
the  secretary  and  send  him  the  pre-paid 
bills  of  lading.  The  cartage  will  be  at 
expense  of  owners. 

Exhibits  are  wholly  at  risk  of  owrners, 
and  should  be  unpacked  and  installed 
by  them  not  later  than  Sept.  7. 

Alternating  current  104  volts,  single 
phase,  60  cycles,  and  direct  current  no 
volts,  will  be  available,  also  dark  room 
for  photographic  purposes.  All  exhibits 
must  be  removed  by  Sept.  13. 

Edgar  B.  Stevens,  Chairman. 
Roger  Cook  Adams,  Sec,  Drawer  693. 
Dr.  James  W.  Putnam, 
Dr.  Elmer  E.  Starr, 
Dr.  Rennick  R.  Ross, 

Committee. 

X-Ray  Burn  in  Paris. 

Dr.  Bronardel  and  M.  Ogier  were 
employed  as  expert  witnesses  in  a  case 
of  suit  brought  for  alleged  x-ray  burns. 
The  doctors  testified  that  no  one  knows 
the  conditions  which  give  rise  to  burns 
in  some  people,  and  not  in  others,  and 
that,  consequently,  the  radiographer 
was  not  responsible.  The  court,  how- 
ever, gave  the  full  amount  of  the  dam- 
ages claimed  5,000  francs.  It  said:  "We 
find  that  the  radiographer  had  acted  im- 
prudently, more  like  a  workman  than  a 
medical  man,  and  that  his  apparatus 
was  defective."  The  case  was  a  woman 
whom  the  radiographer  had  treated  for 
sciatica,  exposing  the  parts  in  three  sit- 
tings in  three  weeks  40,  45  and  75  min- 
utes each. 

If  there  is  no  food  in  the  stomach  and 
the  intestines  are  thoroughly  cleansed 
they  are  at  rest.  It  is  then  that  the  best 
pictures  are  had  of  the  organs  of  the 
abdomen  and  pelvis. 

Bismuth  in  solution  or  dry  in  capsuls 
can  be  traced  along  the  alimentary 
track. 


94o  THE  AMERICAN 

Exact  Localization. 

Dr.  Clarence  A.  Greenleaf,  of  Phila- 
delphia, has  recently  reported  through 
the  Philadelphia  Medical  Journal  some 
obscure  cases  under  the  old  method  of 
diagnosis.  In  cerebral  localization,  the 
doctor  writes:  "We  do  not  get  the 
exact  location  nor  does  this  method  of 
diagnosis  give  data  from  which  we  can 
absolutely  determine  the  necessity  for 
an  operation.  It  gives  no  evidence  of 
size  or  the  nature  of  the  foreign  matter." 
He  relates  a  very  interesting  case  re- 
ported to  him  by  Dr.  E.  M.  Moore,  Jr., 
which,  for  its  completeness  and  interest- 
ing character,  is  worthy  of  reproduction. 
But  we  must  protest  against  the  state- 
ment of  inexact  location.  Nothing  is 
easier  than  locating  anything  in  the  head 
that  can  be  seen  with  the  fluoroscope 
with  mathematical  accuracy.  As  to  the 
size  being  distorted — well,  this  is  not  a 
bugbear,  either.  When  the  location  is 
established  it  is  no  trick  to  determine 
the  size.  Our  previous  knowledge  of 
shadows  instinctively  acquaint  us  with 
these  facts: 

"The  patient,  a  male,  37  years  of  age, 
shot  himself  in  the  head  with  a  22  cali- 
ber bulldog  revolver,  in  1889.  He  fired 
three  shots,  holding  the  revolver  at  the 
right  side  of  his  head  behind  the  ear. 
The  patient  states  that  he  held  the  re- 
volver in  the  same  position  while  firing 
the  first  two  shots,  but  that  when  he 
fired  the  third  he  moved  his  head  for- 
ward. He  immediately  became  uncon- 
scious and  was  removed  to  St.  Mary's 
Hospital  and  placed  under  the  care  of 
Dr.  K.  M.  Moore,  Jr.  Examination  at 
this  time  revealed  one  wound  upon  the 
right  side  of  the  head  and  a  second  one 
over  the  occipital  protuberance.  The 
first  one  penetrated  the  skull,  while  the 
second  was  a  simple  scalp  wound.  He 
remained  unconscious  for  three  weeks. 
He  remained  in  the  hospital  for  three 
months,  although  the  external  wounds 


X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

were  healed  at  the  end  of  three  weeks. 
At  the  time  of  his  discharge  from  the 
hospital  the  patient  had  no  symptoms 
except  a  paretic  condition  of  the  right 
leg  and  a  left  heminopia.  In  April  of 
this  year  the  patient  consulted  Dr. 
Moore  again,  hoping  that  something 
nrght  be  done  to  relieve  him  of  his 
continued  disability.  A  physical  exami- 
nation made  at  this  time  showed  the  fol- 
lowing conditions:  A  depression  upon 
the  right  side  of  the  head  about  the  size 
of  a  ten-cent  piece  6.5  cm.  posterior  to 
the  upper  margin  of  the  right  ear  and  a 
linear  scar  about  1.5  cm.  long  just  above 
the  occipital  protuberance.  Neurologi- 
cal examination  shows  the  gait  of  the 
right  leg  to  be  paretic,  of  the  left  leg 
normal.  Station  is  good  with  eyes 
closed.  There  is  no  voluntary  motion 
of  the  toes  of  the  right  foot.  Flexion 
of  foot,  extension  of  leg  and  flexion  of 
thigh  are  weakened.  The  muscles  of 
the  foot  react  to  strong  faradism.  The 
grasp  of  the  right  hand  is  50  pounds,  of 
the  left  48  pounds.  The  difference  in 
the  circumference  between  the  right  and 
left  thigh  is  seven-eighths  of  an  inch, 
while  the  circumference  of  the  right  and 
left  calf  are  equal.  The  right  kneejerk 
is  exaggerated,  while  the  plantar  reflex 
is  normal,  but  produces  no  movement  of 
the  toes.  There  is  a  slight  ankle-clonus 
upon  the  right  side.  There  is  no  dis- 
turbance of  the  sense  of  touch;  the 
sense  of  taste  is  diminished,  principally 
upon  the  right  side  of  the  tongue,  which 
is  protruded  slightly  to  the  right,  al- 
though movement  to  both  sides  is  pos- 
sible. The  sense  of  small  is  somewhat 
diminished  in  both  nostrils;  the  hearing 
is  good  in  both  ears.  There  is  no  dis- 
turbance of  the  sense  of  pain.  Aphasia, 
word-blindness  and  word-deafness  are 
absent  and  the  memory  and  general  in- 
telligence are  good.  Ophthalmological 
examination  reveals  a  lateral  heminopia 
of  the  left  side.  Ophthalmoscopic  ex- 
amination  is  negative. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


94 1 


"X-ray  Examination — A  lateral  view 
shows  a  distinct  shadow  denoting  the 
presence  of  a  bullet  in  the  brain.  This 
shadow  is  4. 5  cm.  from  the  upper  surface 
of  the  skull  and  is  6  cm.  from  its  pos- 
terior wall.  There  is  also  a  fainter,  ir- 
regular shadow  which  probably  indicates 
an  organized  blood-clot,  about  2.5  cm. 
in  diameter,  situated  0.5  cm.  posterior 
to  the  bullet.  A  distorted  shadow  is 
seen  in  the  lower  posterior  part  of  the 
head. 

"This  case  presents  a  few  points  of 
special  interest:  1.  The  question  of  the 
brain  areas  involved  in  the  injury  as 
shown  by  the  symptoms  and  the  result 
of  the. neurological  and  opthalmological 
examinations.  2.  The  value  of  the  x-ray 
in  determining  not  only  the  presence  of 
the  foreign  bodies,  but  also  their  loca- 
tion. 3.  The  value  of  the  x-ray  in  de- 
termining the  feasibility  or  advisability 
of  operative  interference.  In  this  case 
it  is  apparent  that  an  operation  for  the 
removal  of  the  foreign  bodies  is  out  of 
the  question.  It  is  a  remarkable  fact 
that  during  all  these  years  the  symptoms 
have  remained  practically  stationary, 
and  this  fact  is  also  an  argument  against 
operative  interference,  even  if  it  were 
possible,  as  the  result  would  be  ex- 
tremely doubtful.  Another  question  to 
be  considered  is  whether  one  or  two 
bullets  entered  the  brain,  and  whether, 
if  one  only  entered,  it  divided  as  it 
passed  through  the  bones,  as  in  a  case 
reported  by  Tuffier  (La  Presse  Medi- 
cate, December  20,  1899).  The  patient 
states  that  he  fired  two  shots,  with  his 
head  and  the  revolver  in  the  same  rela- 
tive positions.  There  was  only  one 
wound  of  entrance  and  this  would  seem 
to  confirm  the  above  statement.  The 
radiographs,  also,  show  one  complete 
circular  shadow  and  another  flattened  or 
crescent-shaped  in  an  entirely  different 
plane,  from  which  we  may  conclude  that 
there  are  two  distinct  bullets." 


X-Ray  Therapeutics. 

Margaret  M.  Sharpe,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  re- 
cently read  an  article  on  the  above  sub- 
ject before  the  Roentgen  Society,  Lon- 
don, full  report  of  which  is  given  in  the 
"Archives"  for  May.  Miss  Sharpe  re- 
tracts from  her  original  belief  that  der- 
matitis is  the  result  of  the  x-rays.  She 
now  inclines  to  the  belief  that  this  is  due 
to  violet  rays  such  as  we  get  from  the  sun 
or  from  arc  lamps  which  are  still  richer  in 
the  production  of  violet  rays.  She  found 
burns  to  be  much  more  frequent  when 
the  tubes  were  new  and  soft  and  where 
the  pencil  of  violet  streamed  across  from 
one  pole  to  the  other.  It  is  either 
these  rays  or  the  electric  current  that 
does  the  damage.  She  has  noticed  irrita- 
tion in  the  skin  to  be  greatest  under  the 
edges  of  metal  masks  where  the  electric 
current  seems  to  accumulate.  In  a  case 
of  a  woman  with  an  exuberant  growth 
at  the  end  of  the  nose  she  used  the 
electric  high  frequency  spark  upon  one 
side  and  the  x-rays  upon  the  other.  It 
was  noticeable  that  the  side  treated  with 
the  spark  the  shrinkage  was  more  rapid 
than  where  the  raying  was  done.  Miss 
Sharpe  contends  that  injury  to  the  tis- 
sues by  raying  is  not  only  no  help  in  the 
treatment  of  diseases  and  hair  removal, 
but  actually  a  hindrance.  The  only  case 
in  which  she  failed  to  permanently  re- 
move the  hairs  was  the  one  in  which 
dermatitis  resulted.  The  use  of  the 
mask  and  impervious  screens  are  not 
necessary  except  to  protect  the  eyebrows 
and  lashes.  The  electric  discharge  from 
the  tube  claimed  by  many,  both  home 
and  abroad,  she  formerly  treated  with 
scorn  but  is  now  inclined  to  accept. 

The  paper  elicits  inquiry  in  the  scien- 
tific aspect  of  the  subject.  Discussion 
on  the  paper  was  followed  by  Mr.  Mau- 
sell — Moullin,  Mr.  Wilson  Noble,  Dr. 
Batten,  Mr.  Starten,  Dr.  Mills,  Dr. 
Chisholm  Williams,  Dr.  Sequeira,  Mr. 
Payne  and  others. 


942 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Roentgen  Society. 

The  following  notice,  made  by  Pro- 
fessor Monell,  Chairman  of  Committee 
on  Standards,  appeals  to  all  persons 
whomsoever  that  have  any  knowledge  on 
this  subject;  and  commends  itself  espe- 
cially to  medical  men  having  interest  in 
the  attainment  of  more  knowledge. 
Write  to  Dr.  Monell  and  give  expression 
on  one  or  more  of  these  subjects. 

COMMITTEE  ON  STANDARDS. 
Dear  Sir: 

To  promote  uniformity  in  results  and  to  secure 
accuracy  and  give  legal  value  to  the  evidence  of 
x-rays,  it  is  necessary  to  standardize  methods  of 
doing  the  work.    To  this  common  benefit  all 
x-ray  experts  are  asked  to  contribute  for  the 
general  good  of  the  cause.    You  are  therefore  in- 
vited to  write  me  your  best  suggestions  on  such  of 
the  following  points  as  you  can  offer  advice  upon: 
A  standard  uniform  nomenclature  for  the  prin- 
cipal terms  required. 
A  standard  form  of  record-blank  for  briefly  filing 
reports  aud  indicating  all  essential  details  of 
the  exposure. 
Standard  of  efficiency  for  tubes. 
Qualities  which  a  standard  x-ray  photographic 

plate  should  possess. 
Qualities  which   a  standard   x-ray  fluoroscope 

screen  should  possess. 
Standard  handle  for  all  x-ray  tubes  so  they  will 

fit  a  standard  tube-holder. 
Standard  tube-holder  to  fit   uniform  standard 
tube-handle — adjustable,  rigid,    holding  tube 
without   vibration — and   convenient  for  gen- 
eral use. 

Standard  position  of  tube  for  correct  shadow. 

Standard  distance  of  anode  from  plate  for  stand- 
ard x-ray  exposures. 

Standard  exposure  times  for  chief  parts  of  the 
body  with  a  standard  radiance. 

Standard  measure  of  different  degrees  of 
x-radiance. 

Standard  "skiameter." 

Standard  x-ray  examination  table,  adjustable  for 
all  parts  of  the  body. 

Standard  method  of  posturing  each  part  of  the 
body  for  a  standard  picture. 

Standard  means  of  fixing  parts  immovably  dur- 
ing a  standard  exposure. 

Standard  complete  definition  of  what  a  "stand- 
ard exposure"  should  be.  (Of  medico-legal 
value. ) 

Standard  land-marks  to  be  pictured  in  the  nega- 
tive as  inherent  proof  that  a  standard  exposure 
*vas  made — (a  medico-legal  necessity). 


Standard  method  of  localization  for  both  "skia- 
graphy" and  "fluoroscopy,"  which  shall  be  the 
most  practical,  quick  and  uncomplicated. 

Standard  technique  for  picturing  correct  relation 
of  bones  and  joints. 

Standard  technique  for  picturing  details  of  any 
kind  sought. 

Standard  technique   for  picturing  contrast  for 

diagnosis  of  soft  parts. 
Standard  technique  for  picturing  the  different 

calculi,  vesical,  renal  and  gall-stones. 
Standard  technique  for  x-ray  dental  diagnosis. 
Standard  technique  for  x-ray  eye  work. 
Standard  technique    for  x-ray  heart  and  lung 

diagnosis. 

Standard  treatment  of  plates  to  develop  uniform 
results. 

A  standard  leaflet  of  brief  directions  which  the 
physician  who  does  not  do  his  own  developing 
can  send  with  his  plates  to  any  fair  photogra- 
pher as  a  ready  guide  to  proper  treatment  of 
an  x-ray  negative  to  secure  the  picture. 
Standard  technique  for  therapeutic  administration 
of  x-rays  with  proper  precautions. 
You  are  invited  to  supply  any  omitted  detail 
which  you  believe  should  be  standardized.  Will 
be  pleased  also  to  have  you  select  one  or  more 
features  of  the  above  list  in  which  you  have  had 
special  experience  and  make  a  careful  report 
upon  what  you  regard  as  the  proper  standard  to 
officially  adopt.    A  reply  is  desired  in  about  two 
weeks.    In  offering  suggestions  about  standard 
working  methods,  postures,  special  devices,  appa- 
ratus, etc.,  it  is  desirable  that  you  send  explana- 
tory camera-photographs  illustrating  the  details 
for  comparison.    Thanking  you  for  your  profes- 
sional co-operation  in  behalf  of  the  committee,  I 
remain,  Fraternally  yours, 

S.  H.  Monell,  M.  D., 
CJiairman  of  Committee  on  Standards . 
47  West  Twenty-seventh  street,  New  York  City. 

First  Becquerel  Burn. 

Mr.  Henri  Becquerel  started  on  a 
journey  with  a  price  of  radium  in  his 
pocket.  The  radiation  which  bears  his 
name  attacked  the  skin  through  the  card- 
board in  which  the  metal  was  placed  and 
the  cloth.  It  was  about  two  weeks  after 
that  the  burn  marks  appeared.  These 
burns  were  also  found  to  heal  obstin- 
ately like  x-ray  dermatitis. 

A  heart  beating  rapidly  will  give  a 
better  picture  that  the  same  heart  beat- 
ing slowly. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


943 


Investigation  of  X-Ray  Problems.       tion  and  the  intensity  of  the  Roentgen 


Lisbon,  June  26,  1901. 
Dr.  Heber  Robarts: 

Might  I  beg  you  kindly  to  put  before 
the  American  Congress  of  Radiology 
(The  Roentgen  Society  of  the  United 
States),  the  undermentioned  list  of 
problems,  whose  study  is  at  present 
interesting  me,  but  which  I  should  also 
like  to  submit  to  the  inspection  and  in- 
vestigation of  the  renowned  radiologists 
of  your  country. 

Some  of  these  problems  have  already 
been  propounded  and  have  undergone  a 
certain  amount  of  investigation,  but,  as 
yet,  are  not  thoroughly  solved: 

1st.  How,  in  a  Crooke's  tube  at  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  gaseous  rarefaction  to 
measure  the  influence  exerts  upon  the 
quality  of  the  x-rays  (penetration  and  in- 
tensity*) conforming  to  a  previously  fixed 
standard  by  the  following  circumstances: 

(a)  The  distance  separating  the 
kathode  from  the  antikathode. 

(&)  The  size  of  the  kathode  and 
antikathode. 

(V)    Their  shape. 

(J)  The  length  of  the  spark  measur- 
ing the  discharge  within  the  tube. 

(/)    The  thickness  of  this  spark. 

(/)  The  number  of  interruptions  in 
the  primary  circuit  (or  inductor;,  or  the 
number  of  electric  discharges  within  the 
tube  at  one  and  the  same  time. 

(g)  The  relation  between  the  length 
(or  duration)  of  the  closing  (making) 
and  that  of  the  opening  of  the  primary 
circuit. 

(h)  The  total  capacity  of  the  tube  in 
cubic  centimetres  in  relation  to  the  dis- 
tance of  the  electrodes  in  line  of  cen- 
timetres. 

2d.  How,  in  a  Crooke's  tube,  to  esti- 
mate the  effect  produced  by  the  degree 
of  gaseous  rarefaction  upon  the  pehetra- 


*Measured  by  their  effect  upon  th^  fluorescent 
screen,  platino  cyanide  of  bp.ryum  or  upon  sen 
sitized  photographic  surfaces. 


rays  t 

3d.  How,  in  a  Crooke's  tube,  no 
matter  the  degree  of  rarefaction  therein 
attained,  to  reduce  to  a  single  point  the 
focus  of  emission  of  the  x-rays  placed 
at  the  antikathode,  in  order  to  attain  the 
best  definition? 

4th.  How  to  reduce  the  number  of 
electric  discharges  within  the  Crooke's 
tube  to  the  minimum  necessary  to  give 
the  steadiness  and  brilliancy  in  the  skia- 
scopic  screen? 

In  any  case  enough  time  must  be  given 
to  the  closed  period  of  the  primary  cir- 
cuit for  the  thorough  magnetic  saturation 
of  the  core,  or  in  other  words,  to  satur- 
ate the  electric  capacity  of  the  coil. 

5th.  How  to  construct  a  durable  coil 
and  one  which  would  give  the  greatest 
produce,  i.  e. ,  with  a  weak  primary  cur- 
rent to  give  a  long  and  a  thick  spark? 

6th.  How  to  establish  the  standard 
of  the  strength  of  the  penetration  of  the 
x-rays  and  its  dependence  on  the  quali- 
ties of  the  electrical  discharge  which 
produces  them? 

7th.  How  to  establish  the  standard 
of  intensity  of  the  x-rays? 

8th.  How  to  determine  the  influence 
of  the  time  exposure  on  the  intensity  of 
the  skiogrammes  in  relation  to  the  in- 
tensity of  the  utilized  rays? 

9th.  How  to  create  methods  which 
allow  of  the  regulation  of  the  penetra- 
tion of  the  x-rays  without  considerable 
interfering  with  their  intensity? 

10th.  How  to  create  methods  allow- 
ing of  regulation  of  intensity  independ- 
ent of  their  penetration? 

nth.    How  to  determine  the  absorb- 
ing power  of  the  bodies  for  the  x-rays, 
according  to  the  qualities  (penetration 
and  intensity)  of  these  rays? 
.    .With  the  best  compliments, 
r  ;  *  '  Your  faithful 

0         »     »    '    •      a  9 

,%«    !    .  VlRGILIO  MACHADO. 


Subscribe  for  Th,e»  American  X-Ray 
Tournal— $3.00  a  year. 


944 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


A  New  Hospital. 

We  are  glad  to  be  able  to  present  the 
following  to  the  many  readers  of  The 
American  X-Ray  Journal.  Dr.  Lan- 
phear  very  early  recognized  the  diagnos- 
tic value  of  the  x-rays  and  has  persist- 
ently, with  the  greatest  profit,  used  the 
x-ra}  s  in  his  practice.  His  letter  speaks 
for  itself: 

July  ii,  1901. 

Dear  Doctor: 

Having  bought  a  home  in  Temple  Place,  I  have 
fitted  up  my  former  residence  and  offices,  at  3727 
Finney  avenue,  as  temporary  quarters  for  the 
Woman's  Hospital  of  the  Stare  of  Missouri.  I 
am,  therefore,  now  in  position  to  take  care  of 
those  unfortunate,  respectable  women  and  girls 
who  have  not  the  money  to  pay  the  high  prices 
of  the  other  hospitals  and  sanatoria  of  the  city, 
who  yet  require  surgical  treatment.  There  are 
also  rooms  for  a  limited  number  of  patients  who 
can  afford  to  pay  higher  rates  for  care  and  special 
nursing. 

The  hospital  will  be  in  charge  of  Miss  C.  E. 
Jackson,  a  graduate  of  one  of  the  best  training 
schools  in  this  country  and  formerly  head  nurse 
of  the  Woman's  Hospital  at  Sixteenth  and  Pine 
streets. 

Hoping  for  at  least  a  word  of  encouragement 
for  the  institution,  I  am, 

Sincerely  yours, 

Emory  Lanphear. 

A  Laboratory  for  Poison. 

It's  a  wonderful  laboratory,  this  hu- 
man body.  But  it  can't  prevent  the 
formation  of  deadly  poisons  within  its 
very  being. 

Indeed,  the  alimentary  tract  may  be 
regarded  as  one  great  laboratory  for  the 
manufacture  of  dangerous  substances. 
"Biliousness"  is  a  forcible  illustration 
of  the  formation  and  absorption  of 
poisons,  due  largely  to  an  excessive 
proteid  diet.  The  nervous  symptoms 
of  the  dyspeptic  are  often  but  the  phys- 
iological demonstrations  of  putrefactive 
alkaloids.  Appreciating  the  importance 
of  the  command,  "Keep  the  :ho>.VQfcs 
open,"  the  physician  will  .f? nd . in ' *; » Laxa- 
tive Antikamnia  and  (Quinine  Tablets" -a; 
convenient  and  reliable!  aid  to  nature  in; 


her  efforts  to  remove  poisonous  sub- 
stances from  the  body.  Attention 
is  particularly  called  to  the  thera- 
peutics of  this  tablet.  One  of  its  in- 
gredients acts  especially  by  increasing 
intestinal  secretion,  another  by  increas- 
ing the  flow  of  bile,  another  by  stimu- 
lating peristaltic  action,  and  still  another 
by  its  special  power  to  unload  the 
colon. 

Epithelioma. 

Johnson  &  Merrill  has  recently  re- 
ported several  cases  of  epithelioma 
apparently  cured  by  means  of  the 
x-rays.  Pain  in  all  the  cases  was  re- 
lieved at  the  beginning  of  the  treatment, 
the  discharge  diminished  and  offensive 
discharge  ceased. 

Professor  Roentgen. 

On  the  recommendation  of  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Science  the  Bernard 
Medal  was  awarded  to  Professor  Wil- 
helm  Conrad  Roentgen  at  the  "Com- 
mencement" of  Columbia  University. 

Purchasing  Goods. 

Prospective  purchasers  of  the  x-ray 
machines  should  consult  the  advertising 
pages  of  the  The  American  X-Ray  Jour- 
nal. The  best  manufacturing  houses 
naturally  seek  the  purest  means  to  pre- 
sent their  goods. 

Phosphatic  concretions  are  more  trans- 
lucent than  urates  and  oxalates. 

Iodoform  injected  into  cavities  shows 
remarkably  distinct  on  plate  and  screen. 

The  differential  diagnosis  between 
congenital  luxation  and  coxa  vara  is  pre- 
sented in  an  interesting  manner  by  the 
x-rays. 

, :  *rA   muscular  person    accustomed  to 
labor.and  free  from  fat  will  give  detail  in 
radiography  not  possible  to  obtain  in  a 
iat  subject. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Ill 


Summer  Diarrhoea. 


In  the  large  class  of  summer  diarrhoeas 
of  children  and  adults,  with  griping  in 
the  bowels  and  flatulence,  the  use  of 
Listerine,  in  doses  varying  from  ten 
drops  to  a  teaspoonful  (with  or  without 
water),  has  a  most  salutary  and  pleasing 
effect. 

It  can  be  administered  at  short  inter- 
vals after  eating  as  soon  as  regurgita- 
tion, distension  or  acidity  occurs.  Its 
action  in  arresting  excessive  fermenta- 
tion is  prompt,  besides  it  exercises  a 
decided  sedative  influence  on  the  mucous 
membranes  of  the  stomach. 

The  thymol,  menthol  and  boracic  acid 
which,  with  the  quota  of  alcohol  neces- 
sary to  their  proper  admixture,  form  the 
principal  elements  of  Listerine,  lend  to 


this  compound  a  special  value  in  this 
class  of  cases. — New  York  Medical 
Journal. 

Every  Man  Should  Travel 

As  extensively  as  his  circumstances  will  permit, 
The  educational  advantages  secured  by  visiting 
the  different  parts  of  the  United  States,  are 
likely  to  be  of  the  greatest  service  to  any  phy- 
sician. A  doctor  with  a  comprehensive  knowl- 
edge of  the  affairs  of  the  country  at  large  has  an 
immense  advantage  over  his  less  fortunate  fellow 
practitioners. 

Not  every  one  has  the  means  to  travel  for 
travel's  sake  alone,  but  any  bright  young  man  of 
fair  address  and  average  ability  has  within  him- 
self a  means  to  not  only  secure  the  educational 
benefits  of  a  trip  about  the  country,  but  to  make 
such  an  excursion  profitable  as  well,  through  the 
sale  of  medical  publications. 

For  further  particulars,  address 

F.  A.  Davis  Company, 

Medical  Publishers, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 


The  Kinraide  High-Frequency  Coil. 

The  best  ^BBhga^M  Q 

apparatus 
for  use 
with  the 
direct  or 
alternating 
cut1  rent. 

•••••••••••• 

SEND  FOR 
DESCRIPTIVE 
CIRCULAR. 


ED.  B.  Meyrowitz, 

Maker  of  Ophthalmological  Apparatus,  Complete  Standard  Electro-Therapeutic  Equipments, 

X-Ray  Apparatus  and  High  Grade  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Instruments. 
104  East  Twenty-third  Street,  )  604  Nicollet  Avenue,  Minneapolis. 

125  West  Forty-second  Street,  [-NEW  YORK,  360  St.  Peter  Street,  St.  Paul. 

650  Madison  Avenue,  )  3  rue  Scribe,  Paris,  France. 

The  National  College  of  Electro-Therapeutics 

The  oldest  College  in  the  United  States  devoted  exclusively  to  Electro-Therapeutics.  Ten  instructors. 
A  thorough  practical  COURSE  of  INSTRUCTION  by  MAIL  to  those  who  can  not  come  here.  Diplomas 
granted  when  competent.  Degree  conferred.  Write  for  6th  Annual  Announcement,  and  free  sample  copy 
of  "The  Electro-Therapeutist."  Address 

Nos.  2, 10 Collins  Block,  Lima,  0.  H.  L.  BENNETT,  M ,  D.,  M.  E.,  Secretary. 


IV 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Our  Offer  Upset  one 
of  our  Competitors 
Completely. 


They  say  no  one  can  afford  to  ^ive  you  a  dollar  for  fifty  cents.  They 
also  say  when  you  are  offered  a  Static  Machine  for  $150,  it  should  set  you 
to  thinking.  We  think  the  same  thing.  The  physicians  have  certainly 
been  gulled  for  years  by  paying  double  what  they  should.  Get  a  special 
report  on  us  from  any  commercial  agency,  or  have  your  bank  get  it,  and 
you  will  find  we  are  able  to  carry  out  any  contract  we  make.  No  machine 
is  superior  to  ours.  No  concern  in  the  United  States  turns  out  the  amount 
and  variety  of  goods  that  we  do. 


Send  for  our  Bargain  Bulletin  of  4,000  Articles  sold 
DIRECT  to  Physicians  at  Wholesale  Prices. 

We  have  no  agencies. 


Frank  S.  Betz  &  Co., 


37,  39,  41  Randolph  Street, 

CHICAGO,  ILL. 


ST.  LOUIS 

X-Ray  Laboratory. 

Approved  by  the  leading  Surgeons  and  Physicians 
in  St.  Louis. 

Laboratory  Open  8  a.m.  till  9  p.m. 


MAIN   2954  A. 


M.  E.  PARBERRY,   Manager,   300  Chemical  Building, 

Eighth  and  Olive  Streets,  St.  Louis,  iMo. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY"  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D.,  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 
United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  $4.00 

Single  Copies   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 
profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of 
extra  copies  of  the  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 
Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 

Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


VOL.  9.         ST.  LOUIS,  AUGUST,  1901.  NO.  2. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  9,  NO.  1. 
H.  Westbury. 

Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 

Skiagraph  in  Oral  and  Dental  Surgery. 

A  Study  of  Static  Electrical  Apparatus- 
Articles  3,  4  and  5. 

X-Rays  in  the  Bladder. 

Fissures  and  Fractures. 

Rodent  Ulcers. 

Insects  and  the  X-Rays. 

New  Process  of  Pelvimetry  and  Long 
Distance  Radiography. 

Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 

Exact  Localization. 

X-Ray  Therapeutics. 

Roentgen  Society. 

First  Becquerel  Burn. 

Investigation  of  X-Ray  Problems. 

A  New  Hospital. 

Epithelioma. 

X-Ray  Burns  in  Paris. 

Professor  Roentgen. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  9,  NO.  2. 
Dr.  A.  C  Bernays. 

Skiagraph  in  Oral  and  Dental  Surgery. 
Constitution  Roentgen  Society. 
How  to  Find  Fissure  of  Rolando. 
Radiographs — anatomical. 
Subsequent  Outcome  of  Fractures. 
The  Ostrich  Man  and  the  X-Rays. 
Roentgen  Society. 
Investigation  of  X-Ray  Problems. 
Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 
Book  Reviews. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X  Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  9.         ST.  LOUIS,  AUGUST,  1901.  NO. 


Skiagraph  in  Oral  and  Dental 
Surgery. 


BY  WESTON  A.  PRICE,  D  D.  S  ,  M .  E. 

Delivered   with    Stereoptican  Views    before  the 
Roentgen  Society  of  the  Uni:ed  States, 
Grand  Central  Palace,  New  York  City, 
December  13, 1900. 
Continued  from  page  930. 

This  skiagraph  (Fig.  16)  shows  a  case 
of  root  amputation  (which  was  made  for 
a  lady  about  sixty  years  old)  more  than 
three  years  after  the  operation  and 
shows  the  bone  filled  in  around  stub 
perfectly. 

I  question  if  any  operation  upon  the 
human  body  requires  more  mechanical 
skill  than  the  perfect  filling  of  some 
root  canals,  because  they  are  often  so 
small  and  crooked.  Sometimes  they 
can  be  drilled  out  larger,  but  this  opera- 
tion is  attended  with  great  danger  of 
going  through  the  sides  of  the  root  as 
this  case  shows  (Fig.  17). 

Sometimes  it  happens  that  an  instru- 
ment breaks  and  in  trying  to  get  it  out 
it  is  forced  through  the  end  as  shown  in 
this  case  (Fig.  19)  where  you  will  ob- 
serve it  has  caused  absorption  of  the 
apex  of  the  root.  Notice  the  imperfect 
root  filling  in  the  other  bicuspid. 

One  of  the  most  difficult  operations  is 
to  make  an  artificial  fistula  to  drain  a 
small  blind  abscess  at  the  apex  of  a  root. 
The  skiagraph  is  of  great  assistance,  not 
only  in  locating  the  abscess,  but  also  in 
showing  whether  you  have  struck  it. 
This  is  shown  by  placing  a  lead  wire  in 
the  fistula  and   skiagraphing.     In  this 


2. 


slide  (Fig.  20)  the  lead  wire  in  the  pic- 
ture marked  367  shows  that  the  first  at- 
tempt failed.  The  other  shows  that  a 
second  attempt  was  successful. 

In  orthodontia,  which  is  the  correct- 
ing of  the  positions  of  the  teeth  or  cor- 
recting of  the  features  by  changing  the 
positions  of  the  teeth,  the  Roentgen 
Rays  are  of  great  value  to  determine 
the  positions  of  the  roots.  For  example, 
it  is  desirable  to  move  all  the  upper 
anterior  teeth  and  the  bone  around  them 
forward  to  correct  a  depression  of  the 
upper  lip.  The  difficulty  is  to  carry  the 
roots  en  masse  and  not  to  simply  push 
the  crowns  apart.  This  case  (Fig.  21*) 
shows  the  position  of  the  roots  at  start- 
ing, and  the  view  to  the  right  shows  the 
roots  successfully  carried  apart  without 
tipping  the  teeth. 

You  doubtless  all  know  of  the  difficul- 
ties and  complications  attending  the 
erupting  of  the  third  molars  or  wisdom 
teeth  so  called.  This  skiagraph  (Fig. 
22*)  shows  the  position  of  a  typical  em- 
pacted  one,  which  was  entirely  hidden 
in  the  flesh  and  bone,  not  having  erupted 
yet  and  producing  very  serious  trouble. 
You  will  see  the  mechanical  difficulty  of 
contracting  it,  since  it  is  engaged  or 
locked  against  the  second  molar.  The 
dentist  sending  the  case  after  seeing  the 
skiagraph  operated  by  extracting  the 
second  molar  first  and  then  the  third  and 
then  replacing  the  second  molar  after 
removing  its  pulp  and  filling  its  roots. 
Result  excellent. 

The  next  (Fig.  23*)  shows  a  case  with 
an  external  fistula  on  the  ramis  of  the 


948 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


jaw,  diagnosed  by  different  surgeons  as 
coming  from  an  empacted  third  molar 
and  was  operated  on  accordingly  for  its 
removal,  but  unsuccessfully.  The  skia- 
graph was  then  secured,  which  shows 
not  only  that  the  third  molar  has  never 
formed  but  an  abscess  at  the  root  of  the 
second  molar,  which  has  a  putrescent 
pulp  and  which  proves  to  be  the  cause 
of  the  whole  trouble. 

There  is  no  difficulty  whatever  in 
locating  unerupted  teeth  by  means  of 
rays.  For  example,  this  patient,  a  lady 
over  thirty,  presented  without  either 
permanent  cuspids,  and  the  bonyprocess 
was  receded,  making  it  seem  quite  prob- 
able that  they  had  never  formed,  but 
they  are  both  clearly  shown  in  (Fig. 
24*),  just  beneath  the  surface,  and  will 
be  speedily  regulated  to  their  proper 
positions. 

(Fig.  25)  is  a  similar  case.  Patient, 
age  17,  and  shows  the  case  before  and 
after  regulating. 

(Fig.  26)  shows  a  delayed  bicuspid. 
The  distal  root  of  the  deciduous  molar 
has  not  been  absorbed. 

I  Fig.  27*)  shows  a  bicuspid  erupting 
towards  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 

(Fig.  28*)  shows  that  but  one  bicuspid 
has  formed  where  two  should,  and  it  is 
very  badly  malposed,  having  developed 
back  against  the  molar  and  locked  against 
it.  The  treatment  was,  after  waiting 
three  months  and  skiagraphing  and  find- 
ing nature  was  making  no  improvement, 
to  extract  the  temporary  molar  and  with 
a  regulating  appliance  separate  the  molar 
and  the  cuspid,  the  latter  having  pre- 
maturely erupted.  The  next  slide  (Fig. 
29),  shows  how  much  it  has  rotated  and 
corrected  its  position  in  60  days. 

(Fig.  30)  shows  the  teeth  of  a  baby  at 
14  months,  before  any  of  the  temporary 
t<  eth  had  erupted,  and  the  same  at  28 
months.  It  not  only  shows  the  tempor- 
ary set  but  also  the  centrals  forming  of 
the  permanent  set.  The  point  of  great 
interest  is,  that  though  this  boy's  father 


has  not  his  permanent  laterals,  we  know 
he  will  have  them,  for  they  are  already 
forming. 

Very  unfortunately  these  lantern  slides 
do  not  show  the  excellent  detail  of  either 
the  negatives  or  prints  made  from  them. 
To  illustrate  this  I  have  brought  a  variety 
of  mounted  prints  that  you  may  compare 
them.  You  may  have  observed  how 
much  more  faithfully  the  teeth  are  por- 
trayed in  these  than  in  skiagraphs  taken 
of  the  whole  head,  in  which  case  they 
are  duplicated  and  blurred  by  the 
shadows  of  the  teeth  of  both  sides  or 
the  arch  falling  together.  The  detail 
necessary  to  bring  out  an  abscess,  for 
example,  could  not  be  secured  in  that 
way.  Owing  to  the  limited  time,  I  can 
not  go  into  the  technique  of  making 
skiagraphs  of  these  dental  conditions  of 
the  teeth  and  adjacent  parts,  and  the  best 
I  can  do  under  the  circumstances  is  to 
refer  those  desiring  this  information  to 
my  communication  before  the  Third  In- 
ternational Dental  College  held  in  Paris,. 
1900,  or  to  a  book  on  "The  Application 
of  Electricity  in  Dentistry,"  by  the 
speaker,  which  is  nearly  ready  for  the 
publishers.  I  will  be  glad  to  answer 
any  questions  any  one  may  desire  to  ask. 

*  Electros  delayed. 
2238  Euclid  ave.,  Cleveland,  O. 

Leonard  calls  attention  to  the  fact 
that  many  permanent  injuries  supposed 
to  have  been  the  result  of  traumatism 
or  sprain  are  now  known  to  have  been 
fractures.  All  such  accidents  in  diag- 
nosis can  now  be  avoided. 

An  oblique  fracture  might  be  in  per- 
fect apposition  and  the  raying  done  at 
right  angle  to  the  brake  which  would 
hardly  distinguish  the  injury.  Shifting 
the  position  90  degrees  would  show  the 
fragments. 

A  case  of  carcinoma  of  the  breast,  too 
far  advanced  for  surgical  interference, 
which  yielded  to  the  x-rays,  was  recently 
reported  by  Andrew  Clark,  of  London. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RA  Y  JOURNAL. 


95i 


Constitution,  Roentgen 
Society. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Roent- 
gen Society  in  New  York  City,  Dec.  14, 
1900,  a  committee  was  voted  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  President,  to  revise  the 
Constitution.  Herewith  is  the  result  of 
their  careful  deliberation.  The  report 
will  be  acted  upon  at  the  regular  meet- 
ing in  Buffalo,  Sept.  10  and  n. 

CONSTITUTION. 
ARTICLE  I. 

Name. — This  Society  shall  be  known  as  the 
American  Roentgen  Society. 

ARTICLE  II. 

Object. — The  object  of  the  Society  shall  be  the 
study  and  practical  application  of  the  Roentgen 
Ravs.  x  • 

ARTICLE  III. 

Sec.  1. — Its  members  shall  consist  of  active, 
corresponding  and  honorary.  They  shall  be  per- 
sons interested  in  the  object  of  the  Society,  and 
commended  by  at  least  two  members  in  writing, 
approved  by  the  Executive  Committee,  who  must 
have  proof  of  their  good  ethical  standing  and 
elected  by  ballot. 

Sec.  2. — Active  members  shall  be  residents  of 
the  United  States  or  Canada,  shall  sign  the  Con- 
stitution and  pay  annual  dues  of  five  dollars  ($5). 

Sec.  3. — No  member  shall  vote  or  hold  office 
who  is  in  arrears  for  annual  dues.  Any  member 
in  arrears  for  more  than  two  years  and  duly  no- 
tified by  trie  Treasurer,  shall  forfeit  his  mem- 
bership. 

Sec.  4. — Corresponding  members  shall  be  res- 
idents of  foreign  countries. 

Sec.  5. — Honorary  members  shall  be  persons 
who  have  distinguished  themselves  in  Roentgen 
Ray  research  or  practical  work. 

Sec.  6. — Corresponding  and  honorary  members 
shall  have  all  the  privileges  of  active  members, 
exceptiog  voting  and  holding  office. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

Officers. — The  officers  shall  be  a  President, 
First  and    Second   Vice-Presidents,  Secretary. 
Treasurer  and  Executive  Committee  of  three. 
The  officers  shall  be  elected  annually  by  ballot. 
ARTICLE  V. 

Duties  of  Officers; 

Sec.  1— The  President  shall  perform  all  the 
duties  pertaining  to  that  office.  He  shall  deliver 
an  address  at  the  opening  of  the  annual  meeting. 

Sec.  2. — In  the  absence  of  the  President  one  of 
the  Vice-Presidents  shall  preside. 

Sec.  3. — The  Secretary  shall  keep  or  cause  to 


be  kept  a  correct  record  of  all  the  transactions  of 
the  Society  in  a  permanent  form.  He  shall  send 
due  notice  of  all  meetings  to  each  member,  shall 
notify  all  members  of  committees  of  their  ap- 
pointment and  of  the  duties  assigned  to  them. 
He  shall  conduct  the  correspondence  and  perform 
all  the  duties  usually  pertaining  to  that  office. 

Sec  4. — The  Treasurer  shall  receive  and  be 
accountable  for  all  money  that  shall  come  into 
his  hands  by  virtue  of  his  office.  He  shall  give 
good  and  sufficient  bonds  to  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee for  the  safe  keeping  and  disposal  of  his 
trust,  and  shall  make  a  full  report  to  the  Society 
annually-  He  shall  pay  out  money  only  on  the 
written  approval  of  the  President  and  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Executive  Committee. 

Sec.  5. — An  Executive  Committee  of  three 
members  shall  be  elected  as  follows:  One  for 
three  years,  one  for  two  years  and  one  for  one 
year,  and  thereafter,  one  annually,  to  serve  for 
three  years.  They  shall  hold  the  bond  of  the 
Treasurer  and  audit  his  accounts  annually,  ar- 
range for  annual  meetings  and  have  general  su- 
pervision of  the  affairs  of  the  Society  not  other- 
wise provided  for. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

Meetings. — The  annual  meetings  shall  be 
held  on  the  Wednesday  following  the  second 
Tuesday  of  December  of  each  year. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

Committees. 

Sec.  1. — A  Committee  on  Publication,  consist- 
ing of  five  members,  of  which  the  President  and 
Secretary  shall  be  members,  s-hall  be  appointed 
annually  by  the  President. 

Sec  2. — ( Special  Committees  V 
ARTICLE  VIII. 
Amendments. — This     Constitution     may  be 
amended  by  a  three-fourth?  vote  of  all  the  mem- 
bers present  at  an  annual  meeting,  providing 
that  the  proposed  amendment  has  been  read  be- 
fore the  Society  at  least  one  day  previously  and 
the  hour  for  action  by  the  Society  has  been  set 
by  the  Society  as  a  special  order  of  business,  and 
announced  in  the  open  meetings  for  at  least  one 
day  previous  to  the  time  of  action. 
Committee  on  Constitution: 

Weston  A.  Price. 
Dwight  M.  Clapp. 
A.  Clifford  Mercer. 

Ammetropic  eyes  ill  defines  images 
at  their  marginal  outlines  and  the  x-rays 
imprint  pictures  at  the  margin  with  less 
contrast  than  photographs. 

A  womb  menstruating  is  less  trans- 
lucent to  the  x-rays  than  when  quiescent. 


952 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


How    to   Find  Fissure  of 
Rolando. 

J.  RUDIS-JICINSKY,  A.  M.,  M   D. ,  M.  E. 

In    cases  of  head  injuries,  whether 
we    have  to    operate   or  trephine,  we 
always  have  to  find  first  the  fissure  of 
Rolando,  and  then  may  proceed.  As 
far  as  yet  we  have  assumed,   as  shown 
by  Thane,   that  the  fissure  of  Rolando 
runs  downward  and  forward  at  an  angle 
of  67    degrees  with  the  middle  line. 
But  we  know  also  that  the  angle  varies 
with  shape  of  the  head,   that  is  to  say 
with  the  cranial  index,   the  lower  the 
angle,     the    lower    is  the  index;  the 
greater  the  cranial  index,  the  greater 
the  angle.    Horsley  assumes  a  standard 
for  the  cranial  index   of  75,   as  estab- 
lished by  Broca;  for  the  fissure  of  Ro- 
lando of  69,  instead  of  67,  and  for  every 
two  integers  of  variation  in  the  cranial 
index  he  assumes  one  degree  of  vari- 
ation in  the  angle  of  the  Rolandic  fis- 
sure.   This  variation  we  have  nearly  in 
every  case,  but  the  variation  would  not 
be  so  great  if  we  could  study  the  ana- 
tomical relations,    having  the  sutures 
and  the  Meningeal  grooves  as  a  guide. 
This,  having  in  mind,  I  have  made  few 
experiments  lately,  to  show     that  by 
proper  technique  we  are  able  to  skia- 
graph  the  cranium   more  successfully, 
and  see  all  the  sutures  and  Meningeal 
grooves,  especially  on  that  side  of  the 
head  which  rests    against    the  photo- 
graphic plate.       Now,  if  we  can  see 
these  grooves  and  sutures  in  every  case 
different,  varying  with  the  shape  of  the 
head,  we  can  make  up  the  angle  of  the 
fissure  of  Rolando  much  more  easier, 
remembering  the  relation  it  has  to  the 
sutures  and  Meningeal  arteries.  The 
measurements    were    guesswork  any- 
way, but  to  study  each  given  case  ana- 
tomically, and  according  to  the  relations 
of  positive  landmarks  we  can  not  only 
guess,  but  we  may  find    what   we  are 
after  and  see. 


In  such  cases  the  application  of  the 
x-rays  has  its  value.     If  we  wish,  the 
negative  will  give  us  the  internal  struct- 
ures of  the  bones  of  the  cranium  wTith 
wonderful  depth  and  perspective,  will 
show  us    plainly  all    the  sutures  and 
grooves  of  the  Meningeal  arteries,  and 
we  may  have  a  picture  of  the  substance, 
not  only  the  shadow,   of  which  still  so 
many  surgeons  are  afraid.     To  get  such 
a  picture  well  defined    and  sharp  we 
have  to  use  tungstate  of  calcium  screen 
over  the  photographic  plate,  the  tung- 
state being  right  against  the  film  of  the 
dry  plate.     The  plate  has  to  rest  on 
some  metallic  support,  as  stanniol,  etc. 
This  way  we  wTill  get  shadows  which 
are  both  shadow  and  substance,  which, 
if  we  understand  them  and  intelligently 
interpret  them,  will  always  bring  us  to 
the  correct  and  most  natural  landmarks 
for  the  fissure  of  Rolando,    and  many 
times  to  proper  diagnosis,  especially  in 
cases  of  bloodclots,    etc.     If  you  use 
fissure  meter  or  any  other  device  the 
skiagraph  will  give  you  a  permanent 
record,  and  shows  not  only  the  instru- 
ment in  place  with  the  angle  found- 
metallic  instrument — but  gives  you  the 
opportunity  to  study  the  possibility  of 
deviation.     If  the  cranial  index  is  77. 
instead  of  75,  the  angle  for  the  fissure 
would  be  70  instead  of  69,  as  we  expect, 
but  the  sutures  and  the  grooves  of  the 
Meningeal  arteries  might  tell  us  an  alto- 
gether different  story,  and  will  warn  us 
in  time,   without  any  marks  with  the 
blue  pencil,  etc  ,  on  the  shaved  head 
that  we  have  to  trephine  at  some  other 
point,    at     altogether    different  angle. 
The  metallic  cyrtometers,    being  pro- 
vided with  means  for  rotating  the  arm 
representing    the    fissure    of  Rolando 
may  give  proximate  position  of  the  fis- 
sure, but  the  natural  landmarks  given 
above  may  help  us  in  some  cases  little 
better. 

The  difference,  if  we  use  the  tungstate 
of  calcium  screen  over  our  dry  plate, 


THE  AMERICA X  X-RA  Y  JOURXAL.  953 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


955 


SHOULDER,  showing  three  axillary  arteries.   A  very  rare  specimen. 

[Property  of  X-Ray  Laboratory,  Chemical  Building,  8th  &  Olive  Sts.] 


KIDNEY.   One  of  Dr.  Kassabian's  radiographs. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


957 


resting  on  some  metallic  support  in- 
stead of  wood,  is  marvelous,  and  the  re- 
sults obtained  are  really  beautiful. 
This  way  we  do  increase  the  sensitive- 
ness of  our  plates,  and,  accumulating 
more  rays  over  the  same,  reduce  the 
time  of  exposure.  This  method  is  diffi- 
cult to  manipulate  perhaps  in  the  begin- 
ning, but  later  on  gives  more  oppor- 
tunity to  study,  and  we  may  attain 
results  and  unexpected  success.  The 
screen  must  be  in  good  order,  and  in 
immediate  contact  with  the  sensitive 
film,  so  that  the  x-rajs  had  to  pass 
through  the  subject,  and  then  the 
screen  before  reaching  the  sensitive 
surface  of  the  dry  plate.  I  have  only 
one  screen,  about  8xio  inches  and  use  the 
same  in  all  cases  of  bone  injuries,  bone 
diseases,  foreign  bodies  imbedded  deep 
in  soft  tissues,  fractures,  dislocations, 
skiagraphy  of  the  head,  hip,  joint,  etc. 
I  will  not  deny  that  I  have  spoiled  or 
fogged  numberless  plates  before  suc- 
ceeding in  this  or  other  experiments 
since  my  pioneer  work  in  1896,  but  the 
results  obtained  are  really  gratifying, 
and  most  practical. 
Cedar  Rapids.  Ia. 

Never  be  content  with  a  radiograph 
of  a  suspected  fracture  from  one  posi- 
tion. Make  the  second  exposure  at  90 
degrees  or  at  right  angles  to  the  first. 

When  the  object  sought  can  be  seen 
with  the  fluoroscope  the  fluorometer  is 
the  most  accurate  and  convenient  in- 
strument for  correct  localization. 

In  Austria,  by  a  decree,  an  official 
license  is  required  before  one  can  pub- 
licly operate  an  x-ray  machine,  and 
none  but  physicians  are  licensed. 

Idiosyncrasy  is  a  factor  and  the  re- 
action varies  in  intensity  in  the  treat- 
ment of  lupus  vulgaris  and  rodent  ulcer. 

It  is  possible  not  to  get  a  picture  of  a 
fracture  in  one  position  that  would  be 
clear  in  another. 


Subsequent    Outcome  of 
Fractures. 

Benjamin  Duke  in  the  British  Medi- 
cal Journal  reports  a  case  of  oblique 
fracture  of  the  tibia  and  fibula,  in  which 
at  the  time  of  the  accident  and  during 
the  subsequent  treatment  of  the  case  up 
to  the  80th  day  only  a  fracture  of 
the  fibula  was  suspected.  A  radio- 
graph at  this  time  showed  the  frag- 
ments of  the  tibia  to  be  separated  to  a 
considerable  degree.  The  leg  seems  to 
have  all  the  function  of  one  that  had 
never  been  injured,  and  comment  is 
made  that  the  "case  illustrates  the  fact 
that  x-ray  pictures  are  no  indication  as 
to  the  subsequent  outcome  of  cases  of 
fractures."  We  here  protest  against 
such  rank  teaching  as  this  quotation  im- 
plies. To  the  contrary,  it  is  just  this 
indication  exactly  that  illustrates  to  an 
intelligent  surgeon  the  subsequent  out- 
come of  cases  of  fractures.  Upon  the 
teaching  of  such  stuff  a  separation  of 
the  lower  end  of  the  radius  might  be 
looked  upon  as  of  light  consequence. 
What  about  the  "subsequent  outcome?" 
How  about  a  fracture  with  the  lower 
end  of  the  humerus?  Does  it  appear  to 
any  surgeon  that  separation  of  frag- 
ments here  will  result  well  for  the 
patient? 

Surgeons  have  always  known  the 
points  mentioned  in  the  quotation.  It 
is  not  so  much  for  the  cases  that  will 
have  good  function,  though  there  may 
be  separation  of  fragments,  that  the 
x-rays  are  brought  into  requisition,  but 
for  those  cases  that  will  not  have  good 
function  unless  the  bones  are  put  in 
apposition  that  the  x-rays  are  so  im- 
portant in  the  subsequent  outcome  of 
cases  of  fractures.  A  surgeon  is  sup- 
posed to  know  something  of  the  an- 
atomy of  the  living  subject  and  the 
function  of  muscles  and  bones.  The 
quotation  cited  is  at  least  a  travesty 
upon  his  profession. 


958  THE  AMERICAN 

The  Ostrich  Man  and  the  X- 
Rays. 

The  title  of  this  brief  article  is  not 
quite  correct,  for  we  are  more  con- 
cerned in  the  defense  of  the  radiographer 
than  we  are  in  the  freak.  The  Strand 
Magazine  for  May  on  page  470,  has  a 
picture  of  the  man  who  alleges  to  eat 
glass,  nails,  saws  and  knife  blades,  and 
also  these  words  :  "But  several  mem- 
bers of  the  profession  were  skeptical. 
Doubts  on  this  point  were  soon  allayed, 
however,  by  Dr.  Mihram  K.  Kassabian, 
who  requisitioned  the  x  ray  apparatus 
to  photograph  the  stomach  of  the 
human  ostrich.  Harrison  has  good 
cause  to  recollect  this  part  of  the  pro- 
ceedings, since  he  was  so  burned  by 
the  application  of  the  rays  that  he  was 
incapacitated  for  19  months,  and  has 
since  experienced  a  certain  weakness  " 

Dr.  Kassabian  feels  much  agrieved 
that  a  high  grade  publication  would 
permit  such  a  statement,  reflecting  as  it 
does,  upon  his  professional  acumen 
and  using  his  name  wrongfully  to  adver- 
tise the  freak  and  add  to  that  sort  of 
yellow  journalism. 

It  seems  '  that  Mr.  Harrison,  the 
numan  ostrich  so-called,  exhibited  him- 
self before  the  medical  students  of  the 
Chirurgical  Medical  College,  Philadel- 
phia, April  9,  1900.  He  requested  that 
a  radiograph  be  made  of  his  stomach  to 
prove  the  existence  of  what  he  had 
alleged  to  have  eaten.  The  clothing 
was  removed  and  he  was  placed  prone 
over  a  14  by  17  plate.  The  tube  was 
36  inches  from  the  body  and  glowed 
three  minutes.  The  plate  showed  on 
development  the  presence  of  foreign 
bodies.  At  this  time  he  told  Dr.  Kas- 
sabian that  some  doctor  in  New  York 
City  had  attempted  to  radiograph  his 
stomach  but  failed  and  had  burned  him. 
Dr.  Kassabian  could  not  find  any  trace 
of  in j nry .  About  eight  months  after 
this  he  returned  to  the  college,  Nov.  27, 


X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

and  gave  a  demonstration  by  eating 
nails  and  tacks.  No  exposure  was 
made  for  radiographic  purposes  at  this 
time,  but  for  about  half  of  one  minute 
the  fluoroscope  was  used.  Of  course, 
from  the  dates  it  is  impossible  that  the 
man  could  have  been  incapacitated  for 
19  months,  for  it  had  been  but  13 
months  since  the  first  exposure  and  but 
about  seven  months  since  the  last.  It 
is  also  absolutely  physically  impossible 
that  injury  could  have  resulted  within 
the  distance  and  in  the  time  he  was 
under  the  tube  at  either  exposure.  No 
skin  was  ever  known  to  have  been  in 
the  least  influenced  to  the  knowledge  of 
the  person  under  such  conditions. 

That  Dr.  Kassabian  could  have 
erred  in  this  would  be  quite  beyond 
conjecture.  He  is  one  of  the  most 
careful  workers  with  the  x-rays  in  this 
or  any  other  country.  He  is  a  student, 
having  mastered  the  grammar  of  several 
languages,  he  took  up  the  study  of  medi- 
cine, and  on  the  advent  of  the  x-rays 
began  its  use  for  purely  diagnostic  pur- 
poses. No  more  cautious  operator 
could  be  found  and  his  statements  are 
weighed  with  the  latitude  of  a  physicist. 
We  take  pleasure  in  presenting  the  mat- 
ter briefly  as  it  has  come  to  us. 

American  Electro-Therapeutic  and 
X-Ray  Era,  is  out  with  its  second  num- 
ber. This  issue  is  an  improvement  over 
the  first,  although  the  first  was  a  very 
creditable  "starter."  The  journal  is 
eleven  by  eight  inches,  a  most  attractive 
size,  and  will  in  the  future,  no  doubt, 
serve  for  full  size  radiographs.  The 
matter  of  the  journal  is  well  selected  and 
contains  much  valuable  information. 
Electro-Therapeutics  is  so  closely  woven 
into  the  practice  of  x-ray  workers,  that 
we  teel  certain  they  will  kindly  accept 
the  combined  art  and  science  in  one  pub- 
lication. We,  therefore,  hope  and  pre- 
dict a  brilliant  future  for  the  American 
Electro-  Therapeutic  and  X  Ray  Era. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


959 


Roentgen  Society. 

The  following  notice,  made  by  Pro- 
fessor Monell,  Chairman  of  Committee 
on  Standards,  appeals  to  all  persons 
whomsoever  that  have  any  knowledge  on 
this  subject;  and  commends  itself  espe- 
cially to  medical  men  having  interest  in 
the  attainment  of  more  knowledge. 
Write  to  Dr.  Monell  and  give  expression 
on  one  or  more  of  these  subjects. 

COMMITTEE  ON  STANDARDS. 
Dear  Sir: 

To  promote  uniformity  in  results  and  to  secure 
accuracy  and  give  legal  value  to  the  evidence  of 
x-rays,  it  is  necessary  to  standardize  methods  of 
doing  the  work.    To  this  common  benefit  all 
x-ray  experts  are  asked  to  contribute  for  the 
general  good  of  the  cause.    You  are  therefore  in- 
vited to  write  me  your  best  suggestions  on  such  of 
the  following  points  as  you  can  offer  advice  upon: 
A  standard  uniform  nomenclature  for  the  prin- 
cipal terms  required. 
A  standard  form  of  record-blank  for  briefly  filing 
reports  aud  indicating  all  essential  details  of 
the  exposure. 
Standard  of  efficiency  for  tubes. 
Qualities  which  a  standard  x-ray  photographic 

plate  should  possess. 
Qualities  which   a  standard   x-ray  fluoroscope 

screen  should  possess. 
Standard  handle  for  all  x-ray  tubes  so  they  will 

fit  a  standard  tube-holder. 
Standard  tube-holder  to  fit   uniform  standard 
tube-handle — adjustable,  rigid,    holding  tube 
without   vibration — and   convenient  for  gen- 
eral use. 

Standard  position  of  tube  for  correct  shadow. 

Standard  distance  of  anode  from  plate  for  stand- 
ard x-ray  exposures. 

Standard  exposure  times  for  chief  parts  of  the 
body  with  a  standard  radiance. 

Standard  measure  of  different  degrees  of 
x-radiance. 

Standard  "skiameter." 

Standard  x-ray  examination  table,  adjustable  for 
all  parts  of  the  body. 

Standard  method  of  posturing  each  part  of  the 
body  for  a  standard  picture. 

Standard  means  of  fixing  parts  immovably  dur- 
ing a  standard  exposure. 

Standard  complete  definition  of  what  a  "stand- 
ard exposure"  should  be.  (Of  medico-legal 
value . ) 

Standard  land-marks  to  be  pictured  in  the  nega- 
tive as  inherent  proof  that  a  standard  exposure 
was  made — (a  medico-legal  necessity). 


Standard  method  of  localization  for  both  "skia- 
graphy" and  "fluoroscopy,"  which  shall  be  the 
most  practical,  quick  and  uncomplicated. 

Standard  technique  for  picturing  correct  relation 
of  bones  and  joints. 

Standard  technique  for  picturing  details  of  any 
kind  sought. 

Standard  technique    for  picturing  contrast  for 

diagnosis  of  soft  parts. 
Standard  technique  for  picturing  the  different 

calculi,  vesical,  renal  and  gall-stones. 
Standard  technique  for  x-ray  dental  diagnosis. 
Standard  technique  for  x-ray  eye  work. 
Standard  technique    for  x-ray  heart  and  lung 

diagnosis. 

Standard  treatment  of  plates  to  develop  uniform 
results. 

A  standard  leaflet  of  brief .  directions  which  the 
physician  who  does  not  do  his  own  developing 
can  send  with  his  plates  to  any  fair  photogra- 
pher as  a  ready  guide  to  proper  treatment  of 
an  x-ray  negative  to  secure  the  picture. 
Standard  technique  for  therapeutic  administration 
of  x-rays  with  proper  precautions. 
You  are  invited  to  supply  any  omitted  detail 
which  you  believe  should  be  standardized.  Will 
be  pleased  also  to  have  you  select  one  or  more 
features  of  the  above  list  in  which  you  have  had 
special  experience  and  make  a  careful  report 
upon  what  you  regard  as  the  proper  standard  to 
officially  adopt.    A  reply  is  desired  in  about  two 
weeks.    In  offering  suggestions  about  standard 
working  methods,  postures,  special  devices,  appa- 
ratus, etc.,  it  is  desirable  that  you  send  explana- 
tory camera-photographs  illustrating  the  details 
for  comparison.    Thanking  you  for  your  profes- 
sional co-operation  in  behalf  of  the  committee,  I 
remain,  Fraternally  yours, 

S.  H.  Monell,  M.  D., 
Chairman  of  Committee  on  Standards 
47  West  Twenty-seventh  street,  New  York  City. 

If  you  want  a  fine  coil  made  especially 
for  high  grade  x-ray  work,  write  to  H. 
W.  Dachtler,  1959  Superior  St.,  Toledo, 
Ohio.  His  outfit  is  complete  and  he 
offers  it  very  cheap  because  he  is  going 
abroad. 

The  oval  light  appearance  in  the  right 
flank  of  a  radiograph  is  -due  to  gas  in 
the  cecum. 

The  Medico-Legal  Journal  of  New 
York  City  contains  many  valuable  arti- 
cles in  its  June  issue,  but  we  are  sorry 
to  see  some  comment  on  the  medico- 
legal aspect  of  the  x-rays. 


96o  THE  AMERICAN 

Investigation  of  X-Ray  Prob- 
lems^ 

LISBON,  Portugal,  June  26,  1901. 
Dr.  Hbber  Rob  arts: 

Might  I  beg  you  kindly  to  put  before 
the  American  Congress  of  Radiology 
(The  Roentgen  Society  of  the  United 
States),  the  undermentioned  list  of 
problems,  whose  study  is  at  present 
interesting  me,  but  which  I  should  also 
like  to  submit  to  the  inspection  and  in- 
vestigation of  the  renowned  radiologists 
o\  your  country. 

Some  of  these  problems  have  already 
been  propounded-and  have  undergone  a 
certain  amount  of  investigation,  but,  as 
yet,  are  not  thoroughly  solved: 

1  st.  How,  in  a  Crooke's  tube  at  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  gaseous  rarefaction  to 
measure  the  influence  exerts  upon  the 
quality  of  the  x-rays  (penetration  and  in- 
tensity*) conforming  to  a  previously  fixed 
standard  by  the  following  circumstances: 

(a)  The  distance  separating  the 
kathode  from  the  antikathode. 

The   size  of   the    kathode  and 
antikathode. 

(V)    Their  shape. 

(,!)  The  length  of  the  spark  measur- 
ing the  discharge  within  the  tube. 

(e)    The  thickness  of  this  spark. 

(/)  The  number  of  interruptions  in 
the  primary  circuit  (or  inductor;,  or  the 
number  of  electric  discharges  within  the 
tube  at  one  and  the  same  time. 

(g)  The  relation  between  the  length 
1  or  duration)  of  the  closing  (making) 
and  that  of  the  opening  of  the  primary 
circuit. 

i '  1  The  total  capacity  of  the  tube  in 
cubic  centimetres  in  relation  to  the  dis- 
tance of  the  electrodes  in  line  of  cen- 
timetres. 

2d.  How,  in  a  Crooke's  tube,  to  esti- 
mate the  effect  produced  by  the  degree 
of  gaseous  rarefaction  upon  the  penetra- 

*Measured  by  their  effect  upon  the  fluorescent 
screen,  platino  cyanide  of  baryium  or  upon  sen- 
sitized photographic  surfaces. 


X-RA  Y  JOURNAL. 

tion  and  the  intensity  of  the  Roentgen 

rays? 

3d.  How,  in  a  Crooke's  tube,  no 
matter  the  degree  of  rarefaction  therein 
attained,  to  reduce  to  a  single  point  the 
focus  of  emission  of  the  x-rays  placed 
at  the  antikathode,  in  order  to  attain  the 
best  definition? 

4th.  How  to  reduce  the  number  of 
electric  discharges  within  the  Crooke's 
tube  to  the  minimum  necessary  to  give 
the  steadiness  and  brilliancy7  in  the  skia- 
scopic  screen? 

In  any  case  enough  time  must  be  given 
to  the  closed  period  of  the  primary  cir- 
cuit for  the  thorough  magnetic  saturation 
of  the  core,  or  in  other  words,  to  satur- 
ate the  electric  capacity  of  the  coil. 

5th.  How  to  construct  a  durable  coil 
and  one  which  would  give  the  greatest 
produce,  i.  e. ,  with  a  weak  primary  cur- 
rent to  give  a  long  and  a  thick  spark? 

6th.  How  to  establish  the  standard 
of  the  strength  of  the  penetration  of  the 
x-rays  and  its  dependence  on  the  quali- 
ties of  the  electrical  discharge  which 
produces  them? 

7th.  How  to  establish  the  standard 
of  intensity  of  the  x-rays? 

8th.  How  to  determine  the  influence 
of  the  time  exposure  on  the  intensity  of 
the  skiogrammes  in  relation  to  the  in- 
tensity of  the  utilized  rays? 

9th.  How  to  create  methods  which 
allow  of  the  regulation  of  the  penetra- 
tion of  the  x-rays  without  considerable 
interfering  with  their  intensity? 

10th.  How  to  create  methods  allow- 
ing of  regulation  of  intensity  independ- 
ent of  their  penetration? 

nth.  How  to  determine  the  absorb- 
ing power  of  the  bodies  for  the  x-rays, 
according  to  the  qualities  (penetration 
and  intensity)  of  these  rays? 

With  the  best  compliments, 
Your  faithful 

Virgilio  Machado. 

Subscribe  for  The  American  X-Rav 
Journal — $3.00  a  year. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


961 


Roentgen    Society    of  the 
United  States. 

ANNOUNCEMENT  OF   COMMITTEE  ON 
ARRANGEMENTS. 

The  Committee  on  Arrangements  for 
the  next  meeting  of  the  Roentgen  Socie- 
ty of  America  have  secured,  through  the 
courtesy  of  the  Dean  and  Faculty  of  the 
University  of  Buffalo,  the  use  of  as  much 
of  its  building  as  we  may  require.  The 
location  is  central,  the  room  ample  and 
on  the  ground  floor.  The  date  of  the 
meetings  will  be  Sept.  10  and  11  at 
the  University  of  Buffalo,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

The  following  rules  and  regulations 
in  regard  to  exhibits  have  been  adopted 
by  the  committee:  Applications  for 
space  should  be  sent  as  early  as  possi- 
ble to  R.  C.  Adams,  Secretary,  drawer 
No.  963,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  with  particu- 
lars as  to  character  of  exhibit  and  space 
needed. 

Exhibits  may  be  consigned  to  Louis 
Staffeldt,  care  University  of  Buffalo,  and 
all  express  and  freight  charges  must  be 
pre-paid.  Owners  of  goods  sent  by 
freight  who  wish  them  transferred  to 
place  of  meeting  on  arrival,  must  notify 
the  secretary  and  send  him  the  pre-paid 
bills  of  lading.  The  cartage  will  be  at 
expense  of  owners. 

Exhibits  are  wholly  at  risk  of  owners, 
and  should  be  unpacked  and  installed 
by  them  not  later  than  Sept.  7. 

Alternating  current  104  volts,  single 
phase,  60  cycles,  and  direct  current  no 
volts,  will  be  available,  also  dark  room 
for  photographic  purposes.  All  exhibits 
must  be  removed  by  Sept.  13. 

Edgar  B.  Stevens,  Chairman. 
Roger  Cook  Adams,  Sec,  Drawer  693. 
Dr.  James  W.  Putn  am, 
Dr.  Elmer  E.  Starr, 
Dr.  Rennick  R.  Ross, 

Committee. 

Pus  casts  a  deeper  shadow  than  brain 
substance  and  bones  denser  than  pus, 
yet,  paradoxical  as  this  may  seem,  we 
can  obtain  good  radiographs  of  pus  in 
the  brain. 


Book  Reviews. 

System  of  Physiologic  Therapeutics . — By  Solo- 
mon Salis  Cohen,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Medicine  and  Therapeutics  in  the  Philadelphia 
Polyclinic;  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine  at  Jef- 
ferson Medical  College;  formerly  Lecturer  on 
Therapeutics  at  Dartmouth  Medical  College; 
Physician  to  the  Philadelphia  and  Rush  Hospi- 
tals, etc. ;  Fellow  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of 
Philadelphia;  Member  of  the  Association  of 
American  Physicians;  former  President  of  the 
Philadelphia  County  Medical  Society,  etc. 

This  is  a  practical  exposition  of  the  methods, 
other  than  drug-giving,  useful  in  the  treatment 
of  the  sick.  Published  by  P.  Plakiston  s  Son  & 
Co.,  1012  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Price, 
eleven  volumes,  S22  net. 

Volume  I  is  written  by  George  W.  Jacoby,  M. 
D.,  Consulting  Neurologist  to  the  German  Hos- 
pital, New  York  City;  to  the  Infirmary  for 
Women  and  Children,  and  to  the  Craig  Colony 
for  Epileptics,  etc.  Electrotherapy  is  the  subject 
of  this  book,  divided  into  Part  I,  Electrophys- 
ics  and  Part  II,  Apparatus  Required  for  the  Di- 
agnostic Uses  of  Electricity.  The  first  part  ex- 
haustively treats  of  the  fundamental  conceptions 
and  the  realm  of  electric  uses.  The  second  part 
takes  up  the  uses  of  the  various  currents  from  the 
sources  of  their  output  to  their  physiologic  appli- 
cation. The  study  of  this  volume  is  a  systematic 
teaching  of  electricity  in  a  phase  never  before 
offered.  Methods  are  conceptions  new  in  ar- 
rangements, new  in  manner  of  expression,  and 
are  on  a  higher  plane  of  classical  literature. 

Vol.  II,  Electrotherapy  {continued)  is  also  writ- 
ten by  Dr.  Jacoby.  This  book  is  divided  into 
Diagnosis,  Therapeutics,  including  special  articles, 
by  Dr.  J.  C.  Da  Costa,  Dr.  William  Scheppen- 
grell,  Dr.  F.  H.  Martin,  Dr.  Edward  Jackson 
and  A.  H.  Ohmann-Dumesnil.  The  volumes  are 
richly  illustrated,  the  first  containing  163  and  the 
second  volume  has  80.  This  latter  volume  con- 
tains an  addenda  upon  electrolysis,  cataphoresis 
and  x-ray  therapy.  The  Parts  into  which  the 
entire  book  is  divided:  III,  Electrophysiology 
and  Electropathology;  IV,  Electrotherapeutics 
and  Electroprognosis;  V,  Electrotherapeutics. 
The  chapters  are  numerous  with  voluminous 
headings, 

These  books  deserve  close  study  and  invite  the 
investigation  of  every  medical  man  who  values 
education  as  an  essential  to  honest  practice. 

Dental  Electricity.— By  Levitt  E.  Custer,  B.  S.. 
D.  D.  S.  Lecturer  upon  Dental  Electricity  in 
Ohio  College  of  Dental  Surgery;  member  of  Na- 
tional Dental  Association;  member  Ohio  State 
Dental  Society  ;  member  of  New  York  Institute  of 
Stomatology:  Honorary  member  of  Kansas  State 


g62 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RA  Y  JOURNAL. 


Dental  Society;  Corresponding  member  of  Illi- 
nois State  Dental  Society;  member  of  Roentgen 
Society  of  the  United  States,  etc.  U.  B.  Pub- 
lishing House,  Dayton,  Ohio.  More  than  50  il- 
lustrations, 500  pages,  cloth.    Price,  net  $4. 

This  is  the  first  systematic  treatise  upon  the 
subject  of  Dental  Electricity  that  we  have  had 
the  pleasure  of  reading.  Like  all  works  upon 
medical  electricity,  the  task  explaining  the  mean- 
ing of  electrical  modes  is  here  undertaken.  To 
the  credit  of  the  author  he  has  performed  this 
work  well.  The  modes  of  electrical  application 
in  dentistry  is  the  full  purpose  of  the  book;  and 
so  far  as  one  can  judge,  it  seems  as  if  a  new  vista 
had  been  opened  up  to  the  profession.  The  style  of 
the  writer  is  simple  and  plain,  so  that  his  mean- 
ing is  readily  understood.  The  chapter  devoted 
to  the  x-rays  is  very  good.  More  is  said  on  the 
subject  of  apparatus  than  is  necessary,  for  there 
are  now  so  many  makes  of  excellent  type  all  can 
not  be  given  proper  attention.  After  all,  the 
reader  is  not  able  to  judge  from  the  description 
the  one  he  wants.  The  principles  after  all,  is 
what  he  needs. 

The  book  is  full  of  rare  and  valuable  matter. 
No  dentist  can  consider  himself  informed  that 
does  not  possess  a  knowledge  of  the  facts  related 
in  this  book.  If  he  does  not  read  the  book  we 
do  not  know  where  he  can  easily  get  the  facts. 
As  a  physician  I  find  many  valuable  suggestions. 


How  to  Examine  for  Life  Insurance. — By  Frank 
Ring,  M.  D.,  medical  examiner  for  John  Han- 
cock Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Boston; 
Prudential  Life  Insurance  Company,  of  Newark, 
N.  J.;  Security  Trust  &  Life  Insurance  Compa- 
ny of  New  York.  i2mo  handsomely  bound  in 
silk  cloth,  over  100 pages,  Si. 00  net.  Charles  D. 
Wilcox,  Publisher,  2313  Washington  Ave.,  St. 
Louis,  Mo.  The  signs  of  the  times  are  well  ex- 
emplified in  this  book.  The  rapid  strides  made 
toward  improved  methods  for  diagnosing  in  the 
past  few  years  makes  it  incumbent  upon  the  life 
insurance  examiner  to  know  something  more  than 
is  found  in  the  text-books  and  in  college  teach- 
ings. Life  insurance  companies  require  of  their 
examiners  that  they  shall  be  inquisitorial  and 
categorical  without  betrayal  and  without  giving 
offense.  To  propound  questions  is  an  art  and  it 
is  an  equal  art  to  weigh  their  meaning.  This  as- 
pect of  the  subject  Mr.  Ring  has  briefly  covered 
with  a  comprehension  that  can  nowhere  else  be 
found.  The  book  is  a  ready  reference  upon  clin- 
ical signs  and  physical  diagnosis  valuable  to  all 
practictioners  whether  in  or  out  of  the  insurance 
examining  service.  It  is  a  guide  in  urinary  anal- 
ysis, valuable  to  all.  The  author  touches  upon 
the  uses  of  the  x-rays  as  a  means  to  assist  in  ar- 
riving at  conclusions.  In  this  particular  de 
partment  much  more  should  have  been  said. 
The  doctor  is  a  member  of  the  Roentgen  Society 


The  Kinraide  High-Frequency  Coil. 


The  best 
apparatus 
for  use 
with  the 
direct  or 
alternating 
caiicut. 

•••••••••••• 

SEND  FOR 

DESCRIPTIVE 

CIRCULAR. 


Maker  of  Opht halmological  Apparatus,  Complete  Standard  Electro-Therapeutic  Equipments. 

X-Ray  Apparatus  and  High  Grade  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Instruments. 
104  Hast  Twenty-third  Street,  \  604  Nicollet  Avenue,  Minneapolis. 

125  West  Forty-second  Street,  -NEW  YOKK,  360  St.  Peter  Street,  St.  Paul. 

650  Madison  Avenue,  )  3  rue  Scribe,  Paris,  France. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Ill 


of  the  United  States  and  employs  the  Roentgen 
rays  as  suggested  on  page  105  in  his  Examiner 
for  Life  Insurance. 

Etidorhpa. — By  John  Uri  Lloyd,  author  of 
Stringtown  on  the  Pike.  Dodd,  Mead  &  Com- 
pany, Publishers,  New  York  City.  Richly  illus- 
trated by  J.  August  Knapp.  Cloth,  postpaid, 
ii.50. 

The  reader  of  Etidorhpa  is  improved  in  mental 
vision  and  in  the  certitudes  that  are  so  myste- 


rious to  the  untutored  who  do  not  read  or  study 
or  take  interest  in  the  realm  of  ecstatic  wonders. 
The  uses  of  thought  and  vision  so  beautifully 
brought  out  in  this  book  can  not  be  denied.  The 
clearness  of  insight  in  things  strange  and  appa-. 
rently  beyond  our  grasp,  are  here  clearly  traced 
in  a  way  that  the  key  can  be  used  to  broaden  our 
vision.  The  story  is  fascinating.  It  is  of  high 
culture  and  appeals  to  the  cleaner  sympathies  of 
man  and  lives  in  the  truth  of  science  in  all  its 
imaginaries.    Everybody  should  read  Etidorhpa. 


Doctor: 

We  are  successfully 
treating  that  class  of  pa- 
tients known  as  Drug 
Habitues,  Inebriates, 
etc.  If  you  have  among 
your  patrons  those  who 
are  using  either  Opium, 
Morphine,  Laudanum. 
Codein,  Chloral  or  other 
pain-alleviating  or  sleep 
producing  drugs  or  alco- 
holic stimulants  to  ex- 
cess, and  you  are  not 
prepared  to  successfully 
treat  or  manage  such 
cases,  we  would  be 
pleased  to  have  you  send 
them  to  us.  We  immedi- 
ately destroy  the  demand,  the  desire  and  the  necessity  for  these  baneful  drugs  and 
alcoholic  stimulants.  The  treatment  is  antidotal,  eliminative  and  supportive.  There 
is  no  delirium  or  painful  gradual  reduction.  All  patients  remain  at  Sanatorium  at 
least  one  week  without  drugs  or  alcoholics  of  every  description,  and  are  eating  and 
sleeping  well,  and  regain  self -confidence  before  leaving  for  home.  Treatment  con- 
ducted within  ethical  lines.  Insane  not  admitted.  We  have  cured  cases  in  nearly- 
every  city  and  state  in  the  union,  and  can  furnish  you  medical  references  in  or  near 
your  locality.  We  also  take  pleasure  in  referring  you  to  leading  members  of  the 
Memphis  Medical  Profession.  Sanatorium  large,  light  and  well  ventilated.  Situated 
on  beautiful  lawn.  Electric  lights  and  city  sewerage.  Massage,  electric  and  vapor 
baths.  First  class  cuisine.  All  correspondence  regarded  as  strictly  professional  and 

confidential.  Address:  old  Homestead  Sanatorium,  Memphis,  Tenn. 


WEBSTER'S  INTERNATIONAL  DICTIONARY 


WEBSTER'S 
INTERNATIONAL 
DICTIONARY 


NEW  EDITION 


OtZ  AAA  New  Words, 
^3,UUU    Phrases,  Etc. 


Prepared  under  the  direct  supervision  of  W.  T.  HARRIS,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  United 
States  Commissioner  of  Education,  assisted  by  a  large  corps  of  competent 
specialists  and  editors. 

New  Plates  Throughout.  Rich  Bindings. 2364  Pages. 5000  Illustrations. 

Better  than  Ever  for  Home,  School,  and  Office. 


Also  Webster's  Collegiate  Dictionary 

"  First  class  in  quality,  second  class  in  size. 


'itha  valuable  Scottish  Glossary,  etc. 
Nicholas  Murray  Butler. 


J$N  Specimen  pages,  etc.,  of  both  books  sent  on  application. 

G,  &,  C.  MER>RIAM  CO.,  Publishers,  Springfield,  Mass.,      S.  A. 


The  National  College  of  Electro-Therapeutics 

The  oldest  College  in  the  United  States  devoted  exclusively  to  Electro-Therapeutics.  Ten  instructors. 
A  thorough  practical  COURSE  of  INSTRUCTION  by  MAIL  to  those  who  can  not  come  here.  Diplomas 
granted  when  competent.  Degree  conferred.  Write  for  6th  Annual  Announcement,  and  free  sample  copy 
of  "The  Electro-Therapeutist."  Address 

Nos.  2, 10  Collins  Block,  Lima,  O.  H.  L.  BENNETT,  M,  D.,  M.  E.,  Secretary. 


IV 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Our  Offer  Upset  one 
of  our  Competitors 
Completely. 


They  say  no  one  can  afford  to  f?ive  you  a  dollar  for  fifty  cents.  They 
also  say  when  you  are  offered  a  Static  Machine  for  $150,  it  should  set  you 
to  thinking.  We  think  the  same  thing.  The  physicians  have  certainly 
been  gulled  for  years  by  paying  double  what  they  should.  Get  a  special 
report  on  us  from  any  commercial  agency,  or  have  your  bank  get  it,  and 
you  will  find  we  are  able  to  carry  out  any  contract  we  make.  No  machine 
is  superior  to  ours.  No  concern  in  the  United  States  turns  out  the  amount 
and  variety  of  goods  that  we  do. 


Send  for  our  Bargain  Bulletin  of  4,000  Articles  sold 
DIRECT  to  Physicians  at  Wholesale  Prices, 

We  have  no  agencies. 

Frank  S.  Betz  &  Co.,  37•3,i„4,,cS0,'ff.s,^ee,• 


ST.  LOUIS 

X-Ray  Laboratory. 

Approved  by  the  leading  Surgeons  and  Physicians 
in  St.  Louis. 

Laboratory  Open  8  a.m.  till  9  p.m. 


A  The  automobile  is  brought  into  requisition,  so  that  we  can  do  x-ray 
^r^jw  work  in  any  house  or  place  in  the  city.      Current  is  adapt- 

jfej^l  able  to  storage  batteries,  so  that  we  can  go  anywhere 

jfm  JHV  in  the  country  to  do  x-ray  work. 

•SP**  MAIN   2954  A. 
M.  E.  PARBERRY,   Manager,    300  Chemical  Building, 

Eighth  and  Olive  Streets,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY"  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D.,  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 
United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  S3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  ■  $4.00 

Single  Copies  .   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  331  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 
profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of 
extra  copies  of  the  Journ  al  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 
Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 

Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


VOL.  9.      ST.  LOUIS,  SEPTEMBER,  1901.      NO.  3. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  9,  NO.  2 
Dr.  A.  C  Bernays. 

Skiagraph  in  Oral  and  Dental  Surgery. 
Constitution  Roentgen  Society. 
How  to  Find  Fissure  of  Rolando. 
Radiographs — anatomical. 
Subsequent  Outcome  of  Fractures. 
The  Ostrich  Man  and  the  X-Rays. 
Roentgen  Society. 
Investigation  of  X-Ray  Problems. 
Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 
Book  Reviews. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL   9,  NO  3 

Second  President  Roentgen  Ray  Society 

of  America. 
First  President  Roentgen  Ray  Society 

of  America. 
Illustrations. 
Static  Electricity. 
Editorials. 
Radiographs. 

Priority,  Radio-Therapeutics. 
Becquerel  Rays. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  9.     ST.  LOUIS*  SEPTEMBER,  1901.       NO.  8. 


The  Roentgen  Ray  Society 
of  America. 


It  will  be  noticed  that  the  name  of 
the  Roentgen  Society  of  the  United 
States  is  changed  so  as  to  read  The 
Roentgen  Ray  Society  of  America. 
This  was  made  necessary  to  comply 
with  the  Constitution,  which  admits 
active  members  from  the  continent  and 
especially  from  Canada,  where  the  so- 
ciety has  a  healthy  contingency. 

This  society  was  organized  in  Febru- 
ary, 1900,  in  Dr.  Robarts'  office,  St. 
Louis,  in  response  to  100  invitations 
sent  out  to  physicians  by  Dr.  J.  Rudis- 
Jicinsky,  of  Cedar  Rapids,  la.  A  presi- 
dent and  secretary  were  chosen  for  the 
temporary  organization  and  a  regular 
meeting  fixed  for  December  13  and  14, 
in  New  York  City,  in  the  Grand  Central 
Palace.      Announcement     was  made 


through  The  American  X-Ray  Journal 
and  the  medical  and  electrical  press 
everywhere.  Voluntary,  papers  were 
sent  to  the  secretary  and  a  most  excel- 
lent program  prepared.  "Manufacturers 
of  x-ray  apparatus  and  accessories  ap- 
plied for  space  and  occupied  one  of  the 
beautiful  rooms  shown  in  the  cut  here- 
with. The  local  arrangements  were 
perfected  by  a  committee  of  which  Dr. 
S.  H.  Monell,  of  New  York  City,  was 
chairman. 

At  the  time  this  society  was  launched 
there  seemed  to  have  come  over  the  x- 
ray  world  a  settling  down  to  quietude 
and  actual  work,  since  but  little  was 
then  being  said  or  printed  on  the  sub- 
ject. Many  thought  the  x-ray  followers 
were  getting  what  Napoleon  called 
"real  punishment" — a  let-alone  policy. 
Subsequent  events,  however,  have  prov- 
en that  the  x-ray  influence  of  that  time 
was  in  a  state  of  incubation.  Many  pro- 
fessional men  had  likened  the  advent  of 
the  Roentgen  Society,  as  also  they  had 
The  American  X-Ray  Journal,  to  a  dis- 
sertation upon  the  Will-o'-the-wisp. 
When  once  said  it  was  all  said.  Ig- 
nis fatuus  has  mysterious  wonders 
wreathed  about  its  graveyard  light,  but 
to  repeat  the  story  was  punching  Judy 
in  the  face.  The  x-rays  had  crowned 
the  period  with  astonishment  and 
brought  light  where  no  vision  hoped  to 
dwell,  but  the  story  once  told,  relief  and 
relaxation  wrould  follow  with  dreamy  re- 
pose. Time  has  again  shown  that  the 
complainer  and  wrecker  fall  together, 


964 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


while  the  enthusiast  and  builder  go  on 
forever.  The  New  York  City  meeting 
was  a  surprise.  It  was  largely  attended 
with  150  x-ray  workers.  The  papers 
and  proceedings  were  printed  in  The 
American  X-Ray  Journal,  extracts 
from  which  have  been  made  in  American 
and  European  journals. 

The  officers  elected  at  that  regular 
meeting  were:  President,  Dr.  Heber 
Robarts,  St.  Louis,  Mo. ;  Secretary,  Dr. 
J.  Rudis-jicinsky,  Cedar  Rapids,  la.; 
Treasurer,  Dr.  E.  A.  Florentine,  Sag- 
inaw, Mich.  The  president  appointed 
on  special  committees:  Standards,  Dr. 
S.  H.  Mcnell,  New  York  City,  chairman; 
Research,  Dr.  J.  B.  Murphy,  Chicago, 
charman;  Ways  and  Means,  Dr.  J. 
Rudis-J  icinsky,  Cedar  Rapids,  la., 
chairman;  Medico-Legal,  Dr.  Mihran  K. 
Kassabian,  Philadelphia,  chairman. 
Time  and  place  of  next  meeting  was  left 
with  the  president,  who  selected  Buffalo, 
and  September  10-11  the  time.  Edgar 
15.  Stevens,  E.E.,  of  Buffalo,  was  made 
chairman  of  the  Committee  of  Arrange- 
ments, who  expended  every  energy  to 
to  furnish  the  necessities  that  made  the 
buffalo  meeting  so  agreeable.  Although 
Mr.  Stevens  had  only  recently  returned 
from  Europe,  the  perfect  plans  effected 
showed  the  deep  interest  he  had  in  the 
society.  The  amphitheater  and  recep- 
tion rooms  of  the  Buffalo  University 
were  given  over  to  us.  Notices  sent  out 
brought  voluntary  papers  to  the  secre- 
tary in  abundance.  A  program  was  ar- 
ranged 15  days  prior  to  the  meeting,  as 
follows: 

PROGRAM. 

Tuesday,  September  10,  2  p.  m. 

The  Diagnostic  value  of  the  Roentgen  Rays  with 
-|.  rial  rcfri-cncf  tu  their  application  in  Sledico- 
U'Kal  cases, 

In:   Mihkw  K   KA88ABL4N,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

An  Examining  Frame  and  "One  Minute"  Locai- 
izer,  u  it h  demonstrations, 

l»n.  s.  ||.  Mom  1.1  ,  New  York  City. 
HOW  the  indue  ion  static  Machine  can  be  excited 
without  a  separate  charter. 

Di{.  John  T  Pitkin,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
The  X-Ray  in  country  practice, 

.i<  BEPH  C.  Clark,  Olean,  N.  Y. 
\vh;ir  the  K-Rajra  rtiaw  In  Actinomycosis, 

DR.  (.  K.  I  <  '-in  in.,  Cedar  Rapids,  la. 


X-Rav  work  in  Great  Britain,  results  of  a  trip, 

Dr.  G.  P.  Girdwood,  Montreal,  Canada. 
Yoluntary  Papers,  practical  demonstrations  and 
inspection  of  the  Exhibits. 

Tuesday,  September  10,  8  p.m. 

President's  Address, 

Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
The  discovery  of  the  Bacilli  in  Cancer,  Prof.  Max 
S  ueller,  of  Berlin,  German  University.— Elec- 
trotherapy, the  safest  cure  of  Lupus  Vulgaris— 
The  most  recent  inventions  and  improvement  in 
Tubes,  Coils,  Static  Machines,  etc.  (illustra  ed) 
Julius  Silversmith,  Chicago,  111. 
Researches  in  the  direction  of  obtaining  Shadow- 
graphs of  the  Muscles  and  ligaments  of  the  body, 
H.  Westbury,  Harrison,  N.  J. 
Brief  remarks  on  the  therapeutic  value  of  the 
X-Ray  and  suggestion  on  a  universal  co-operation, 
Dr.  Constaxtix  V.  S.  Boettger,  Ottawa,  Canada. 
"Some  Medico-legal  X-Rays,"  illustrated, 

Dr.  F.  v\  esley  Sells,  Murray,  Iowa. 
Investigation  of  X-Ray  problems, 

Yirgilio  Machado,  Lisbon,  Portugal 
Skiagraphy  of  the  concretions  in  urine,  especially 
cystine  , 

M.  U.  Dr.  R.  Jedlicka,  Chirurgical  Clinic,  Prague, 

Bohemia. 

Wednesday,  September  11,  10  a.  m. 

Why  some  mistakes  are  made  in  Radiography, 

Dr.  J.  N.  Scott,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Description  of  a  simple  and  efficient  form  of  Elec- 
trolytic Interruptor, 

Dr.  Elmer  G.  Starr,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
The  treatment  of  Cutaneous  Cancer  by  the  X-Rays, 

Dr.  G.  E.  Pfahler,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Use  of  the  X-Ray  as  a  Therapeutic  Agent.  Illus- 
trated. Demonstration, 

Dr.  H.  P.  Pratt,  Chicago,  111. 
Some  Light  R^ys  in  Tuberculosis, 

Dr.  J.  Mouxt  Bleyer,  New  York  City. 
X-Ray,  an  absolute  necessity  in  Dental  Surgery, 
Dr.  Fraxk  Austix  Roy,  New  York  City. 

Wednesday,  September  11,  2  p.  m. 

The  X-Ray  Tube, 

Dr.  Emil  H.  Grubbe,  Chicago,  111. 
Development  in  Crooke's  Tube*  in  1901, 

H.  Westbury,  Harrison,  N.  J. 

X-Ray  Machinery, 

W.  C  Fuchs,  Chicago,  111. 
The  Relative  Efficiency  of  X-Ray  Generators, 

Dr.  AY.  A.  Price,  Cleveland,  O. 
Position  in  Skiagraphy, 

M.  E.  Parberry,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Turck's  Gyromele  and  the  X-Rays  in  diagnosis  of 
the  diseases   of  the   Stomach.  Demonstration. 
Illustrated. 

Dr.  J.  Rudis-Jicixsky,  Cedar  Rapids,  la. 
Yoluntary  Papers,  practical  demonstrations  and 
inspection  of  the  Exhibit. 

Committee  on  Arrangements  in  Buffalo  have  plans 
for  entertaining  members. 

This  was  strictly    adhered    to,  with 

slight  exceptions.      The  matter  these 

papers  contain    is  most  valuable,  and, 

with  some  extractions,  will  be  printed 

in  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  fast 

as  possible.     No  one  can  hope  to  be 

acquainted  with  the  recent  evolutions  of 

this  science  and  art    unless  they  read 

and  study  these  papers.     Much  is  lost 

in    not  being  present  at  the  meeting. 

1  he  writings  were  illustrated  in  many 

instances  and  elicited  inquiry  and  an- 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


965 


swers  that  writing  alone  fails  to  express. 
Those  who  attended  this  meeting  were 
many  times  repaid  for  their  time  and 
expense.  The  therapeutics  of  the 
x-rays  was  gone  into  very  fully.  The 
facts  brought  out  must  attract  wide  in- 
terest. Methods  of  using  the  x-rays  for 
curing  malignant  disease  differed  only  in 
technic,  but  in  every  instance  reports  of 
cures  were  effected  or  improvement  fol- 
lowed. 

This  Buffalo  meeting  was  another  sur- 
prise. The  meeting  was  more  largely 
attended  than  the  most  sanguine  had 
hoped.  One  hundred  and  five  new 
names  were  registered  and  money  paid 
for  membership.  These,  of  course, 
went  before  the  censors.  Dr.  Roswell 
Park,  one  of  our  older  members  and  one 
of  President  McKinley's  surgeons,  ad- 
dressed the  meeting.  Owing  to  re- 
porters bombarding  members  and  glean- 
ing from  dropped  words  here  and  there 
at  the  interum  of  sessions,  and  publish- 
ing the  same  as  official,  Dr.  Heber  Rob- 
arts  introduced  the  following  resolution, 
which  was  unanimously  adopted: 

Resolved:  That  this  society  assembled  express 
its  deepest  sense  of  sorrow  for  the  recent  afflic- 
tion inflicted  upon  William  McKinley,  our  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States;  that  our  society  has 
profound  confidence  in  the  wisdom  and  ability  of 
the  great  surgeons  in  charge,  and  condemn  any 
and  all  unkindly  remarks  that  have,  unfortu- 
nately, been  publicly  or  privately  expressed  con- 
cerning the  uses  of  the  Roentgen  rays,  relying, 
as  we  do,  on  mitigating  circumstances,  known  to 
the  surgeons  only. 

Resolved:  That  a  copy  of  this  resolution  be 
stricken  off  and  sent  to  Dr.  Roswell  Park,  a 
member  of  the  society. 

The  new  officers  elected  for  the  ensu- 
ing year  are: — President,  Dr.  G.  P. 
Girdwood,  Montreal,  Que.:  Secretary, 
Dr.  James  Bell  Bullitt,  Louisville,  Ky. ; 
Treasurer,  Dr.  E.  A.  Florentine,  Sagi- 
naw, Mich.  An  Executive  Committee, 
having  quite  plenary  scope,  was  organ- 
ized, with  Dr.  Weston  A.  Price,  of 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  as  chairman,  and  Dr. 
Marsh,  of  Troy,  N.  Y„  and  Dr.  John- 


son, of  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  associates. 
The  closing  scenes  of  the  Roentgen  So- 
ciety was  a  veritable  panegyric  of  men- 
tal rejoicing. 

Can  anybody  refrain  from  applauding, 
yea,  more,  to  sound  and  herald  the 
merits  of  this  body?  To  whom  is  it 
due?  More  advance  has  been  made  in 
diagnostic  medicine  through  the  x-rays 
than  any  previous  hundred  years.  The 
Roentgen  ray  has  done  more  to  remove 
the  fright  of  cancer,  the  dread  of  lupus 
and  the  shame  of  eczema  than  the  influ- 
ence of  all  previous  knowledge.  Truly, 
more  is  in  store:  excepting  the  extinct 
scourges  of  medieval  times,  raying  is 
destined  to  wipe  out  a  wider  range  of 
disease  by  invading  the  body.  Its  ac- 
tion is  already  proven  benignly  in 
phthisis,  tuberculous  joints,  kidney 
diseases — in  fact,  all  affections  where 
bacteria  is  causative. 

The  Roentgen  Ray  Society  of  America 
is  expected  to  spread  these  truths 
through  the  medium  of  its  members. 
But  let  us  continuously  look  for  light — 
more  light,  remembering  again  that  it  is 
the  builder  that  constructs — not  the 
wrecker.  Our  mission  is  onward,  while 
the  destroyers  sleep  by  the  wayside. 
We  follow  beacon  lights  in  science  and 
forget  maledictions.  We  are  reaching 
out,  not  blindly  into  the  siftings,  but  in- 
to clearer  domains,  where  the  flight  of 
man  aspires.  We  reach  for  the  stars, 
and  our  ambition  is  not  fulfilled.  The 
most  distant  twinklings  allure  us,  and, 
solving  the  wonders  there,  we  plunge 
into  the  abyss  beyond,  seeking  the  un- 
known. If  we  are  a  fraternity,  then  in 
union  there  is  strength.  Each  member 
is  strengthened  by  the  strength  of  the 
whole.  Then  we  can  better  seek  the 
realm  of  diagnostic  medicine — the  phy- 
sicians' goal.  So  we  are  seeking  the 
waywardness  of  man's  anatomy,  not  so 
much  his  mentality.  We  are  looking 
for  the  cause  of  man's  suffering,  quite 
content  with  the  remedies  at  hand.  We 


966 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


These  cuts  show  the  rooms  in  which  the  Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States  met  in 
first  annual  meeting.  Grand  Central  Palace,  New  York  City,  December  13  and  14,  1900. 
One  room  was  well  filled  with  exhibits  and  the  other  seated  for  230  members  and 
spectators. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


967 


are  already  proud  of  our  achievements, 
of  its  revolutionizing  influences,  of  the 
conquering  x-rays.  Conscious,  how- 
ever, of  this  reward,  we  behold  a  new 
vista  and  turn  from  the  proud  sense  of 
victories  won  to  the  labors  that  await 
us.  Like  receding  from  the  small  end 
of  the  funnel,  the  working  plane  ex- 
pands. We  take  up  the  taper  of  accu- 
mulated past  and  with  the  searching 
li°ht  seek  untrodden  paths.  Then,  ap- 
proaching the  consummation  of  our  am- 
bition, we  can  proclaim-- 

With  visions  clearer  than  e'en  tears  could  make 
The  eyes,  whose  limit  was  the  violet  rays, 
We  now  may  see,  and  things  that  lie  beyond — 
Life's  mysteries  long  screened  are  ours  today. 


The  following  is  a  running  clipping 
from  an  editorial  in  the  great  New  York 
Medical  Record.  It  was  written  at  the 
time  Dr.  Shrady,  the  venerable  and  ac- 
complished editor,  believed  the  lamented 
President  would  recover.     He  writes: 

"The  only  trouble  now  from  the  latter 
view  centers  in  the  present  uncertainty 
as  to  the  location  of  the  bullet.  Although 
believed  to  be  lodged  in  the  muscles  of 
the  back  somewhere  in  the  lower  dorsal 
or  upper  lumbar  region,  there  has  been 
no  means  as  yet  of  proving  such  a  point. 
Of  course,  even-  hope  now  rests  in  the 
probability  of  the  missile  becoming  safe- 
ly encysted  and  consequently  harmless. 
It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  understand  why, 
up  to  flu's  writing,  the  x-ray,  so  easily  ami 
effectually  applied,  has  not  been  brought 
into  service.  It  would  hardly  be  so  much 
a  matter  of  gratifying  curiosity — as  re- 
marked by  one  of  the  eminent  surgeons 
in  the  case — as  of  being  absolutely  sure 
of  the  terminal  track  of  the  missile.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  the  bullet  course  be- 
hind and  beyond  the  stomach  is  in  a 
safely  closed  and  aseptic  condition. 
This  would  seemingly  be  the  only  absolute 
guarantee  against  any  future  trouble  from 
secondary  suppurating  processes.  " 

The  italics  are  our  own.    Another  ref- 


erence to  these  lines  might  benefit  sur- 
geons. Is  it  possible  that  the  last  sen- 
tence was  a  prophesy?  May  it  be  pos- 
sible for  secondary  suppurating  process- 
es to  have  occurred  about  the  bullet, 
the  removal  of  which  at  the  time  of  in- 
jury would  have  prevented. 


In  a  recent  monogram  or  reprint,  if 
we  remember  correctly,  Dr.  Beck  has 
some  radiographs  made  from  clinical 
cases  exemplifying  "Possible  Error  in 
Skiagraphy."  Four  pictures  are  shown, 
three  of  which  are  radiographs  taken  at 
different  angles  and  one  of  which  fails 
utterly  to  show  a  fracture,  while  the 
other  two  show  plainly  that  it  is  oblique. 
In  the  December,  1899,  issue  of  The 
American  X-Ray  Journal,  pages  671  to 
674,  we  argued  this  point  editorially 
quite  fully  and  diagramatically  showed 
exactly  what  would  •occur  under  certain 
conditions.  Means  were  pointed  out  to 
avoid  all  possible  error.  The  caption 
of  this  article  is  "Photographs  and 
Radiographs,  Proof  of  Accuracy  Essen- 
tial to  Admission  as  Evidence."  We 
are  glad  to  see  that  Dr.  Beck  has  had 
an  opportunity  to  prove  this  in  practice. 
In  this  particular  case  irradiation  proved 
a  fracture,  without  which  it  would  have 
been  accepted  as  a  bruise.  Accuracy  in 
diagnosis — positive  knowledge,  not  col- 
lateral and  circumstantial — is  what  every 
doctor  needs. 

We  hope  that  discussion  of  the  uses 
of  the  x-rays  in  the  lamented  President's 
case  will  not  occur.  No  good  can  come 
out  of  such  disputes.  As  the  only  x  ray 
journal  in  this  country  we  feel  it  is  our 
duty  to  mention  this  since  also  we  are 
the  most  deeply  interested. 

Localization  methods  were  numerous 
at  the  Roentgen  Society  meeting.  How- 
ever, nothing  has  yet  taken  the  place  of 
the  fluorometer  for  simplicity  and  ac- 
curacy. 


968 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


STATIC  ELECTRICITY. 

What    It    Really    Is-A     Plain  Statement 
Divested  of  Technical  Terms  and 
Misleading  Matter. 

BY  HENRY  K.  WAITE,  M.  I). 
The  claims  made  bv  some  recent 
writers  on  static  electricity  in  regard  to 
their  alleged  wonderful  discoveries  are 
misleading  and  unauthentic.  The  dis- 
covery   of  static  electricity  was  made 


Inventor  of  the  First  Electric  Machine,  1671. 
over  three  centuries  ago  by  Otto  Guer- 
icke,  a  Burgomaster  in  Magdensburg, 
Holland,   who  invented    and  manufac- 


»  ELI.CTK  %  \  I. 


First  Electric  Machine,  L671  A.  I), 
ttired  the  first  static  machine  in  1671. 
He  discovered  the  principles  of  attrac- 
tion and  repulsion,  also  conduction  and 
a  spark,  his  machine  being  a  sulphur 
ball  revolving  in  trunions.  In  invent- 
ing this  machine  Guericke  discovered  all 


of  the  currents  which  have  been  called 
by  many  names  since. 

The  next  inventor  was  Newton,  who 
substituted  a  glass  ball  in  place  of  the 
sulphur  one.  Later  Hawksby  discov- 
ered the  electric  glow  or  electric  light 
and  he  brought  it  prominently  before 
the  public.  Subsequently  there  were  a 
series  of  balls  used  together,  and  in 
1731  Gray  made  extensive  experiments 
in  producing  electricity  by  rubbing  a 
glass  rod,  and  charging  bodies  sus- 
pended by  silk  ropes. 

From  that  time  on  various  styles 
were  introduced  one  of  which  had  a 
glass   cylinder,    another  a  glass  plate 


First  Electro-Therapeut  in  tne  U.  S.  1740. 

and  these  were  used  until  Holtz  made 
his  celebrated  induction  or  influence 
machine  in  1856.  This  remains  today 
the  most  powerful  machine  for  gener- 
ating static  electricity. 

The  old  writers  call  attention  particu- 
larly to  their  methods  of  treatment; 
they  will  be  found  to  mention  a  spark 
treatment,  Leyden  jar  shock,  and  a 
brush  discharge  from  points,  either 
metal  or  wood.  Attention  is  especially 
called  10  the  method  of  treating  with 
Leyden  jars  or  a  Leyden  jar  modifica- 
tion mentioned  by  these  old  writers, 
which  is  called  the  Lane  Electrometer, 
but  which  has  been  claimed  by  one  of 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


969 


our  recent  writers  as  his  induced  current 
and  as  having  been  discovered  by  him 
in  1881.  These  methods  were  fully  de- 
scribed by  Cavello,  Franklin,  Watson, 
Priestly,  Cuthburtson,  and  by  Adams 
over  a  hundred  years  ago. 

When  the  history  of  the  subject  is 
looked  into  are  not  the  statements  of  a 
very  prolific  writer  of  the  present  time, 
who  claims  to  be  the  discoverer  of 
induced  and  wave  currents  of  statical 
electricity,  ridiculously  wide  of  the 
truth?  Subjoined  is  a  quotation  from 
one  of  the  old  writers  referred  to  who 
had  this  to  say  over  two  centuries  ago 
and  I  quote  the  following  from 

ADAMS'  ESSAY  ON  ELECTRICITY,   I  792. 

By  the  Electric  Friction.  —  "Cover  the 
part  to  be  rubbed  with  woolen  cloth  or 
flannel.  The  patient  may  be  seated  in 
an  insulated  chair,  and  rubbed  with  the 
ball  of  a  director  that  is  in  contact  with 
the  conductor;  or  one  may  be  connected 
with  the  conductor,  and  rubbed  with  a 
brass  ball  which  communicates  with  the 
ground.  The  friction  thus  produced  is 
evidently  more  penetrating,  more  active 
and  more  powerful  than  that  which  is 
communicated  with  the  flesh  brush; 
and  there  is,  I  apprehend,  very  little 
fear  of  being  thought  too  sanguine,  if 
I  assert,  that  this,  when  used  but  for  a 
few  minutes,  will  be  found  more  effica- 
cious than  the  other,  after  several  hours' 
application.  Electricity  applies  here 
with  peculiar  propriety  to  spasm,  pleu- 
risy, and  some  stages  of  the  palsy,  and 
in  every  case  answers  the  end  of  blister- 
ing where  discharge  is  not  wanted,  being 
the  most  safe  and  powerful  stimulent 
we  know." 

By  causing  a  current  of  the  electric 
fluid  to  pass  from  one  part  of  the  body, 
and  tints  confining  and  concentrating  its 
operation  without  communicating  the 
shock.  —  "Place  the  patient  in  an  in- 
sulated chair,  and  touch  one  part  of  the 
body  with  a  director,  joined  to  a  positive 
conductor:  then  with  a  brass  ball  com- 


municating with  the  ground,  touch 
another  part,  and  when  the  machine  is 
in  action  the  fluid  will  pass  through  the 
required  part,  from  the  conductor  to  the 
ball;  the  force  of  the  stream  will  be 
different  according  to  the  strength  of  the 
machine,  etc.  Or  connect  one  director 
with  the  cushion  and  the  other  with  the 
positive  conductor,  and  apply  these  to 
the  part  through  which  the  fluid  is  to 
pass,  and  when  the  machine  is  in  action 
the  electricity  will  pass  from  one  ball  to 
the  other.  It  is  not  necessary  to  in- 
sulate the  patient  in  this  case." 

By  the  Shock.  —  "Which  may  be  given 
to  an}7  part  of  the  human  body,  by 
introducing  that  part  of  the  body  into 
the  circuit  which  is  made  between  the 
outside  and  inside  of  the  bottle.  This 
is  conveniently  effected,  by  connecting 
one  director  by  a  piece  of  wire  with  the 
electrometer,  and  the  other  with  the 
outside  of  the  bottle;  then  hold  the 
directors  by  their  glass  handles,  and 
apply  the  balls  of  them  to  the  extremity 
of  the  parts  through  which  the  shocks 
are  to  be  passed.  The  force  of  the 
shock,  as  we  have  already  observed,  is 
augmented  or  diminished  by  increasing 
or  lessening  the  distance  between  the 
two  balls,  which  must  be  regulated  by 
the  operator  to  the  strength  and  sensi- 
bility of  the  patient.  When  the  little 
bottle  with  the  glass  tube  is  used  as 
a  common  bottle,  both  wires  are  to  be 
left  there,  and  the  shock  is  communi- 
cated by  two  directors,  one  connected 
with  the  bottom,  the  other  with  the  top 
by  means  of  the  electrometer.  The 
operator  will  often  find  himself  em- 
barrassed in  giving  small  shocks,  the 
fluid  passing  from  the  conductor  to  the 
ball  of  the  electrometer,  instead  of  go- 
ing through  the  circuit  he  desires; 
when  this  happens,  which  may  be  known 
by  the  chattering  noise  of  the  spark  in 
passing  to  the  electrometer,  the  re- 
sistance formed  to  the  discharge  is  so 
great,  that  the  fluid  can  not  force  its 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


way  through  the  circuit;  to  remedy  this, 
and  lessen  the  resistance,  pass  two 
metallic  pins  through  the  clothing,  so 
that  they  may  be  in  contact  with  the 
skin,  which  will  lessen  the  resistance, 
and  conduct  the  fluid."  This  is  the  in- 
duced current  claimed  as  a  recent  discovery. 

By  a  sensation  between  a  shock  and  the 
spark,  which  does  not  communicate  that 
disagreeable  feeling  attending  the  common 
shock — '-This  is  effected  by  taking  out 
the  long  wire  from  the  small  medical 
bottle,  and  leaving  the  shorter  one 
which  is  connected  w'.th  the  tube  in  its 
place,  the  directors  to  be  connected  and 
used  as  before.  In  lessening  this  vibra- 
tory shock  the  electrometer  may  be 
drawn  to  a  much  greater  distance;  for 
the  rapidity  with  which  the  charge  of 
the  bottle  sends  forward  the  charge  of 
the  tube,  is  sufficient  to  overcome  the 
resistance  of  a  large  body  of  air.  The 
effect  of  this  species  of  shock,  if  it  may 
be  called  one,  is  to  produce  a  great 
vibration  in  the  muscular  fibres,  without 
inducing  that  pungent  sensation  which 
the  shock  effects.  It  is  therefore  appli- 
cable to  some  stages  of  palsy  and  rheu- 
matism: it  may  also  serve  as  an  artifi- 
cial means  of  exercise."  This  is  the 
-wave  current  claimed  as  a  new  discovery. 

/>  !  the  Bottle  Director.  —  "Insulate  the 
patient,  and  place  the  ball  in  contact 
with  him,  by  which  means  this  director 
is  charged.  Now  if  the  wire  is  conveyed 
from  the  bottom  of  this  to  the  top  of 
another  director,  the  bottle  director  will 
be  discharged  whenever  the  ball  is 
brought  in  contact  with  the  patient,  so 
that  by  bringing  it  down  with  rapidity 
any  number  of  small  shocks  may  be  pro- 
cured in  a  minute.  Or  connect  the  in- 
sulated patient  with  the  top  or  inside  of 
a  large  charged  jar,  and  then  this 
apparatus  used  in  the  foregoing  manner 
will  discharge  from  the  jar,  at  each 
spark,  its  own  contents,  and  by  repeti- 
tion discharge  the  whole  jar;  thus  a 
number  of  shocks  may  be  given  without 


continually  turning  the  machine,  or  em- 
ploying an  assistant." 

By  passing  the  whole  fluid  contained  in 
the  Lexden  Phial  through  a  diseased  part 
without  giving  a  shock.  —  "Connect  a 
director  by  means  of  a  wire,  with  the 
ball  of  a  Leyden  jar;  charge  the  jar 
either  completely  or  partially,  and  then 
apply  the  ball  or  point  of  the  conductor 
to  the  part  intended  to  be  electrified, 
and  the  fluid  which  was  condensed  in 
the  phial  will  be  thrown  on  the  part  in 
a  dense  flow  stream,  attended  with  a 
pungent  sensation,  which  produces  a 
considerable  degree  of  warmth.  If  a 
wire  that  communicates  with  the  ground 
is  placed  opposite  to  the  end  of  the 
director,  the  passage  of  the  fluid  will  be 
rendered  more  rapid,  and  the  sensation 
stronger.  Or  insulate  the  patient,  con- 
nect him  with  the  top  of  the  jar,  charge 
this,  and  then  apply  a  metal  wire  or 
piece  of  wood  to  the  part  through  which 
you  mean  to  make  the  fluid  pass.  It  is 
obvious,  that  in  this  case  the  circuit 
between  the  inside  and  outside  of  the 
jar  is  not  completed,  therefore  the  shock 
will  not  be  felt.  The  condensed  fluid 
passes  in  a  dense  flow  stream  through 
the  required  part,  while  the  outside  ac- 
quires a  sufficient  quantity  from  sub- 
stances near  it  to  restore  the  equil- 
ibrium." 

We  shall  now  analyze  the  static  cur- 
rent and  see  what  it  really  is.  There 
are  only  three  conditions  or  rather  three 
states  of  static  electricity:  The  first 
one  a  condition  of  strain  (this  is  when 
the  apparatus  is  charging),  the  second 
induction,  the  third  a  spark.  We  first 
fill  up  something,  it  may  be  a  Leyden 
jar,  or  an  insulated  patient,  and  when 
voltage  is  of  sufficient  force  to  overcome 
the  resistance  of  the  dielectric  air, 
which  is  between  the  pole  pieces,  the 
spark  jumps  and  it  is  discharged:  and 
this  goes  on  repeatedly  and  with  a 
rapidity  which  depends  upon  the  gener- 
ating power  of  the  apparatus. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


971 


We  insulate  a  patient  on  a  platform 
which  has  glass  legs;  then  connect  the 
positive  prime  conductor  of  the  machine 
to  the  insulated  platform  on  which  the 
patient  is  placed,  dropping  the  other 
chain  on  the  floor  or  grounding  it  to  a 
water  pipe,  it  matters  little  which.  We 
start  the  machine  in  operation,  the 
patient  becomes  the  extended  prime 
conductor  and  practically  that  patient 
becomes  the  inner  coating  of  the  Leyden 
jar,  the  glass  legs  take  the  place  of  the 
glass  jar,  and  a  chain  dropping  from  a 
negative  prime  conductor  to  the  floor 
makes  the  floor  the  outer  coating  of  the 
Leyden  jar.  The  sliding  pole  pieces 
may  now  be  separated  to  any  desired 
distance  according  to  the  case  about  to 
be  treated.  The  operator  should  always 
remember  that  the  nearer  the  balls  of 
the  sliding  pole  pieces  approximate  the 
more  rapid  will  be  the  discharge,  there 
being  less  resistance  to  overcome  in  the 
shortened  air  space.  As  soon  as  suffi- 
cient voltage  accumulates  to  overcome 
the  air  space  a  spark  jumps,  and  with 
such  great  rapidity,  that  it  seems  almost 
a  continuous  spark  producing  an  oscilla- 
tory condition  in  the  entire  body.  It  is 
practically  a  strain  and  a  release;  a 
push  and  a  pull;  filling  up  and  empty- 
ing; as,  taking  a  glass  of  water  and 
pouring  it  from  one  glass  to  the  other; 
charge  and  discharge. 

It  may  be  that  only  the  patient's  feet 
are  on  the  electrode;  or  his  joints  may 
be  wrapped  in  any  suitable  conductor 
such  as  lead,  tin,  tinsel,  or  moistened 
cloth,  the  whole  body  is  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  current.  Now  separate 
the  poles  widely  and  the  patient  is  in  a 
condition  of  positive  strain,  which  is 
called  static  insulation.  If  we  approch 
the  patient  on  the  insulated  platform 
with  an  electrode  held  in  one  hand,  we 
form  a  spark  gap  between  the  electrode 
and  the  patient.  If  we  use  a  pointed 
electrode  we  have  what  is  termed  a 
brush  discharge;   if  it  is  a  ball  electrode 


we  have  a  disruptive  discharge  called 
the  static  spark.  This  may  be  of  greater 
or  less  intensity  according  to  the  size 
and  material  of  the  ball  and  the  distance 
from  the  patient.  If  the  connecting 
chain  is  dropped  on  the  floor  the  current 
will  be  mild;  if  connected  directly  to 
the  machine  it  will  be  very  strong;  if 
held  in  the  hand  of  the  operator,  so  that 
his  body  becomes  part  of  the  circuit  you 
have  a  very  mild  method  of  application, 
which  allows  you  to  treat  the  case  from 
any  side.  This  form  of  treatment  is 
very  pleasant  to  the  patient  and  the  one 
that  should  be  used  when  beginning 
static  treatment. 

By  this  explanation  it  will  be  seen 
that  to  have  a  current  there  must  be  a 
spark  gap,  which,  in  this  case  is  air. 
There  is  no  action  excepting  that  of 
strain  until  the  spark  passes.  You  must 
have  a  spark  or  else  you  have  nothing 
but  insulation,  and  this  spark  depends 
upon  the  kind  of  electrode  you  use,  as 
to  whether  severity  or  mildness  of  treat- 
ment is  desired.  If  you  have  a  con- 
ductor in  contact  with  the  patient,  and 
a  spark  gap  between  the  patient  and 
the  machine  you  have  a  mild  effect 
which  does  not  irritate  the  skin. 

Whether  the  spark  gap  is  in  one 
place  or  another  the  result  is  the  same; 
it  is  the  make  and  break  of  the  strain. 
This  was  described  by  Mouduyt  in 
1784. 

I  have  found  that  the  static  machine 
should  be  run  at  a  speed  varying  from 
fifty  to  six  hundred  and  fifty  revolutions 
in  therapeutics  and  for  x-rays. 

The  test  of  a  static  machine  is  the 
length  of  its  spark,  the  radius,  one-half 
of  the  diameter  of  the  revolving  plates 
being  the  theoretical  limit  that  a  static 
machine  should  give  under  its  best  con- 
ditions. A  few  words  in  reference  to 
leakage  of  a  static  machine:  A  static 
machine  that  does  not  leak  will  not  give 
a  current  of  any  quantity. 

Static  electricity,  so  called,   or  static 


974 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Priority,  Radio-Therapeutics. 

At  the  Roentgen  Ray  Society  meeting 
in  Buffalo  an  attempt  was  made  to  start  a 
discussion  on  priority  of  the  therapeutic 
uses  of  the  x-rays,  Dr.  Pratt,  of  Chicago, 
read  a  paper  in  which  he  alleges  to  have 
used  the  rays  as  early  as  April  1 3,  1896, 
for  the  cure  of  lupus.  This  certainly  was 
the  first  effort  to  so  apply  the  new  radia- 
tion. In  July,  1898,  Dr.  Hahn,  of  Ham- 
burg, used  it  successfully  in  eczema. 
Freund  and  Schiff,  of  Vienna,  used  it  in 
lupus  in  1S97.  Dr.  Kummell,  of  Ham- 
burg, used  it  in  lupus  and  in  1899,  same 
year,  published  an  article  upon  the  sub- 
ject in  the  Annals  of  Electro-Biology. 
Professor  Rieder,  of  Munich,  published 
his  researches  on  bactericidal  properties 
of  the  x-rays  in  1898  in  Medicinische 
Wochenschrift.  He  proved  its  curative 
properties  in  lupus,  eczema,  favus,  sy- 
cosis and  psoriasis.  Freund,  Hahn  and 
Holland  June  15,  1900,  published  the 
treatment  of  13  cases  of  lupus  in  Gesell- 
schaft  der  Aertze  in  Mien.  Miss  Sharp 
read  her  experience  at  the  Roentgen 
Society  of  London,  which  was  published 
in  Vol.  V,  Nos.  2  and  4  of  the  Archives 
of  the  Roentgen  Rays. 

Becquerel  Rays. 

The  preparations  styled  radio-active 
barium  and  radio-active  bismuth  refer 
to  polonium  and  radium,  respectively, 
compounds  discovered  by  Madame 
Curie.  By  elimination  and  selection 
she  isolated  these  from  uranium  and 
thorium  ores,  particularly  the  Bohe- 
mian pitch-blende.  It  requires  several 
hundred  pounds  of  this  to  obtain  a  few 
grains  of  the  highest  efficiency  of  radio- 
activity. When  put  in  a  small  glass 
tube  and  covered,  one  end,  with  paraf- 
fined paper,  they  would  emit  invisible 
rays,  behaving  like  the  x-rays.  Four 
inches  from  a  plate,  after  30  minutes' 
exposure,  the  shadow  of  the  hand  was 
observable,  but  nor  the  bones.  How- 
ever, a  piece  of  metal  could   be  seen 


through  the  hand.  The  screen  fluoresces 
with  Becquerel  rays  but  too  feeble  for 
practical  irradiations.  F.  Giesel,  of 
Brunswick,  has  recently  obtained  in 
very  small  quantities  slightly  superior 
radio-activity. 

One  feature  of  the  x-rays  was  well 
shown  at  the  Buffalo  meeting  of  the 
Roentgen  Society  in  that  we  are  in  a 
condition  of  evolution.  The  science  is 
not  fixed,  but  with  all  its  marvelous 
strides  already  made  useful  to  man,  it  is 
fast  growing.  Apparatus  exhibited  at 
the  New  York  meeting  show  at  the  Buf- 
falo meeting  great  changes.  This  is 
especially  the  case  in  simplicity  of  work- 
ing parts  ana  the  controlling  machinery. 

The  October  issue  of  The  American 
X-Ray  Journal  will  contain  some  illus- 
trations of  the  therapeutics  of  the  x-ra)s 
especially  as  it  pertains  to  malignant 
growths.  Clear  description,  of  the  meth- 
od of  using  the  x-rays  in  these  cases  will 
be  given.  The  importance  of  this  mat- 
ter is  so  great  the  editor  will  answer  per- 
sonal inquiry  assisting  others  in  raying. 

There  are  now  several  women  mem- 
bers of  the  Roentgen  Society  of  America. 

Antikamnia  and  Heroin  Tablets. 

This  is  a  new  combination  tablet  containing 
five  grains  of  antikamnia  and  one-twelfth  grain 
of  heroin  hydrochloride  (muriate)  and  the  medi- 
cal profession  is  so  well  acquainted  with  the  two 
drugs  composing  it  that  it  is  needless  to  go  into 
their  respective  histories.  These  tablets,  aside 
from  their  use  as  a  respiratory  stimulent,  sedative, 
analgesic  and  expectorant  have  been  found  an 
excellent  remedy  for  the  relief  of  pain  and  also  a 
valuable  anti-spasmodic  in  whooping  cough. 
They  are  an  efficient  analgesic  in  the  neuralgias, 
especially  in  sciatica,  trigeminal  and  intercostal 
neuralgia.  In  the  treatment  of  the  morphine 
habit  they  are  said  to  be  of  highest  value.  They 
constitute  the  safest  and  most  efficient  remedy 
in  the  treatment  of  cough,  dyspnoea,  phthsis, 
bronchial  and  laryngeal  affections,  emphysema 
and  pneumonia.  They  have  also  been  employed 
with  very  great  success  in  hay  fever,  coryza,  etc. 

Administered  for  the  severe  pains  of  rheuma- 
tism, gout  and  lumbago,  as  well  as  for  the  light- 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Ill 


ning  pains  of  locomotor  ataxia,  there  is  no  quick- 
er and  more  lasting  remedy. 

To  adults  they  should  be  administered  in  one 
tablet  doses,  repeated  every  two,  three  or  four 
hours,  as  indications  warrant.  Children  accord- 
ing to  age.  A  method  which  is  preferred  by 
many  practitioners,  particularly  in  respiratory 
ailments,  is  to  direct  patients  to  allow  the  tablet 
to  slowly  dissolve  on  the  tongue,  swallowing  the 
saliva  as  the  solution  of  the  tablet  progresses. 

Book  Review. 

Webster's  International  Dictionary,  of  the 
English  Language  with  a  Supplement  of  95,000 
words  and  phrases  by  W.  T.  Harris,  Ph.  D., 
LL.  D.,  Editor  in  Chief,  Springfield,  Mass. 
Published  by  G.  &  C.  Merriam  Company,  1900. 

This  is  certainly  the  most  nearly  perfect  lexicon 
of  the  English  language.  The  book  now  com- 
prises more  than  2,200  pages.  In  addition  to  the 
usual  lexicographic  contents,  there  are  nearly  400 
pages  devoted  to  a  Dictionary  of  Noted  Names  in 
Fiction;  A  Pronouncing  Gazetteer;  A  Pronounc- 
ing Biographical  Dictionary;  Pronunciation  of 
Scripture  Proper  Names,  of  Greek  and  Latin 
Proper  Names;  A  Vocabulary  of  Common  Eng- 
lish Christian  Names;  Quotations,  Words, 
Phrases,  Proverbs  and  Colloquial  Expressions; 
Signs  used  in  Writing  and  Printing;  Selection  of 
Pictorial  Illustrations  embodying  the  flora,  fauna, 


science  and  art;  Guide  to  Pronunciation;  List  of 
Words  Spelled  in  Two  or  More  Ways;  List  of 
Amended  Spellings,  and  Abbreviations,  together 
with  other  information. 

This  dictionary  is  an  improvement  upon  all 
former  editions.  The  newer  words  and  phrases 
brought  about  by  the  recent  intermingling  of  dis- 
similar races,  due  to  war  and  unprecedented 
commercial  energy  throughout  the  world,  is  here- 
in found.  Nowhere  else  can  these  be  found. 
The  definitions  of  words  are  ample,  clear  and 
concise.  Every  person  who  regards  knowledge 
must  appreciate  the  superiority  of  the  Inter- 
national Dictionary. 

The  cheaper  books  styled  Webster's  Dictionary 
are  makeshifts  and  must  disappoint  and  chagrin 
the  buyer,  for  the  definitions  are  often  defective, 
many  words  absent  and  type  and  binding  cheap. 
It  is  more  difficult  to  purge  the  mind  of  false 
teaching  than  to  learn  correctly.  Webster's 
International  Dictionary  will  not  burden  the  mind 
with  unloading. 

Mr.  Puffer,  manager  of  the  Rochester  Fluo- 
rometer  Co.,  has  reduced  the  price  of  the  fluo- 
rometer  from  S100  to  $50,  which  includes  their 
fine  operating  table.  They  have  also  an  im- 
proved apparatus,  with  which  the  fluorometer 
can  be  used  with  any  table  or  on  the  floor,  and 
is  now  sold  at  a  very  reasonable  price. 


The  Kinraide  High-Frequency  Coil. 


The  best 
apparatus 
for  use 
with  the 
direct  or 
alternating 
current* 

•••••••••••• 

SEND  FOR 

DESCRIPTIVE 

CIRCULAR. 


EX  B.  Meyrowitz, 


Maker  of  Ophthalmological  Apparatus,  Complete  Standard  Electro-Therapeutic  Equipments. 

X-Ray  Apparatus  and  High  Grade  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Instruments. 
104  East  Twenty-third  Street,  ) 

West  Forty-second  Street,  [  NEW  YORK, 


125 

650  Madison  Avenue, 


604  Nicollet  Avenue,  Minneapolis. 
360  St.  Peter  Street,  St.  Paul. 
3  rue  Scribe,  Paris,  France. 

LI  GE  OF  PHYSICIAN! 


THE 


IV 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


The  St.  Louis 

X-Ray  Laboratory 

Is  owned  and  managed  by 

MR.  M.  E.  PARBERRY,  m.  e. 

Member  of  the  Roentgen  Society  of  the  United  States. 

THE  appointments  of  this  Laboratory  are  as  nearly  complete  as  pro- 
fessional skill  can  accomplish.  The  static  machine  is  of  the  highest 
grade  and  type  and  the  coils  are  of  the  most  recent  designs.  There 
are  indications  for  the  use  of  two  designs  of  coils  depending  upon  penetration 
and  shadowing,  which  in  each  case  must  be  selected.  Likewise  the  static 
machine  comes  in  requisition  for  another  class. 

One  coil  is  equipped  with  an  independent  multiple  vibrator,  an  interlock- 
ing switch,  a  fuse  block,  series  and  parallel  spark  gaps;  and  it  may  run  on  the 
1 10  volt  direct  current  circuit,  no  volt  alternating  current  circuit,  seven  cells 
of  storage  battery,  14,  40,  70  volts,  either  its  own  or  mechanical  break,  the 
electrolytic  break  or  any  outside  break  of  the  mechanical  or  mercurial  type. 
The  automobile  service  is  a  convenience  to  physicians  where  it  is  found  im- 
practicable to  move  the  patient  from  home  or  from  hospital. 

The  experimental  stage  of  the  x-rays  has  passed  and  physicians  now  ask 
for  clearer  definition  and  proof  of  the  accuracy  of  the  picture  shown.  These 
two  requisites  are  here  accomplished.  The  aim  is  to  reach  as  near  scientific 
perfection  as  can  be  done  and  to  offer  to  the  medical  profession  a  correct  sys- 
tem indisputable  in  many  cases  and  in  others  corroborative  evidence.  We 
have  done  work  for  more  than  200  physicians,  but  desire  to  enlist  the  patron- 
age of  all  doctors  both  in  and  out  of  the  city.  No  delay  will  occur  when 
called  to  outside  towns. 

Our  work  includes  pictures  of  the  hip  joint,  stone  in  the  kidneys,  gall 
stones,  tumors,  abscesses  and  other  work  that  formerly  proved  so  difficult  or 

impossible. 

We  cordially  solicit  personal  inspection  of  our  work  by  physicians  and 
surgeons. 

M.  E.  PARBERRY,  Manager. 

Chemical  Building. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D.,  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 
United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  $4.00 

Single  Copies   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 
profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of 
extra  copies  of  the  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 
Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 

Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


VOL.  9.         ST.  LOUIS,  OCTOBER,  1901. 


NO. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL   9,  NO.  3 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  9,  NO.  4. 


Dr,  G.  P.  Girdwood,  Second  President 
Roentgen  Ray  Society  of  America. 

Dr-  Heber  Robarts,  First  President 
Roentgen  Ray  Society  of  America. 

Illustrations. 

Static  Electricity. 

Editorials. 

Radiographs. 

Priority,  Radio-Therapeutics. 
Becquerel  Rays. 

President's  Case,  Diagramatical. 


J.  Rudis-Jicinsky,  M.  D.,  Retiring  Sec- 
retary Roentgen  Society  of  America. 
A  Letter. 

Recovered  Case  of  Lupus. 

Diagnosis  of  Renal  Calculi. 

Roentgen  Rays  in  Military  Surgery. 

Becquerel  Ray  Burning. 

Reasons  Not  Facts  Altogether. 

The  Treatment  of    Cutaneous  Cance 

With  the  X-Rays. 
The    Treatment    of    Congenital  Club 

Foot. 
Inconsistencies. 
Book  Reviews. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  9.       ST.  LOUIS,  OCTOBER,  1901.         NO.  4. 


A  Letter. 

We  are  in  receipt  of  a  letter  from 
Dr.  Carl  Beck,  of  New  York  City,  dated 
September  23,  1901,  in  which  he  writes: 

"'Dear  Friend  Dr.  Robarts: 

'  'I  received  the  Journal  this  morning  and  hasten 
to  congratulate  you  on  the  successful  meeting  at 
Buffalo.  It  is  especially  gratifying  to  me  to  see 
that  you  have  elected  a  splendid  set  of  officers 
and  whatever  I  can  do  to  encourage  others  to 
enter  the  society,  shall  be  done.  The  only 
feature  I  do  not  like  at  all  is  that  you  did  not 
accept  the  presidency  again.  The  best  men  of 
the  society  have  not  done  one-tenth  as  much  as 
you  did  to  build  the  society  up  under  the  most 
difficult  circumstances.  If  I  would  have  been 
able  to  follow  my  intention  to  be  present  I 
would  have  given  expression  to  these  feelings  of 
mine.  But  I  still  had  to  be  in  the  White  Moun- 
tains at  the  time  and  had  to  take  care  of  my 
burned  hands.  I  experimented  with  new  tubes 
of  great  power  and  am  quite  sure  that  it  was  my 
own  fault  that  I  was  injured." 

Constant  readers  of  The  American 
X  Ray  Journal  will  recall  the  studious 
effort  of  the  editor  to  suppress  all  flattery 
of  himself  or  personal  mention  where  it 
could  be  avoided.  But  there  is  a  far- 
reaching  motive  in  this  reference  that 
will  be  understood  by  many  now  and  by 
all  a  little  later.  Of  course,  all  publish- 
ers and  editors  have  received  praise- 
worthy notes  and  compensating  ones 
containing  the  venom  of  the  culprit. 
WTith  us  it  matters  personally  but  little, 
for  praise  and  calumny  strike  us  about 
alike.  Mr.  Lincoln  said  that  "When 
you  come  to  rub  up  against  men  you  find 
them  about  alike. "  If  there  is  any  break 
in  this  rule  it  is  in  consanguinity. 


Dr.  Beck  writes  from  the  heart,  be 
lieves  what  he  says  and  writes  what  he 
thinks.  He  is  an  enthusiast  and  a  build- 
er. He  has  written  inductively  upon  the 
x-rays  and  done  more  to  spread  its  correct 
teachings  than  any  doctor  at  home  or 
abroad.  His  book  upon  "Fractures"  is 
classic  and  is  the  first  effort  of  the  kind 
by  any  surgeon.  A  doctor  can  not  hope 
to  be  familiar  with  the  modern  practice 
of  setting  fractures  without  this  book  for 
reference.  He  has  written  scores  of 
articles  on  surgical  procedure  with  the 
x-rays  as  the  surgical  impliment  for  ac- 
curate diagnosis.  It  is  no  flattery  to  him 
in  particular,  but  to  the  great  domain  of 
the  sciences,  to  say  that  he  has  done 
more  to  arrive  at  a  correct  method  of 
surgical  diagnosis  than  any  living  man. 
Of  course,  from  the  first  issue  he  has  al- 
ways been  a  close  reader  of  The  American 
X-Ray  Journal.  The  many  egregious 
errors  and  recoiling  mistakes  made  by 
men  that  have  grown  strong  in  other  de- 
partments is  due  to  lack  of  proper  read- 
ing and  the  pratice  of  its  precepts.  Dr. 
Beck  has  evaded  these  mistakes.  His 
counsel  at  the  meetings  of  the  Roentgen 
Ray  Society  will  be  most  valuable. 

The  newly  elected  president  of  the 
society  is  one  of  its  most  enthusiastic 
workers.  Dr.  Girdwood  cut  short  his 
European  trip  to  be  present  at  the  Buffalo 
meeting.  When  asked  to  give  ex- 
pression concerning  the  treatment  of 
Mr.  McKinley,  by  newspaper  reporters, 
he  instantly  replied:  "See  the  doctors 
in  the  case.     I  am  not  in  the  gossip 


976 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


business."  His  discussion  of  papers  al- 
ways drew  closest  attention.  He  is 
scholary,  dignified,  and  kind  and  was 
the  best  material  for  president.  He  need 
not,  and  it  is  now  not  necessary  to  write 
etters  every  day  in  the  year,  neither  will 
ie  need  to  question  himself:  "Am  I  a 
missionary  or  a  financier?" 

Going  back  to  Dr.  Beck's  letter,  he 
adds:  —  "I  trust  you  will  appreciate  the 
spirit  of  admiration  for  the  great  strides 
of  the  profession  in  this  country,  in  which 
to  participate,  I  believe,  is  one  of  the 
greatest  privileges  of  mankind.  In  a 
decade  men  will  wonder  why  the  x-rays 
had  to  beg  for  admission  into  the  hearts 
of  the  profession — what  fools  those  mor- 
tals be!  And  among  the  best  your  name 
will  shine  in  the  foreground  then." 

In  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  for 
September,  page  967,  we  referred  to 
Dr.  Beck's  reprint,  "Possible  Error  in 
Skiagraphy"  and  called  his  attention  to 
an  editorial  on  pages  671-674,  the  title  of 
which  is"Photographs  and  Radiographs, 
Proof  of  Accuracy  Essential  to  Admis- 
sion as  Evidence."  The  doctor  reminds 
us  that  two  months  previous  to  this  edi- 
torial he  had  advanced  the  same  points 
before  the  German  Medical  Society  of 
New  York  City,  October  2,  1899,  a  rec- 
ord of  which  is  made  in  New  Yorker 
Medicinische  Wochenschrift.  We  dia- 
gramatically  showed  methods  for  correct- 
ing distortions  and  reasons  inaccuracies 
accompanied  x-ray  operators.  Subse- 
luently  a  Western  New  York  doctor 
claimed  priority,  but  he  has  shown  noth- 
ing in  evidence. 

In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  Dr.  Kean,  who  was  formerly 
frowning  on  the  x-rays,  is  now  one  of  its 
most  enthusiastic  supporters.  So  it  is 
.^een  again  that  the  devotee  has  encour- 
agement. As  we  have  before  said:  "The 
complainer  and  wrecker  fall  together 
while  the  enthusiast  and  builder  go  on 
forever." 


Recovered  Case  of  Lupus. 

The  electro  herewith  shows  a  condi- 
tion of  a  patient  after  being  cured  of 
Lupus  by  the  x-rays.  The  young  lady 
gave  a  history  of  malignancy  in  mother 
and  grandmother.  The  disease  had 
been  of  18  months'  origin  and  spread 
rapidly  over  nose,  inner  canthus  of  both 
eyes  and  considerably  over  both  cheeks. 
She  had  been  treated  with  "paste," 
which  denuded  the  parts  and  left  scar 
tissue  and  prominent  blood  vessels. 
The  disease  rapidly  recurred  and  at  the 


time  she  went  under  x-ray  treatment 
could  not  sleep  on  account  of  pain. 
She  was  greatly  emaciated. 

A  large  German  tube  with  a  large 
static  machine  was  employed,  and  49  ex- 
posures were  made.  The  tube  was  made 
to  show  articulations  of  the  joints  of  the 
hand  four  feet  away.  Exposures  were 
made  daily  of  12  minutes'  duration,  10 
inches  from  the  face,  the  healthy  tissue 
being  protected  with  ^-inch  surgeon's 
felt  and  a  lead-zinc  screen.  Pain  en- 
tirely ceased  on  the  10th  day  and  never 
returned.  The  entire  wound  healed  on 
the  40th  treatment.  The  prominent 
blood  vessels  and  scar  tissue  had  greatly 
diminished  on  the  49th  exposure,  when 
the  patient  left  for  her  home,  300  miles 
away.  One  year  after,  she  wrote:  "I 
am  entirely  well.     The  veins  and  scars 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


977 


are  gone  and  no  one  can  tell  that  I  ever 
had  a  disease.  My  health  was  never 
better  than  now."  In  treating  this  case 
no  local  nor  constitutional  medication 
was  used.  The  picture  was  taken  at 
the  time  she  wrote  the  above  lines.  No 
picture  was  made  when  treatment  be- 
gan. Dr.  Wm.  Mayfield,  of  this  city, 
sent  the  patient  to  the  St.  Louis  X-Ray 
Laboratory  for  treatment. 


Diagnosis  of  Renal  Calculi. 

A  paper  upon  this  subject  was  read  by 
Dr.  F.  D.  Carpenter,  before  the  San 
Francisco  Medical  Society  and  is  print- 
ed in  full  in  the  September  issue  of 
American  Journal  of  Surgery  and  Gynecol- 
ogy. It  is  worth  reading.  Dr.  Carpen- 
ter has  not  had  much  experience  with 
the  x-rays  in  these  cases  and  frankly 
says  so,  but  concludes  his  paper:  "The 
abdomen  is  the  most  difficult  portion  of 
the  body  to  x-ray,  yet  I  believe  that 
sooner  or  later  this  will  be  one  of  the 
established  means  of  confirming  the  di- 
agnosis." It  is  possibly  not  strange, 
that  all  writers  referring  to  the  rays, 
whose  work  with  it  has  been  limited,  in- 
variably speak  hopefully  of  its  future. 
If  all  readers  would  rightfully  under- 
stand that  the  author  of  an  article  only 
expresses  his  personal  judgment,  then 
less  confusion  and  false  opinions  would 
gain  ground.  Dr.  Carpenter  writes:  "I 
believe  sooner  or  later  this  will  be  one 
of  the  established  means  of  confirming 
the  diagnosis."  It  is  a  fact  if  this  had 
been  written  early  in  1896  it  would  have 
been  timely  and  optimistic.  But  it  was 
read  before  the  society  in  April,  1901. 
four  years  at  least,  after  the  facts  "I  be- 
lieve," were  established  beyond  contro- 
versy throughout  the  civilized  world. 
Nobody  acquainted  with  the  facts  has, 
for  several  years,  questioned  that  the 
x-rays  has  "established  means  of  con- 
firming the  diagnosis"  of  stone  in  the 
kidneys. 


Roentgen  Rays   in  Military 
Surgery. 

This  is  the  title  to  a  paper  read  by 
Dr.  J.  Hall  Edwards,  of  Birmingham, 
England,  before  the  British  Medical 
Association,  August  1,  1901.  Dr.  Ed- 
wards has  been  in  South  Africa  as  Sur- 
geon Radiographer  to  the  Imperial  Yeo- 
manry Hospital,  throughout  the  entire 
Kingdom,  and  wherever  the  x-rays  are 
used,  Dr.  Edwards'  name  is  classic. 
He  has  done  more  to  harmonize  the  sur- 
gical classes  with  uses  of  the  x-rays  than 
any  other  one  surgeon  in  England.  It 
is  interesting  to  note  that,  though  so 
much  was  written  concerning  his  ingen- 
ious bicycle  for  charging  the  accumula- 
tors he  pronounces  it  a  complete  failure. 
He  says:  "The  Kaffirs  took  great  in- 
terest in  the  proceedings,  so  I  let  them 
have  a  turn,  but  they  soon  gave  in  and 
lost  all  further  interest  in  the  object 
which  had  so  bewildered  them.  I  have 
no  hesitation  in  saying  that  the  bicycle 
arrangement  is  a  failure,  and  that  the 
machine  I  had  so  carefully  designed  is 
a  monument  of  misplaced  confidence." 

He  applauds  the  electrolytic  inter- 
rupter above  all  other  designs.  The 
doctor,  in  one  sentence,  says  a  good 
deal,  which  must  be  very  offensive 
to  the  American  writers  on  the  "in- 
accuracies" of  the  x-rays.  It  is  this: 
"Professor  Roentgen's  discovery  has 
placed  in  the  hands  of  military  surgeons 
an  'accurate'  method  of  diagnosing  oi 
inestimable  value." 

Among  the  interesting  cases  cited  the 
one  of  Mr.  A.  D.  Fripp  is  exceptional. 
A  Mauser  bullet  was  located  in  the  spi- 
nal column;  a  laminectomy  was  per- 
formed and  a  bullet  removed  with  the 
greatest  possible  success.  On  admission 
the  patient  was  paralyzed  in  both  legs 
and  had  lost  control  over  bladder  and 
rectum.  The  removal  of  bullet  allevi- 
ated the  symptoms.  "I  am  pleased  to 
say,"  Dr.  Edwards  writes,   "that  at  the 


978 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


present  time  the  patient  can  move  about 
with  the  aid  of  sticks  and  has  a  fair 
chance    of    complete  recovery."  This 
case  had  been  brought  to  the  hospital 
from  Mafeking  after  the  relief,  where  the 
x-rays  had  been  used  for  the  purpose  of 
locating  the  bullet  with  complete  failure. 
Localizing  instruments  were  used  in  all 
cases.  This  is  most  important.  Strange, 
an  ex-president  of  our  American  Medical 
Association  was  not  able  to  use  accurate 
localizers.     A  case  is  in  point.  We 
quote  from  the  words  of  Dr.  Edwards: 
"In  no  case  was  a  bullet  missed  after  a 
localization  had  been  made;  although  in 
one  case  I  think  tt  would  have  occurred 
had  I  not  been  present  at  the  time  of  the 
operation.      In    this  case  a  man  was 
brought  in  with  a  suppurating  wound 
over  the  patella  of  the  knee,  and  a  his- 
tory of  having  been  operated  upon  for 
the  purpose  of  finding  a  bullet,  the  pres- 
ence of  which  had  been  demonstrated 
by  the  x-rays.    Several  weeks  were  al- 
lowed to  elapse  before  anything  could 
be  done.     When  the  wound  was  quite 
healed  a  localization  was  made,  and  as 
it  was  thought  advisable  to  remove  the 
bullet,  an  operation  was  arranged  for. 
The  surgeon  cut  down  under  the  local- 
izing marks  until  the  surface  of  the  fe- 
mur was  reached,  and  no  signs  of  the 
bullet  being  visible,   he  arrived  at  the 
conclusion  that  some  mistake  had  been 
made  in  the  localization.     A  careful  in- 
spection of  the  bone  led  to  the  discovery 
of  a  minute  crack  immediately  under 
my  marks,  and  upon  my  advice  the  sur- 
geon removed  a  small  piece  of  bone 
with  a  chisel,  when  the  nose  of  the  bul- 
let at  once  became  visible  and  the  mis- 
sile was  removed.    Had  I  not  been  pres- 
ent at  this  operation,  the  search  might 
have  been  once  more  abandoned  and 
the  case  might  have  been  handed  down 
to  posterity  as  a  glaring  example  of  the 
uselessness  of  the  x-rays.    The  failure 
to  find  the  bullet  on  the  first  occasion 
was  undoubtedly  due  to  a  want  of  knowl- 


edge of,  and  sufficient  confidence  in  the 
possibility  of  the  x-rays." 

I  desire  to  quote  again  from  Dr.  Ed-  • 
wards.  This  case  has  points  of  interest 
that  may  help  some  surgeons  where  they 
are  pinched  for  adequate  reasons  for  not 
removing  a  bullet  at  the  time  of  the  op- 
eration. I  have  been  exactly  in  this  sit- 
uation: 

'  'Another  exceedingly  interesting  case, 
and  one  which  points  to  a  moral,  was 
one  which  came  under  the  care  of  my 
friend,  Mr.  H.  A.  Ballance,  of  Norwich; 
and  it  is  with  his  kind  permission  that  I 
mention  it  here.  It  occurred  in  the  case 
of  a  man  who  had  an  entrance  wound 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  length,  sit- 
uated half  an  inch  to  the  right  of  the 
middle  line  of  the  back,  on  a  level  with 
the  sixth  Dorsal  Spine.  There  was  a 
tender  spot  in  front,  about  the  middle  of 
the  second  right  Costal  Cartilage.  An  ex- 
amination with  the  fluorescent  screen 
showed  the  presence  of  a  shrapnel  bullet. 
This  was  localized  with  some  difficulty, 
owing  to  the  movements  of  the  chest 
wall,  at  a  depth  of  one-and-a-quarter 
inches.  As  the  man  was  exceedingly 
well  nourished,  and  was  very  muscular 
into  the  bargain,  a  discussion  took  place 
as  to  the  whereabouts  of  the  missile.  A 
re-examination  with  the  fluorescent 
screen  showed  that  the  bullet  moved 
very  slightly  during  the  acts  of  inspira- 
tion and  respiration,  and  that  the  move- 
ments coincided  with  those  of  the  chest 
wall  and  not  with  those  of  the  lung.  It 
was  thought,  and  in  all  probability  the 
bullet  had  just  penetrated  the  lung,  and 
that  an  inflammatory  area  had  been  set 
up,  causing  adhesions.  At  the  opera- 
tion, Mr.  Ballance  resected  portions  of 
two  ribs,  when,  after  a  slight  dissection, 
the  presence  of  the  bullet  could  be  de- 
tected with  the  finger.  During  the  ex- 
amination, however,  the  lung  suddenly 
collapsed,  carrying  the  bullet  with  it. 
On  inserting  the  finger  into  the  chest, 
the  bullet  could  be  distinctly  felt  on  the 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


979 


surface  of  the  lung;  but  could  not,  for 
obvious  reasons,  be  removed.  The 
wound  was  stitched  up,  and  dressed, 
and  the  patient  sent  back  to  his  bed. 
In  ten  days'  time  it  was  found  that  the 
lung  had  again  assumed  its  normal  con- 
dition, and  it  was  decided  to  once  more 
operate.  The  wound  was  ;  reopened, 
and  the  bullet  was  removed  without  the 
slightest  difficulty — new  adhesions  hold- 
ing the  lung  in  position.  In  this  inter- 
esting case,  I  very  much  doubt  if  the 
use  of  Wheatstone's  Stereoscope  would 
have  helped  us  very  much,  as  the  bullet, 
although  embedded  in  the  lung,  was  sit- 
uated at  such  a  short  distance  from 
the  ribs,  that  even  under  these  cond: 
tions  its  exact  locale  would  have  been 
to  a  great  extent  a  matter  of  specula- 
tion." 

Prior  to  the  commencement  of  the  war, 
Dr.  Edwards  writes:  "Few  members 
of  the  Royal  Army  Medical  Corps  had 
received  any  training  in  this  most  im- 
portant branch  of  military  medical  work; 
and  most  of  those  who  had  undergone  a 
course,  freely  admitted  that  it  was  inad- 
equate to  give  them  a  complete  knowl- 
edge of  the  subject." 


Becquerel  Ray  Burning. 

The  American  X-Rav  Journal  has 
previously  alluded  to  the  burn  Becquer- 
el accidentally  received  from  radium. 
The  Electrical  World  and  Engineer, 
N.  Y. ,  Sept.  14,  observes  on  this  sub- 
ject: "In  addition  to  the  ordinary  sun- 
burning  which  is  prevalent  in  the  north- 
ern hemisphere  about  this  time  of  year, 
and  is  sought  by  giddy  girls  or  callow 
boys,  we  have  arc  light  burns,  x-ray 
burns  and  Becquerel  ray  burns.  It  seems 
likely  that  the  action  in  each  of  these 
cases  is  similar,  but  a  careful  compara- 
tive investigation  into  the  differences  of 
action  would  probably  be  both  useful 
and  interesting.  While  the  sun  burns 
at  a  distance  of  ninety-odd  millions  of 


miles,  the  arc  light  and  Crooke's  tube  act 
at  a  few  centimeters,  and  radium  at  a 
few  millimeters." 

Reasons    Not    Facts  Alto- 
gether. 

At  the  Roentgen  Ray  Society  at  Buf- 
falo, a  manufacturer  of  x-ray  machines 
and  a  member  of  the  society,  complained 
that  The  American  X-Ray  Journal 
published  a  radiograph  of  the  arteries 
of  the  pelvis  and  failed  to  give  ways  for 
making  such  an  x-ray  picture.  He  con- 
tended that  nothing  should  go  into  The 
Journal  without  an  adequate  explana- 
tion. The  point  is  well  taken.  In  this 
particular  instance  of  the  hip  we  pre- 
judged possibly  too  much,  for  it  seemed 
at  the  time  that  everybody  would  know 
it  was  an  injected  subject.  Occasion- 
ally light  shadows  of  normal  arteries  are 
shown,  but  no  one  has  thus  far  been 
able  to  control  radiance  to  the  degree  of 
repeating  the  picture  in  the  manner  and 
certainty  of  showing  bones.  Some 
newspaper  articles  have  appeared  ex- 
ploiting such  a  discovery,  but  the  truth 
is  not  apparent.  A  case  in  point  in  the 
Sept.  21  number  of  the  Philadelphia 
Medical  Journal,  ''On  the  treatment  of 
Women's  Diseases  by  Electricity,"  ex- 
tracted from  a  paper  read  before  the 
Society  of  Gynecologists,  St.  Peters- 
burg, by  Dr.  A.  N.  Alexandroff.  The 
extraction  relates  14  cases  of  oophoritis, 
6  cured;  10  of  salpingitis  and  3  were 
cured;  12  cases  of  parametritis  and  11 
cured;  5  cases  of  perisalpingitis  and  4 
cured,  and  several  other  diseases  men- 
tioned, but  not  a  word  on  nature  of  the 
current  or  method  of  application.  Of 
course, such  tables  are  practically  worth- 
less without  the  details  for  imitation  and 
judgment.  Distance  lends  some  credit 
to  the  report,  for  wise  men  are  far  and 
divine.  The  same  sort  of  a  report  from 
a  home  doctor  would  hardly  find  room 
in  an  American  journal. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


The  Treatment  of  Cutaneous 
Cancer  with  the  X-Rays. 

Read  before  the  Roentgen  Society  oi  America,  Uni- 
versity Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  10, 11,  1^01, 
BY  GEORGE  E.  PFAHLER,  M.D., 
Assistant    Chief    Resident    Physician   and  Skia- 
grapher  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital. 

The  following  cases  came  under  my  ob- 
servation in  the  Phialdelphia  Hospital, 
and  the  results  obtained  from  the  use  of 
the  x-rays  have  been  sufficiently  encour- 
aging to  justify  me  in  placing  them  on 
record.  I  take  this  method  of  doing  it, 
trusting  that  the  society  will  be  inter- 
ested. 

Case  No.  i  was  a  white  woman,  age 
70,  admitted  to  the  hospital  July  5,  1900, 
for  senile  dementia.  Her  family  history 
was  negative.  Twelve  years  ago  a  small 
sore  developed  upon  the  nose  beneath  the 
bridge  of  the  spectacles.  A  crust  soon 
covered  it,  but  as  fast  as  it  formed  it  was 
removed,  each  time  leaving  the  ulcer  a 
little  larger.  The  ulcer  had  increased  in 
size  more  rapidly  during  the  past  year. 
This  was  specially  noticeable  during  her 
stay  in  the  hospital.  Her  mental  condi- 
tion improved  and  she  was  transferred 
from  the  detention  ward  to  the  skin  ward. 
The  growth  upon  her  nose  was  diagnosed 
as  cancer  by  the  visiting  surgeons  and 
dermatologists,  and  was  considered  in- 
operable. After  consultation  with  Dr. 
Stellwagon,  tne  dermatologist  on  duty, 
we  decided  to  expose  the  growth  to  the 
x-rays. 

At  this  time  the  ulcer  involved  the  en- 
tire base  of  the  nose,  was  3.5  c.  m.  in 
diameter,  and  extended  into  the  inner 
canthus  of  each  eye,  as  is  shown  in  the 
photograph. 

Treatment  was  begun  Febuary  12, 
1 901.  A  leaden  mask  was  made  to  cover 
the  entire  face  except  that  portion  which 
was  involved  by  the  cancer.  Kxposures 
were  made  on  alternate  days,  for  ten 
minutes  each  day,  at  a  distance  of  about 
25  c.  m.  from  the  tube,  and  with  a  current 
strength  of  ten  amperes.     A  soft  light  was 


used  from  a  tube  with  a  vacuum  corre- 
sponding to  a  parallel  sparkgap  of  about 
4  c.  m. 

The  first  effect  produced  was  a  drying 
of  the  secretions,  which  was  noticed  after 
two  days.  Then  a  crust  formed,  and 
the  edges  assumed  a  healthy  appearance. 
After  two  weeks  the  ulcer  began  to  heal 
from  the  edges  toward  the  centre,  and  in 
three  weeks  was  1  c.  m.  less  in  diameter. 
In  three  months  the  ulcer  was  reduced 
to  .5  c.  m.  in  diameter  and  was  replaced 
by  healthy  scar  tissue,  excepting  the  right 
inner  canthus  which  was  much  improved, 
but  not  yet  healed.  I  regret  that  a  pho- 
tograph was  not  made  at  this  time.  She 
then  had  an  outbreak  of  insanity,  and 
treatment  had  to  be  suspended.  This 
condition  of  affairs  has  been  recurring 
since,  and  her  general  health  has  failed,, 
so  that  at  the  present  time  the  ulcer  has 
again  reached  its  original  size. 

Case   No.  2.    W.  S.,  male,  age  57,. 


white,  was  brought  to  the  hospital 
October  29,  1900,  suffering  from  gen- 
eral paresis.  One  sister  died  of  car- 
cinoma and  one  of  phthisis.  Otherwise 
the  family  history  was  negative. 

Four  years  ago  a  small  warty  growth 
developed  at  the  inner  canthus  of  the 
left  eye.  This  increased  progressively 
in  size  and  soon  ulcerated.  A  diagnosis 
of  epithelioma  was  made  and  treatment 
begun  March  8,  1901.  At  this  time,  as 
his  photograph  will  show,  the  cancer  had 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


981 


involved  the  inner  canthus  of  the  left  eye 
and  both  lids,  to  the  extent  of  two-thirds 
of  the  palpebral  fissure.  It  extended 
downward  to  one  half  the  extent  of  the 
nose.  One  of  the  left  submaxillary 
glands  was  involved.  The  same  tech- 
nique was  used  in  the  treatment  of  this 
case  as  in  the  former  one. 

After  the  first  two  exposures  a  diminu- 
tion in  secretion  was  noted,  and  after 
one  month  the  lower  portion  of  the 
growth  had  been  replaced  by  apparently 
healthy  skin.  There  was  a  gradual  im- 
provement, despite  the  fact  that  the 
patient's  general  condition  was  growing 
progressively  worse.  On  account  of  the 
difficulty  in  handling  him,  the  intervals 
had  to  be  increased,  but  by  July  11,  the 
open  surface  was  reduced  to  .5  c.  m.,  and 
this  was  granulating.  The  epithelioma 
had  been  replaced  by  what  appeared  to 
be  healthy  skin,  except  the  margin  of  the 
open  surface,  which  was  thickened.  The 
indurated  submaxillary  gland  had  dis- 
appeared. I  expected  him  to  be  well  of 
the  cancer  in  a  week  or  two,  when  he 
died  of  one  of  the  episodes  of  general 
paresis  on  July  17.  The  accompanying 
photograph  will  show  the  condition  at 
this  time. 

I  would  like  to  add  that  in  this  case  it 
was  impossible  to  shield  the  eye  com- 
pletely, but  no  bad  results  followed,  not 
even  a  conjunctivitis.  This  patient  had 
in  all  34  exposures. 

Case  No.  3.  D.  H.,  male,  age  70, 
white,  one  of  our  workmen.  One  sister 
died  with  a  growth  about  the  knee  which 
had  existed  five  years.  Otherwise  the 
family  history  was  negative. 

Four  years  ago  a  small  papule  appeared 
upon  the  right  lower  eyelid.  This  never 
disappeared,  but  as  fast  as  a  crust  would 
form  it  would  be  torn  off,  each  time  leav- 
ing the  growth  a  little  larger.  During 
the  past  year  it  has  increased  more  rap- 
idly in  size.  A  diagnosis  of  epithelioma 
was  made  by  one  of  our  surgeons,  a 
dermatologist,    and    an  opthmologist, 


and  treatment  was  begun  April  26,  1901. 

At  this  time  an  elevated  growth  with 
an  ulcerating  surface  occupied  one-half 


of  the  central  portion  of  the  lower  eye- 
lid. In  this  case  the  same  technique  was 
used  as  before,  except  that  I  allowed  the 
interval  to  be  governed  by  the  effect  pro- 
duced, and  varied  from  one  to  nine  days. 
In  each  instance  I  allowed  the  inflam- 
matory reaction  to  disappear  before  re- 
newing the  exposure.  It  was  completely 
healed  in  two  months,  after  nineteen  ex- 
posures, and  has  remained  healthy  dur- 
ing the  past  two  and  one-half  months. 
The  epithelioma  has  been  replaced  by 
healthy  skin,  and  a  scar  not  more  than 
1  mm  in  width,  which  is  freely  movable. 
This  covers  a  groove  which  indicates  the 
site  of  previous  destruction  of  the  deeper 
tissues.  The  result  obtained  in  this  case 
is  shown  by  the  photograph  taken  two 
months  after  beginning  treatment. 

I  have  treated  three  other  cases  all  of 
which  show  improvement,  but  are  not 
yet  well. 

I  regret  that  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
sections  made  from  the  cases  reported 
above  were  poorly  preserved,  the  pathol- 
ogist was  unable  to  make  a  satisfactory 
examination.  The  cases  were  shown, 
however,  to  the  Dermatological  Society 
of  Philadelphia,  on  May  21,  when  no 
question  was  raised  as  to  the  diagnosis. 
Dr.  Kascher,  one  of  the  resident  physi- 
cians, very  kindly  made  the  photograph 
for  me. 

I  am  not  the  first  to  use  this  method  of 


9^2 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


treatment,  but  began  independently,  be- 
fore I  had  read  the  only  report  already 
made. 

The  literature  on  the  subject  is  very 
meager,  and  consists  of  a  few  isolated 
preliminary  reports  from  men  who  have 
begun  the  treatment  at  about  the  same 
time,  and  apparently  worked  independ- 
ently. 

The  first  report  that  I  find  on  record 
is  that  by  Johnson  and  Merrill,  of  Wash- 


ington D.  C,  published  in  the  Phil- 
adelphia Medical  Journal,  December  8, 
1900.  They  began  treatment  September 
6,  1S99,  upon  a  man  who  had  a  re- 
current epithelioma  of  the  left  cheek. 
Exposures  were  made  every  other  day 
until  fifteen  were  given. 

The  first  result  of  the  treatment  was 
a  diminution  in  the  secretion  and  a 
firmer  crust.  Six  months  later  a  healthy 
scar  had  replaced  the  ulcer.  Their  sec- 
ond case  was  an  epithelial  cancer  of  the 
nose,  the  diagnosis  being  confirmed  by 
microscopical  examinations.  Treatment 
was  begun  February  17,  1900.  Ex- 
posures were  made  on  alternate  days  of 
ten  minutes  each.  Treatment  had  to  be 
interrupted  twice  on  account  of  der- 
matitis, but  in  six  weeks  nearly  the  en- 
tire growth  had  been  replaced  by  healthy 
tissue.  Since  this  report  has  been  pub- 
lished I  learn  that  they  have  treated  an 
epithelioma  of  the  lower  lip,  a  recurrent 
carcinoma  of  the  breast  in  which  they 
noticed  lessening  in  pain  and  slight 
diminution  of  the  size  of  the  tumor,  also 
two  cancerous  growths  on  the  nose,  with 
success. 


In  The  British  Medical  Journal, 
February  9,  1901,  we  find  a  preliminary 
report  of  twelve  cases  of  rodent  ulcer 
treated  by  Dr.  James  H.  Sequira,  of 
London.  A  patient  was  sent  to  him  for 
the  Finsen  Treatment,  but  not  being 
able  to  stand  the  pressure  of  the  appa- 
ratus, treatment  was  begun  by  the  x- 
rays,  August  9,  1900. 

The  ulcer  had  been  in  progress  eight 
years,  had  been  operated  on  four  times, 
and  four  years  ago  had  been  deemed 
unfit  for  further  operation.  The  ulcer 
extended  from  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  auricle  to  within  a  short  distance  of 
the  external  occipital  protuberance.  At 
the  junction  of  the  scalp  with  the  pos- 
terior aspect  of  the  ear,  the  ulceration 
was  very  deep,  and  the  ear  itself  was 
invaded,  so  that  there  appeared  to  be 
every  probability  of  these  parts  sepa- 
rating should  the  disease  extend  further. 
Microscopical  examination  proved  it  to 
be  rodent  ulcer.  At  the  end  of  one  week 
the  discharge  was  less,  and  the  ulcer 
cleaner  and  somewhat  shallower.  At 
the  end  of  thirteen  weeks  the  ulcer  was 
practically  healed. 

His  second  case  was  a  rodent  ulcer 


involving  the  inner  canthus  of  the  right 
eye,  and  part  of  the  nose  and  cheek. 
This  was  completely  healed  in  about  two 
months,  and  at  the  time  of  the  report, 
two  months  later,  the  scar  was  perfectly 
sound.  Of  the  twelve  cases  treated  by 
Sequira,  eight  were  still  under  treat- 
ment, and  four  under  observation,  the 
ulcer  having  been  entirely  healed.  The 
treatment  consisted  of  daily  exposures  of 
ten  minutes  each,   with  the  tube  at  a 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


983 


distance  of  15  cm.  from  the  ulcer,  with 
a  10-inch  coil,  and  a  current  of  3-4  am- 
peres. 

Dr.  Stenbeck,  of  Stockholm  (1)  re- 
ports a  case  upon  which  he  began  treat- 
ment September  15,  1900.  His  case  re- 
quired thirty-five  daily  sittings,  of  ten 
minutes  each,  at  a  distance  of  10  c.  m. 
The  scar  was  still  healthy  one  month 
after  treatment. 

In  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal  of  January  17,  1901,  Dr.  Wil- 
liams expresses  himself  favorable  to  this 
form  of  treatment  of  cancer,  and  reports 
improvement  in  cases  under  his  care. 

Dr.  Andrew  Clark  reports  in  the  British 
Medical  Journal  of  June  9,  1901,  a  re- 
markable improvement  in  a  case  of 
chronic  carcinoma  of  the  breast.  The 
induration  as  gradually  fading,  and  the 
auxiliary  glands  decreasing  in  size,  the 
pain  diminishing,  and  the  general  condi- 
tion of  the  patient  improving.  Expos- 
ures were  made  five  days  in  the  week, 
and-  continued  from  ten  to  fifteen  min- 
utes. In  all  the  cases  treated  the  pain 
has  been  diminished  or  relieved,  the 
growth  diminished  or  removed,  and  the 
general  condition  of  the  patient  im- 
proved. In  no  case  now  on  record  did 
any  serious  x-ray  burn  result.  No  other 
treatment  was  used  in  any  of  these  cases. 

The  medical  profession  today  recog- 
nizes that  cancer  can  be  cured  when 
localized  in  a  region  favorable  for  opera- 
tion. Many  patients,  however,  even  in 
favorable  cases,  on  account  of  fear  of  the 
knife,  or  painful  caustics,  postpone  oper- 
ation until  glandular  involvement  has 
taken  place  and  all  hope  for  cure  is  lost. 
Having  now  at  hand  an  agent  that  is  not 
painful,  but  soothing  and  yet  effectual, 
we  have  removed  the  most  cause  for 
delay,  and  can  recommend  its  use  in  all 
such,  and  in  all  inoperable  cases.  Let 
us  then  add  our  little  mite  toward  bring- 
ing this  common,  insidious,  and  most 
loathsome  disease  under  control. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 


The  Treatment  of  Congen- 
ital Club  Foot. 

Dr.  James  K.  Young,  Professor  of 
Orthopedic  Surgery,  Philadelphia  Poly- 
clinic, in  the  International  Medical  Mag- 
azine for  September,  writes: 

"(5)  Astragalectomy.  The  removal 
of  the  astraglus  is  the  best  operation 
where  it  is  necessary  to  correct  very  se- 
vere cases,  but  it  should  not  be  under- 
taken if  the  patient  is  under  seven  years 
of  age,  unless  the  bone  is  very  greatly 
deformed.  If  the  patient  is  treated  from 
birth  as  recommended,  and  if  multiple 
tenotomy  with  manual  correction  is  per- 
formed early,  it  will  seldom  be  neces- 
sary to  resort  to  astragalectomy,  unless 
the  astraglus  is  very  greatly  deformed. 
Skiagraphs  are  of  great  value  in  deter- 
mining whether  the  astraglus  will  fit  in 
between  the  two  malleoli.  If  this  bone 
is  so  much  deformed  that  it  can  not  be 
replaced  after  the  soft  tissues  have  been 
divided,  it  will  be  necessary  to  remove 
it,  and  this  may  now  be  frequently  de- 
rermined  before  the  operation  is  begun 
by  means  of  x-ray  photograph)'.  After 
the  astragalus  has  been  removed  it  is  al- 
ways necessary  to  cut  the  tendo  achil- 
les." 


Every  doctor  and  every  scholar  taking 
pride  in  knowledge  of  the  Roentgen 
Rays  reads  The  American*  X-Ray  Jour- 
nal. It  is  for  this  reason  Elihu  Thom- 
son, Wm.  Meadowcraft,  Nikola  Tesla, 
Carl  Beck,  J.  B.  Murphy,  Roswell  Park 
and  the  class  that  make  history  read 
The  Journal. 


Dr.  Cummings,  in  Practice  and Review 
for  July,  voices  the  teachings  of  The 
American  X-Ray  Journal  long  ago  ex- 
pressed, that  error  in  determining  urin- 
ary calculi  is  due  to  "faulty  technique 
and  inability  to  correctly  interpret  the 
skiagraph  and  not  to  the  method  it- 
self." 


9*4 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Inconsistencies. 

It  is  most  gratifying  to  note  that  the 
firm  stand  taken  by  The  American 
X  Ray  Journal  many  months  ago 
against  the  inconsistencies  of  writers 
upon  the  "Inaccuracies  of  theX-Rays," 
has  silenced  all  such  pretenders.  Writers 
are  now  appearing  in  the  assumed  garb 
of  originality,  disclaiming  the  possibility 
of  inaccuracies  of  the  x-rays.  Continue 
to  write,  brothers;  it  is  possible  every- 
body has  not  read  The  American  X-Ray 
Journal. 

Dr.  George  G.  Hopkins,  in  the  Phil- 
adelphia Medical  Journal,  is  writing  a 
most  interesting  series  of  articles  en- 
titled, ''Light  and  Radiance  in  the  Treat- 
ment of  Disease."  There  is  one  para- 
graph we  wish  to  refer  to:  "The  x-rays 
has  been  and  is  being  tried;  but  as  it 
has  so  much  bony  substance  to  pass 
through  before  reaching  the  diseased 


structure  within  the  chest,  there  is  great 
danger  of  doing  damage  to  the  superim- 
posed tissue  of  the  chest,  if  sufficiently 
hard  tubes  are  used  to  penetrate  the 
diseased  lung."  The  records  do  not 
show  damage  done  to  the  chest  when 
sufficiently  hard  tubes  are  used  to  pen- 
etrate diseased  lungs.  The  rays  do  not 
kill  the  germ  in  the  manner  of  germi- 
cides. There  is  a  reaction  established 
by  the  rays,  which  empowers  nature  to 
do  the  work  of  establishing  health  when 
there  was  disease.  The  vis  medicatrix 
nature  is  the  power  brought  out  and 
enthroned.  The  phagocytes  are  here 
in  evidence. 


Book  Review. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Acute  Infections  Exanthemata, 
including  Variola,  Rubiola,  Scarlatina,  Rubella, 
Varicella  and  Vaccinia,  with  Especial  Reference 
to  Diagnosis  and  Treatment,  by  William  Thomas 
Corlett,  M.  D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  London.  Professor 
of  Dermatology  and  Syphilology  in  Western  Re- 
serve University;    Physician  for  Diseases  of  the 


.  W,      ft  -  ■ 


METHOD  OF  <  I  TTINC  OFF  UNNECESSARY  RAYS  WHILE  TREATING  CANCER, 
st.  Louis  X-Ray  Laboratory. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


985 


Skin  to  Lakeside  Hospital;  Consulting  Derma- 
talogist  to  charity  Hospital,  St.  Alexis  Hospital, 
and  the  City  Hospital,  Cleveland;  Member  of  the 
American  Dermatological  Association,  and  the 
Dermatological  Society  of  great  Britain  and  Ire- 
land-. Illustrated  by  12  Colored  Plates,  28  Half 
tone  Plates  from  life,  and  two  Engravings,  Phil- 
adelphia. F.  A.  Davis  Company,  Publisher,  1901. 

For  the  young  practitioner  of  medicine  and  for 
the  older,  whose  experience  has  been  interrupted 
from  constant  clinical  experience  with  the  infec- 
tious exanthemata,  this  book  is  especially  needed. 
At  the  outset  there  is  a  brief  history  of  the  orig- 
inal source  of  these  diseases,  covering  nearly  30 
pages.  It  is  a  most  interesting  account,  dating 
from  the  earliest  period  in  all  nations  of  the 
earth. 

Definitions,  Varieties,  Symptomatology,  Etiol- 
ogy, Diagnosis.  Prognosis  and  Treatment  are 
each  subdivided  into  distinct  head-lines  giving  a 
variety  of  catch-attention  that  betrays  an  essential 


feature,  The  subjects  are  illustrated  with  col- 
ored and  half  tone  plates  in  constant  evidence 
of  description.  The  book  is  richly  printed  and 
substantially  bound,  covering  about  400  pages. 
Infectious  diseases  are  lessening  in  the  civilized 
races,  and  the  type  is  somewhat  modified,  prob- 
ably due  to  sanitation,  disinfection  and  isolation, 
making  diagnosis  the  more  difficult.  The  writer 
only  recently  saw  a  case  that  had  been  diagnosed 
smallpox,  and  was  confirmed  by  two  older  prac- 
titioners. The  patient  was  quarantined  and  his 
residence  displayed  a  red  flag.  The  patient  de- 
fied the  authorities  and  his  doctors  and  sought 
additional  advice.  The  case  was  a  simple  form 
of  impetigo.  A  perusal  of  this  book  would  have 
negatived  variola  at  the  beginning. 

An  International  System  of  Electro-Therapeutics , 
by  numerous  associated  authors.  Edited  by  Ho- 
ratio R.  Bigelow,  M.  D.  Second  Edition  edited 
by  G.  Belton  Massey,  M.  D.,  Ex- President  and 
Fellow  of  the  American  Electro-Therapeutic  As- 


The  Kinraide  High-Frequency  Coil 


The  best 
apparatus 
for  use 
with  the 
direct  or 
alternating 
current, 

•••••••••••• 

SEND  FOR 

DESCRIPTIVE 

CIRCULAR. 


EX 


Maker  of  Ophthalmological  Apparatus,  Complete  Standard  Electro-Therapeutic  Equipments, 

X-Ray  Apparatus  and  High  Grade  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Instruments. 
104  East  Twenty-third  Street,  )  604  Nicollet  Avenue,  Minneapolis. 

125  West  Forty-second  Street,  -NEW  YORK,  360  St.  Peter  Street,  St.  Paul. 

650  Madison  Avenue,  )  3  rue  Scribe,  Paris,  France. 


X-RAY  TUBES. 

Perfect  Glass,  Reinforced  Seals.     They  Can  Always  be  Repaired. 

X-Ray  Tubes  re-exhausted  and  repaired.     Also  Atomizers,  Nebulizers  for  heavy  fluids,  and  Inhalers 
Glass  apparatus  of  all  kinds.   Correspondence  Solicited. 

STUNTZ  &  ARMSTRONG,      -      -      Owensboro,  Ky. 


986 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


sociation;  Member  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation; Author  of  Conservative  Gynecology 
and  Electro-Therapeutics,  etc.  Thoroughly  illus- 
trated. F.  A.  Davis  Company,  Publishers,  Phil- 
adelphia. 

This  book  is  somewhat  voluminous,  covering 
about  1200  pages.  It  is  full  of  good  matter.  Ver- 
bosity has  no  place  in  the  book.  Every  sentence 
seems  to  have  been  framed  to  express  a  thought 
pertaining  to  the  direct  purpose  of  the  subject. 
There  are  seven  grand  divisions,  which  includes 
the  entire  matter,  denominated  sections.  Each 
of  these  sections  are  subdivided,  and  an  author 
chosen  exclusively  for  that  subject.  The  care- 
fully prepared  composition  betrays  direction  of 
thought,  of  experienced  and  capable  teachers. 
Section  A,  is  the  "Introductory,"  and  it  is  a 
beautifully  written  historic  sketch  of  electricity. 
Section  B,  Electro-Physics  and  Electro-Physiol- 
ogy, is  subdivided  into  nine  parts,  each  of  which 
is  written  by  different  authors.  This  subject 
covers  328  pages.  Section  C,  Gynecology  and 
Obstetrics  has  ten  subdivisions  with  a  different 
writer  for  each.  Section  D,  Diseases  of  the 
Nervous  System.  Section  E,  Disorders  of  the 
Abdominal  and  Thoracic  Viscera.  Section  F, 
Diseases  of  Childhood.  Section  G,  Electro-Sur- 
gery. Those  writing  upon  this  subject  are,  Drs. 
L.  A.  W.  Alleman,  Charles  E.  de  M.  Lajous, 
I).  D.  Stewart,   Robert  Newman,  J.  Inglis  Par- 


sons, G.  Belton  Masey,  John  Byrne,  Henrietta 
P.  Johnson,  Plym.  S.  Hayes.  The  book  is  made 
up  by  many  of  the  best  practitioners  and  writers 
in  America.  The  student  and  doctor  will  make 
no  mistake  in  using  this  book  as  his  guide  in 
practice. 

Flugel-Schmidt-Tanger.  A  Dictionary  of  the 
English  and  German  Language  for  Home  and 
School.  In  two  parts.  With  Special  Reference 
to  Dr.  Felix  Flugel  Universal  English-German 
and  German-English  Dictionary  Edited  by  Pro- 
fessor Im  Schmidt,  Ph.,  D.  and  G.  Tanger,  Ph. 
D.  Fifth  Edition.  Lencke  &  Buechner,  812 
Broadway,  New  York  City.  Price  for  two 
Vol.  $5.50. 

These  two  fine,  large  volumes,  containing  more 
than  1,000  pages,  is  probably  the  best  English- 
German  and  German-English  lexicon  now  in 
print.  For  the  purpose  for  which  this  dictionary 
is  compiled  it  meets  the  ready  wants  of  students 
and  scholars.  The  print  is  large,  clear  and  new 
and  the  definitions  embrace  besides  their  fullest 
clearness,  the  synonymous  words  and  terms.  Each 
of  these  books  follow  this  style,  making  the  vol- 
umes compare  favorably  with  our  great  Interna- 
tional Dictionary  of  the  English  language.  Eng- 
lish scholars  using  German  and  Germans  using 
the  English,  especially  all  persons  in  the  profes- 
sions must  use,  if  they  would  seek  the  purest  lan- 
guage-Flugel,  Schmidt-Tanger  Dictionary. 


You  Turn  the  Button  and  the  Motor  Does  the  Rest. 


Explains  the  simplicity  of  our 

Self- Exciting  Holtz  Static  Machine. 

It  is  the  Only  Self- Exciting  Holtz  Induction  Machine  made. 

It  is  the  only   Holtz  Machine  which    does    not    require  an    auxiliary  charger 

to  excite  it. 

Self-Exciting,  Simplicity,  Durability, 
Compactness  and  Beauty 

ARE  ALL  QUALITIES  OF 

Detainer's  Self-Exciting  Holtz  Static  Machine, 

Manufactured  only  by 

Detwiller  Manufacturing  Co.,  #aJ£2£at  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

PRICES  ON  APPLICATION. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D.,  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 
United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico   ..$3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  $4.00 

Single  Copies   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 
profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of 
extra  copies  of  the  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 
Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 


Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


VOL.  9.      ST.  LOUIS,  NOVEMBER,  1901.       NO.  5. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  9,  NO.  4. 

J.  Rudis-Jicinsky,  M.  D.,  Retiring  Sec- 
retary Roentgen  Society  of  America. 
A  Letter. 

Recovered  Case  of  Lupus. 

Diagnosis  of  Renal  Calculi. 

Roentgen  Rays  in  Military  Surgery. 

Becquerel  Ray  Burning. 

Reasons  Not  Facts  Altogether. 

The  Treatment  of   Cutaneous  Cance 

With  the  X-Rays. 
The    Treatment    of    Congenital  Club 

Foot. 
Inconsistencies. 
Book  Reviews. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  9,  NO.  5. 

Visual  Localization  with  Fluorometer. 
Cancer. 

Prospect  of  Cure  in  Cancer. 
Diagnosis  of  Cancer  of  the  Stomach. 
Treatment  of  Inoperable  Cancer. 
Turck's  Gyromele. 
X-Ra}'  Tubes. 

Some  Problems  of  Radiology. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X  Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  9.      ST.  LOUIS,  NOVEMBER,  1901.        NO.  5. 


Cancer. 

So  much  is  being  written  of  late  upon 
the  care  of  cancer,  that  it  is  interesting 
to  note  what  Dr.  N.  Senn,  of  Chicago, 
has  recently  said  upon  the  origin  and 
source  of  this  disease.  It  is  of  special 
interest  now  because  of  the  claims  made 
by  x-ray  operators  that  malignant  dis- 
eases are  cured  by  the  Roentgen  ray, 
provided  the  disease  is  an  open  one  and 
accessible. 

Dr.  Senn  says — (  American  Surgery 
and  Gynecology')'.  "Carcinoma  is  due  to  a 
typical  proliferation  of  the  epithelial 
cells  from  the  matrix  of  embryonic  cells 
of  congenital  or  post-natal  origin.  The 
law  of  legitimate  succession  of  cells 
holds  true  in  the  origin  and  growth  of 
tumors,  both  benign  and  malignant,  as 
well  as  in  the  production  of  normal  and 
inflammatory  tissue.  Being  primarily 
epithelial,  carcinoma  in  the  mesoblastic 
tissue  is  impossible  except  by  displaced 
inclusions  of  epithelial  tissue.  The  his- 
tology and  histogenesis  of  carcinoma 
are  against  the  parasitic  origin  of  the 
disorder.  The  stroma  of  carcinoma 
consists  of  pre-existing  connective  tissue 
fibers  and  their  descendants.  Carcino- 
matous cells  usually  multiply  by  irregu- 
lar atypical  karyokinesis,  and  this  path- 
ologic segmentation  is  an  important  in- 
dication of  malignancy  and  of  consider- 
able diagnostic  value.  The  progressive 
extension  of  tumors  to  adjacent  tissues 
and  organs,  regardless  of  their  structure, 
is  strong  proof  of  carcinomatous  charac- 


ter. Regional  metastasis  takes  place 
exclusively  through  the  lymphatic  chan- 
nels and  the  pre-existing  lymphatic 
structures  take  no  active  part  in  the  ori- 
gin and  growth  of  secondary  tumors. 
The  general  dissemination  of  carcinoma 
usually  takes  place  by  direct  implication 
of  veins  in  the  primary  or  secondary  tu- 
mors. The  carcinomatous  cells  reach 
the  venous  circulation  through  the  for- 
mation of  an  intra-venous  tumor  throm- 
bosis or  carcinomatous  endophlebitis  or 
through  perforation  of  the  vein  walls  by 
carcinomatous  cells.  Retrograde  intra- 
venous extension  is  due  to  the  transpor- 
tation of  minute  emboli  of  carcinoma 
cells  against  the  current  surrounded  by 
a  mantle  of  blood  corpuscles  which 
move  step  by  step  on  the  intima.  Re- 
trograde extension  through  lymphatics 
may  take  place  in  the  same  manner,  but 
is  more  frequently  the  result  of  carcino- 
matous endolymphangitis.  The  in- 
crease of  carcinoma  is  more  apparent 
than  real  and  heredity  is  a  generally 
recognized  predisposing  cause.  As  a 
rule  it  occurs  in  elderly  persons,  but  oc- 
casionally is  met  with  in  individuals  un- 
der 25,  and  then  is  specially  malignant. 
It  seldom  follows  a  single  injury,  but 
generally  follows  repeated  or  prolonged 
irritation.  Among  the  predisposing 
causes  must  be  numerated  racial,  climat- 
ic, and  topographical  influences. 
Chronic  inflammatory  products,  cica- 
trices, and  benign  epithelial  tumors  are 
favorable  local  conditions.  The  positive 
results  of  implantation  and  inoculation 


988 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


experiments  have  thus  far  failed  in  es- 
tablishing the  parasitic  theory  and  a 
careful  study  of  the  experimental  re- 
searches and  the  bacteriologic  and  histo- 
logic investigations   do  not  warrant  us 


Cancer  of  the  Breast,  after  Primary  Operation. 
Case  of  Dr.  I.  N.  Scott,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

at  present  in  claiming  a  parasitic  origin 
for  carcinoma.  The  experience  of  cen- 
turies with  medication  has  demonstrated 
that  thus  far  carcinoma  is  not  materially 
bettered  in  this  way.  Direct  medica- 
tion of  carcinomatous  tissue  by  paren- 
chymatous injections  has  no  influence, 
while  the  injection  of  sclerogenic  sub- 
stances into  the  surrounding  connective 
tissue  appears  to  restrain  the  local  ex- 
tension by  impairing  the  blood  supply. 
Local  applications  of  any  kind  for  ulcer- 
ative carcinoma  can  be  only  palliative 
at  best.  The  actual  cautery  and  chem- 
ical caustics  have  only  a  limited  field  of 
usefulness  in  open  inoperable  carcinoma 
and  should  never  be  used  in  treatment 
of  closed  carcinoma  in  place  of  the 
knife.  The  serum  treatment  has  yielded 
only  negative  results.  The  early  and 
radical  operative  treatment  offers  the 
only  prospect  for  permanently  eliminat- 
ing the  disease,  which  can  be  deter- 
mined only  after  a  lapse  of  10  years  or 
more  after  operation.  Radical  opera- 
tion should  never  be  attempted  unless 
local  conditions  and  the  general  health 
are  such  as  to  warrant  it.  Admitting 
carcinoma  to  be  the  product  of  erratic, 


planless  cell  growth,  not  governed,  by 
the  influence  of  the  regular  normal  tis- 
sue change,  it  appears  logical  to  make 
experiments  and  observations  to  find  the 
remedy  which  will  destroy  the  tumor  by 
causing  early  and  steady  degeneration 
of  its  parenchyma,  or  which  possesses 
the  property  of  converting  embryonic 
into  mature  epithelial  cells,  thus  con- 
verting a  carcinoma  into  a  benign  epithe- 
lioma. " 

Dr.  G.  'Wiley  Broome,  in  the  St, 
Louis  Medical  Review,  holds  to  the  view 
that  carcinoma-  is  a  parasitic  disease. 
He,  however,  acknowledges  that  labora- 
tory researches  are  not  yet  conclusive. 
He  says:  "The  distinctive  character  of 
malignant  tumors  in  the  rapidity  of  their 
development,  the  extension  of  metas- 
tasis, which  so  strongly  resemble  those 
of  diseases  known  to  be  due  to  bacteria, 
the  cachexia  out  of  proportion  to  the 
extent  of  the  local  disease,  and  suggest- 
ing the  formation  of  a  toxic  substance, 
the  fact  that  a  spontaneous  cure  never 
takes  place,  the  disease  moving  onward 
relentlessly  to  the  fatal  issue,   and  final- 


Cured  by  X-Rays  after  100  Treatments. 
Case  of  Dr.  I.  N.  Scott,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

ly  the  liability  of  recurrence  even  after 
operation,  are  so  many  clinical  evidences 
pointing  to  a  parasitic  origin.  La- 
boratory researches  are  not  yet  conclu- 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


989 


sive,  but  point  to  this  origin.  Plimmer 
examined  microscopically  1,298  cases  of 
carcinoma,  in  1,130  of  which  he  found 
parasitic  organisms,  while  ninety  of  the 
entire  number  were  unfit  for  examina- 
tion. He  states  positively  that  those 
bodies  are  constantly  present  in  cancer 
and  constantly  absent  in  other  diseases 
or  degenerative  conditions.  The  au- 
thor believes  the  outlook  to  be  very 
hopeful  as  regards  the  discovery  of  the 
cause  and  the  cure  of  cancer." 

In  a  paper  read  before  the  American 
Dermatological  Association,  May,  1901, 
Dr.  William  Allen  Pussey,  of  Chicago, 
says:  "As  Oudin,  Berthelemy  and  Da- 
rier  have  shown,  the  effect  of  the 
x-rays  upon  the  epithelial  structures  of 
the  skin  is  to  increase  the  vitality 
of  the  least  differentiated  skin  elements, 
while  the  differentiated  elements — hair, 
nails  and  glands — undergo  retrogressive 
changes  and  atrophy." 

Dr.  Senn  holds  that  carcinoma  is  due 
to  atypical  proliferation  of  the  epithelial 
cells,  from  the  matrix  of  embryonic 
cells  of  congenital  or  post-natal  origin. 
Now,  if  it  is  true,  as  Dr.  Pussey  says, 
that  the  effect  of  the  x-rays  upon  the 
epithelial  structures  of  the  skin  is  to  in- 
crease the  vitality  of  the  least  differen- 
tiated skin  elements,  is  not  this  a  safe 
explanation  for  the  curative  effect  of 
the  x-rays  in  cancer?  It  is  certain  that 
the  rays  have  but  little  bactericidal  effect 
in  the  rays  themselves,  but  it  is  equally 
certain  that  they  have  a  peculiar  stimu- 
lating effect,  favorable  to  healthy  resto- 
ration. 

Prospect  of  Cure  in  Cancer. 

Horace  Manders  thinks  that  the  great 
point  in  the  treatment  of  cancer  is  to  fix 
one's  attention  on  the  natural  forces  in- 
herent within  the  body.  We  have  in 
electricity,  for  instance,  an  agent  capa- 
ble of  directly  and  profoundly  affecting 
the  molecular  changes  that  go  on  with- 
in cells,   increasing  metabolism  and  re- 


sistance to  adverse  influences.  In  can- 
cer we  may  not  have  to  deal  with  an  in- 
vading microbe,  yet  it  is  evident  that 
some  malign  source  is  at  work,  whose 
influence  the  natural  defensive  powers 
of  the  body  have  become  unable  to  re- 
sist, and  it  is  only  reasonable  to  infer 
from  analogy  that  if  these  inherent  pow- 
ers could  be  revitalized  to  the  extent 
that  generally  obtains  in  the  equilibrium 
of  health,  as  has  been  done  in  tuberculo- 
sis, then  there  is  a  definite  prospect  of  a 
cure  for  that  even  more  intractable  dis- 
ease— cancer.  If  these  inherent  powers 
did  not  exist,  we  should  all  fall  victims, 
as  it  is  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  we 
are  not  constantly  exposed  to  the  source 
of  cancer,  just  as  we  are  to  that  of  tu- 
berculosis, of  which  we  are  now  well 
aware.  It  is  quite  possible  that  the  ul- 
tra-violet rays  of  the  spectrum  have  a 
distinct  value  in  this  condition.  Yeast 
treatment  is  unreliable.  The  author 
closes  with  the  statement  that  in  cur- 
rents of  high  potential  and  exceeding 
frequency  we  have  a  means,  hitherto  un- 
known, of  stimulating  the  vital  energy 
of  cells  and  of  enabling  them  to  utilize, 
by  taking  into  their  protoplasm  auxilia- 
ry remedies;  and  that  sometimes  one 
and  sometimes  another,  when  used  in 
conjunction  with  these  currents,  will  be 
found  to  be  the  particular  one  needed. 

Diagnosis  of  Cancer  of  the 
Stomach. 

J.  C.  Hemmeter  says  that  the  nature 
and  concept  of  an  early  diagnosis  of  can- 
cer of  the  stomach  are  intimately  asso- 
ciated with  a  knowledge  of  the  duration 
of  the  disease,  which  can  be  approxi- 
mately ascertained  by  three  methods: 
(1)  By  observing  the  rate  of  growth  in 
cancers  that  are  open  to  direct  inspec- 
tion, e.  g.  those  of  the  uterus,  mammae, 
rectum,  etc; ;  (2)  by  noting  the  size  and 
rate  of  growth  after  the  first  beginning 
of  subjective  and  objective  complaints 


99o 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


in  tumors  capable  of  palpation;  and  (3) 
by  noting  the  rate  of  growth  in  visible 
or  palpable  metastasis.  Cancer  of  the 
stomach  often  occurs  in  relatively  young 
patients.  There  is  nothing  characteris- 
tic in  the  early  dyspeptic  symptoms, 
i  I  a  matemesis  occurs  in  50  per  cent  of 
cases,  and  constipation  in  75  per  cent. 
Hydrochloric  acid  disappears  from  the 
gastric  juice,  absorption  is  lessened, 
lactic  acid  is  generally  absent  (but  this 
is  a  later  symptom  ),  the  peptic  and  ren- 
net ferments  are  decreased  pari  passu 
with  the  HC1.  In  the  examination  of 
the  stomach  contents  only  two  structur- 
al elements  have  a  possible  diagnostic 
value,  viz.,  fragments  of  the  neoplasm 
and  the  Oppler-Boas  bacilli.  The  urine 
contains  albumin  in  about  40  per  cent 
of  cases,  while  indican  occurs  in  excess 
in  about  90  per  cent.  Demonstration 
of  a  tumor  is  the  infallible  sign,  but  it 
often  comes  very  late  in  the  course  of 
the  disease.  The  author  would  recom- 
mend exploratory  laparotomy  in  all  cases 
of  gastric  disease  associated  with  rap- 
id emaciation,  absence  of  HC1,  reduc- 
tion of  proteid  digestion  under  30  per 
cent,  and  the  presence  of  lactic  acid, 
shown  by  Uffelman's  test,  or  of  numer- 
ous long  base  ball-bat  shaped  Oppler- 
Boas  bacilli.  He  thinks  little  can  be 
hoped  for  from  operation  in  the  case  of 
cancer  of  the  stomach,  and  looks  for- 
ward to  the  possible  discovery  of  a  cure 
through  the  methods  of  research  now 
being  pursued. 

Treatment  of  Inoperable 
Cancer. 

The  conclusions  arrived  at  by  Alfred 
Cooper,  F.  K.  C.  S.,  and  expressed  in 
The  Lancet^  October  12,  with  regard  to 
the  remedies  recommended  in  the  treat- 
ment of  inoperable  cancer  are  as  follows: 
I  1  1  That  in  cases  of  inoperable  sarcoma, 
more  especially  the  spindle-cell  variety, 
the  patient  should  have  the  option  of 
Coley's  fluid  given  to  him,   since  a  cer- 


tain number  of  cases  have  been  cured; 
(2)  That  in  cases  of  inoperable  cancer 
of  the  breast,  in  women  of  about  forty 
years  of  age,  in  whom  the  menopause 
has  not  occurred,  the  operation  of 
oophorectomy  should  be  proposed,  and 
this  treatment  may  be  combined  with 
thyroid  feeding;  (3)  That  in  cases  of  in- 
operable rodent  ulcer,  and  the  superfi- 
cial malignant  ulceration  in  other  parts, 
the  Roetgen  rays  give  a  good  hope  of 
improvement;  (4)  That  in  cases  where 
these  other  methods  are  declined,  or 
are  inapplicable,  the  internal  adminis- 
tration of  celandine  is  worthy  of  trial, 
and  when  the  case  appears  quite  hope- 
less, morphine  should  be  pushed  with- 
out hesitation;  (5)  Finally,  Mr.  Cooper 
would  suggest  that,  before  trying  any  of 
these  remedies,  the  risk  should  be  fully 
pointed  out  to  the  patient  that  the  faint 
hope,  that  most  of  them  afford,  should 
not  be  magnified,  and  that  the  discom- 
fort of  treatment  should  be  fully  dis- 
cussed; in  fact,  the  surgeon  should  not 
do  more  than  offer  the  treatment,  and 
leave  the  patient  to  accept  or  refuse  it. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  29,  1901. 
Heber  Robarts,  M.  D. 

Dear  Doctor: — The  Pan-American 
Exposition  now  about  to  close,  although 
in  many  ways  replete  in  electrical  mani- 
festations was  nevertheless  woefully 
short  on  x-ray  apparatus  and  radio- 
graphy. 

Inasmuch  as  St.  Louis  is  the  home  of 
our  X-Ray  Journal  and  its  enthusiastic 
promoter,  I  most  respectfully  suggest 
that  in  your  World's  Exposition,  a  suit- 
able building  be  set  apart  under  your 
management  for  the  proper  display  of 
the  wonderful  achievements  in  this  most 
progressive  and  humanitarian  of  modern 
sciences.    Yours  most  sincerely, 

John  T.  Pitkin. 

True  to  the  newspaper  announce- 
ment, Dr.  Wriggle  has  an  x-ray  society. 
The  doctor  is  elected  president. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


99i 


Turck's  Gyromele, 

And  the  X-Rays  in  the   Diagnosis  of  Dis- 
eases of  the  Stomach. 

BY  J.  RUDIS-JICINSKY,  A.  M.,M.  D.,  M.  E., 
Read  by  title  before  the  Roentgen  Society  of  Ameri- 
ca, University  Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  10,  1901. 

The  frequent  opportunities  I  have  had 
since  the  valuable  discovery  of  the  x- 
ray  in  correct  and  absolutely  reliable 
diagnosis  seemed  to  impress  me,  as  well 
as  others,  of  the  practicability  and  use- 
fulness of  these  mysterious  rays,  rather 
than  the  records  of  a  lot  of  theoretical 
uncertainties.  We  may  now  reproduce 
renal,  biliary,  vesical  and  other  calculi 
on  the  photographic  plate,  diagnose  posi- 
tively the  beginning  of  tuberculosis  pul- 
monalis,  other  diseases  of  the  lungs, 
aneurisms,  arterio  sclerosis,  intestinal 
obstructions,  diseases  of  the  bones, 
make  out  the  tumors  in  the  brain,  diag- 
nose and  see  the  adjustment  of  the  frag- 
ments in  fractures,  reduce  disloca- 
tions properly,  observe  the  growth  of  the 
bones,  movementsof  the  joints  in  normal 
state  or  altered  by  trauma,  find  foreign 
bodies  without  the  dreadful  probe  and 
do  such  and  other  delicate  work  in  ra- 
diology that  seems  to  give  a  wonderful 
range  of  usefulness  to  the  x-rays  not 
only  in  surgery,   but  medicine  also. 

I  do  not  say  that  the  x-rays  are  the 
only  means  of  diagnosis,  I  do  not  state 
and  would  not  like  to  state  that  they  are 
the  only  reliable  way  to  make  a  diagno- 
sis, but  I  would  positively  and  most  em- 
phatically pronounce  the  application  of 
the  x-rays  in  popular  hands  or  suffi- 
ciently skilled  and  experienced  surgeons 
and  x-ray  workers,  as  the  best,  rapid 
and  practical  method  by  means  of  which 
in  combination  with  all  other  methods  a 
correct  diagnosis,  based  on  the  history 
of  certain  cases,  their  symptoms  as  ob- 
served and  exact  clinical  behavior  may 
be  made,  when  all  other  methods  alone 
have  failed.    And  that  means  very  much. 

Just  to  show  how  much  it  means,  for 


instance,  in  the  diagnosis  of  certain  con- 
ditions of  the  stomach,  allow  me  to  de- 
monstrate to  you  Turck's  gyromele 
which  in  combination  with  fluoroscopic 
examination  or  a  proper  skiagraph,  may 
reveal  to  us  the  real  condition  of  the 
diseased  stomach.* 

It  is  not  necessary  to  fill  up  the  stom- 
ach with  albumen  or  subnitrate  of  bis- 
muth to  make  out  the  exact  outline  of  the 
stomach,  to  see  the  greater  curvature 
or  observe  the  lesser  curvature,  the  fun- 
dus, and  the  pylorus  with  the  help  of 
our  x-ray,  and  we  need  no  more  to  do 
the  same  in  trying  to  diagnose  a  dilata- 
tion of  the  stomach  or  any  obstruction 
existing  at  the  pylorus.  If  we  introduce 
Turck's  gyromele  or  the  revolving 
sound — a  flexible  wire  cable — with  a 
sponge  attached  to  the  cable  and  ob- 
serve the  same  with  the  fluoroscope  un- 
der the  x-ray,  we  can  easily  follow  the 
cable  along  the  oesophagus,  examine  its 
condition  and  go  down  to  the  stomach 
and  along  the  walls  of  the  same.  The 
gyromele  will  give  us  the  character  of 
the  stomach  walls,  show  any  thickening, 
the  distensibility  of  the  stomach,  the 
flexibility  of  the  same  and  beside  this, 
proofs  of  the  physical  condition  will 
help  us  to  diagnose  atrophy  better  than 
any  test  meal  can,  with  the  help  of  the 
sponge  on  the  end  of  the  cable.  To 
make  out  any  obstruction  or  the  extent 
of  a  tumor  or  carcinoma  we  need  only 
to  introduce  the  gyromele  and  see  with 
the  fluoroscope  how  far  the  cable  goes, 
where  about  it  struck  and  may  some- 
times get  some  blood  stains  on  the  end 
of  the  cable  or  plenty  of  the  stomach 
contents,  which  easily  can  be  examined 
HCL  The  main  part  that  the  whole 
procedure  of  this  new  method  of  com- 
bined diagnosis  does  not  take  more  than 
fifteen  minutes,  counting  the  introduc- 

*The  use  of  the  x-rays  for  translumination  of  the 
body  with  gyromele  in  site  was  demonstrated  by 
Fentor  B.  Turck,  M.  D.,  in  the  spring  of  1896,  and 
diagnosis  made.  See  the  skiagraph,  journal  A.  M. 
A.,  May  4,  1901. 


99  2 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


tion  of  the  gyromele,  fluoroscopic  ex-  oesophagal  tube  and  then  refilling  the 
amination  and  making  a  skiagraph,  if  stomach  with  fluid.  By  noting  the  low- 
necessary.     It  is  a  rapid  work,   positive     er  limit  of  percussion  dullness  then  pro- 


and  correct. 


duced,  the  lower  border  of  the  stomach 


a 


Penzoldt's  modification     of    Piorr'a  was  determined.    This  diagnosis  might 

method  of  determining  gastric  dilatation  be  accurate    in  some    cases,    but  not  a 

was,  for  instance,  to  withdraw  the  con-  positive  one  in  every  case.    In  dilatation 

tents  of   the  stomach    by  means  of   the  with  obstruction    this  method  could  not 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL.  993 

be  used  as  readily  but  the  gyromele  with  tient,   no  danger  of  displacement,  any 

a  smaller   cable  may   diagnose  the  ob-  marked  feeling  of  distress  and  the  whole 

struction   first  and  be   pushed  slowly  opportunity  of  positive  diagnosis,  when 

along  the  walls  of  the  dilated  stomach,  all  other  methods  failed.    In  making  the 


by  the  assistant,  and  we  may  follow  the  skiagraph  of  the  stomach  containing  the 

cable  from  outside  through  the  abdomi-  gyromele  cable  it  is  always  well  to  have 

nal  walls,  see  how  it  goes  and  where.  not  only  all  the  methods  of  diagnosis  in 

There  is  absolutely  no  danger  to  the  pa-  mind,  but  the  picture  to  be  made  must 


994 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


have  some  stamp  of  truth  on  its  surface. 
For  this  reason  I  always  cover  the  umbil- 
icus with  some  metallic  button  which  will 
appear  on  the  photo  to  give  us  a  guide 
for  measurements  and  proper  estimation 
of  the  dilatation,  etc. 

A.  M.  The  patient,  a  laboring  man, 
aged  45  years.  More  or  less  promi- 
nent  symptoms  of  indigestion    about  a 


pected  and  there  is  no  obstruction  at  the 
pyloric  end  of  the  stomach.  The  ease 
with  which  the  whole  viscus  can  be 
pushed  by  the  use  of  different  cables  of 
different  flexibility,  indicates  the  pres- 
ence of  gastroptosis  and  the  thick  walls 
at  some  places  giving  slight  shadow 
show  hypertrophy.  As  you  see  the  di- 
agnosis by  means  of  the  gyromele  cable 


year  ago.  Pain  constant  at  the  "pit  of 
the  stomach,"  increased  by  taking  food, 
especially  of  an  irritating  character. 
Tenderness  at  one  or  more  points,  ex- 
tending from  the  front  to  the  back. 
Vomiting  is  almost  constant  as  pain, 
coming  on  soon  after  eating,  but  some- 
times an  hour  or  more  later.  Rejected 
matter  undigested  or  partly  digested 
food  or  acrid  mucus,  no  blood.  Gas- 
tralgia  frequent.  The  general  condition 
of  the  patient  not  significant,  the  nutri- 
tion is  but  little  deranged.  The  bowels 
are  constipated,  the  stools  hard  and  dry. 
Offensive  regurgitation.  The  patient 
being  excessive  beer  drinker,  drank 
twenty  or  more  glasses  of  beer  habitual- 
ly, every  day.  On  inspection  no  tumor 
in  the  pyloric  region,  on  percussion 
tympanic  note  extending  below  the  um- 
bilicus, but  how  far,  it  could  not  be 
made  out  positively.  On  ascultation  a 
rumbling  sound,  but  not  always  and  not 
distinct  when  the  body  was  shaken. 
Diagnosis:  Gastric  dilatation.  If  from 
the  result  of  pyloric  stenosis  could  not 
be  made  out.  Turck's  gyromele  ap- 
plied and  skiagraph  made.  The  gyro- 
mele shows  plainly  under  the  X-Kay 
that    the  dilitation    is  greater    than  ex- 


combined  with  palpitation  and  the  appli- 
cation of  the  x-ray  in  this  case  was 
made  certain  and  easy.  "'The  treatment 
itself  was  ordered  accordingly. 

Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa. 


The  genial  and  able  editor  the  Ameri- 
can Electro-  Therapeutic  and  X  Ray  Era, 
checks  the  claim  of  The  American  X-Ray 
Journal  as  the  only  x-ray  journal  in 
this  country.  Editorially  we  have  al- 
ways refrained  from  self  praise  or  boast- 
ing and  have  even  left  out  this  same 
character  of  matter  written  by  others  un- 
less there  was  associated  with  it  an  edu- 
cational point.  But  to  the  present  date 
this  is  the  only  publication  exclusively 
devoted  to  x-ray  work.  The  American 
Electro-Therapeutic  and  X-Ray  Era  just- 
ly combines  electro-therapeutics  with 
x-ray  matter  and  one  or  two  other  pub- 
lications in  the  East  have  added  x-rays. 
Of  the  personality  of  the  others  we  know 
not,  but  our  personal  knowledge  of  Mr. 
R.  Friedlander  is  most  favorable.  He 
is  not  alone  a  genial  and  courteous  gen- 
tleman but  a  good  writer  and  earnestly 
engaged  in  x-ray  work.  He  will  succeed 
with  his  journal  because  integrity  and 
worth  will  win. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


995 


X-Ray  Tubes.  . 

BY  EMIL  H.   GRUBBE,  B.  S.,  M.  D., 
Professor  oi  Electro-Physics,  Radiography    and  X- 
ray  Diagnosis,  Illinois  School  oi  Electro-The- 
rapeutics.  Lecturer  on  Electro-Therapeu- 
tics Hah.  Medical  College  and  Hospital. 
Chief  Radiographer    Illinois  X-Ray 
and  Electro-Therapeutic  Labora- 
tory.  Member  oi  Roentgen  So- 
ciety of  United  States,  also 
Electro-Medical  Society 
oi  Chicago,  etc. 

Read  before  the  Roentgen  Society  of  America,  Uni- 
versity Building,  Buffalo,  X.  Y.,  Sept.  10,  15*01. 

The  constant  investigations  of  the 
past  year  with  the  Roentgen  phenome- 
na have  developed  immense  improve- 
ments in  x-ray  apparatus.  But  great 
as  has  been  our  progress  as  regards  ap- 
paratus and  methods,  comparatively 
slow  progress  seems  to  have  been  made 
in  developing  that  most  important  part 
of  an  x-ray  outfit,  the  Crooke's  vacu- 
um tube. 

I  wish,  in  this  paper,  to  give  a  short 
review  of  the  principles  applied  in  the 
construction  of  tubes  and  incidently  to 
throw  out  a  few  ideas  as  pertains  the 
methods  involved  and  the  kind  of  tube 
necessary  in  order  that  we  may  get 
good,  powerful  x-rays.  This  standard, 
I  believe,  as  far  as  we  now  know,  is  the 
only  one  which  gives  us  any  conception 
of  the  variability  of  x-rays. 

From  the  great  variety  of  tubes  now 
upon  the  market  we  must  consider  that 
many  attempts  have  been  made  to  im- 
prove the  Crooke's  tube.  At  present 
the  so-called  standard  tubes  are  made 
upon  a  general  plan  which  consists  of  a 
vacuum  bulb  of  thin  glass,  having  two 
tapering  ends,  from  one  of  which  enters 
a  highly  polished  concave  aluminum 
disk,  called  the  cathode,  and  from  the 
other  projects,  almost  to  the  centre  of 
the  tube,  and  usually  from  three  to  four 
inches  from  the  aluminum  disk,  a  thin 
sheet  of  platinum  x-rays  are  sent  out 
of  the  tube. 

In  order  that  I  may  not  be  misunder- 
stood later   on,  I  wish  now  to  make  a 


general  statement  including  my  opinion 
of  x-ray  excitation  and  partially  its  ori- 
gin. 

The  x-ray  is  the  result,  primarily, 
of  electrified  particles  of  gaseous  matter 
propelled  or  pushed  by  high  voltage 
from  the  cathode  disk  of  a  vacuum  tube, 
directly  opposite  this  manifestation 
has  been  called  the  cathode  ray. 
When  cathode  rays  are  stopped  in  their 
terrific  speed  through  the  bulb  of  a  tube, 
by  the  interposition  of  a  very  dense 
body,  as  for  instance  platinum,  a  trans- 
formation' occurs,  resulting  in  a  peculiar 
manifestation  which  we  recognize  as 
x-rays.  The  x-rays  then  are  the  re- 
sult of  the  reflection  or  convergence  of 
electrified  discharges  from  the  concave 
aluminum  disk  to  the  platinum  sheet 
which  is  placed  in  a  direct  path. 
Now,  when  the  currents  discharged  into 
a  vacuum  tube  are  heavy  or  long  con- 
tinued the  platinum  sheet  becomes  red 
or  even  white  hot,  indicating  the  trans- 
formation of  tnese  cathodic  electric 
waves  into  heat  waves.  We  know  that 
in  the  ordinary  x-ray  tube  the  vacuum 
is  never  a  constant,  but  always  varies 
and  that  this  variability  increases  as  we 
use  the  tube.  The  cathode  rays  de- 
pend for  their  generation  upon  a  certain 
degree  of  vacuum,  and  if  this  vacuum  is 
constantly  varying,  of  course  the  cath- 
ode rays  vary  in  quantity  and  quality 
and  consequently  the  resulting  x-rays 
vary  accordingly. 

It  behooves  us  then  in  order  that  we 
may  have  a  constant  x-ray  value,  to 
provide  tubes  which  will  keep,  as  near 
as  possible,  a  stationary  vacuum  and  in 
addition  will  at  all  times  be  under  per- 
fect control  of  the  operator.  The  all 
desirable  qualities  which  a  tube  should 
have,  depend  largely  upon  the  purpose 
or  use  to  which  we  expect  to  make  the 
tube.  I  believe  it  is  impossible  to  con- 
struct a  tube  which  will  be  ideal  for  all 
varieties  of  exciters  and  also  for  all  va- 
rieties  of    uses,    viz.:  Radiographic, 


g96  THE  AMERICAN 

Fluoroscopic  and  Radio-Therapeutic. 

Today  the  best  type  of  tube  for  ra- 
diographic work  is,  no  doubt,  the  so 
called  "focus  tube."  A  focus  tube  has 
its  internal  electrodes  so  shaped  and 
placed  that  the  cathode  rays  emanating 
from  the  negative  concave  disk  will  be 
collected  and  concentrated  upon  the 
positive  platinum  sheet  at  a  very  small 
area  or  spot. 

When  a  tube  is  of  such  vacuum  that 
it  just  begins  to  permit  the  production 
of  x-rays  we  say  we  have  a  low  vacu- 
um or  a  soft  tube.  By -the  aid  of  a  fluo- 
roscope  we  can  always  determine  rela- 
tively the  vacuum  of  a  tube.  In  gener- 
al, we  may  say,  that  if  the  hand  is 
placed  before  the  fluoroscope  five  inches 
from  the  tube  and  the  bone  outlines  are 
not  clearly  distinguishable  we  have  a 
low  vacuum  tube.  If  now  the  vacuum 
is  raised  we  shall  have  more  and  clearer 
bone  outlines  and  finally  in  using  a  high 
vacuum  tube  the  x-rays  pass  through 
the  bones  so  that  they  appear  only  faint 
in  outline. 

Under  ordinary  conditions  of  low  or 
medium  vacuum  we  can  usually  make 
out  two  separate  and  distinct  hemis- 
pheres in  the  tube  bulb,  one  dark,  emit- 
ting no  fluorescent  light  and  one  lumi- 
nous, emitting  a  greenish  light,  but 
when  we  excite  a  very  high  vacuum  tube 
using  a  very  high  voltage  current  not 
only  does  the  platinum  disk  and  the 
luminous  hemisphere  give  off  x-rays 
but,  in  fact,  the  whole  tube  gives  off 
appreciable  rays. 

Before  making  a  radiograph  a  fluo- 
roscopic view  should  always  be  made  to 
determine  the  vacuum  of  the  tube.  I 
believe  at  present  we  know  of  no  other 
method  which  may  be  used  as  a  stand- 
ard. Of  course,  even  as  simple  as  it 
may  seem,  it  nevertheless  is  an  exceed- 
ingly variable  standard  and  therefore  a 
great  amount  of  experience  is  necessary 
to  apply  it.  The  method  is  this:  We 
must    bring  our  vacuum  to    such  a  de- 


X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

gree  that  we  can  generate  x-rays  pow- 
erful enough  to  penetrate  the  tissue 
which  we  wish  to  radiograph.  If  we 
do  not  penetrate  the  tissue  we  certainly 
can  not  determine  its  internal  make-up. 
It  is  impossible  to  show  the  structure  of 
a  bone  unless  you  can  apply  rays  pow- 
erful enough  to  penetrate  the  bone.  In 
this  connection  I  might  say  that  if  this 
method  is  applied  before  the  plate  is  ex- 
posed it  will  be  found  to  materially 
shorten  the  time  of  exposure  and  above 
all,  the  proportion  of  undqr-exposed  and 
under-developed  negatives;  in  short, 
useless  plates,  will  decrease  as  we  be- 
come more  and  more  familiar  and  adept 
in  the  use  of  the  fluoroscopic  method. 
I  may  also  add  that  the  tube  must  not 
be  too  high,  as  then  we  lose  all  detail 
of  structure.  The  nearer  a  body  is 
brought  to  a  screen,  and  the  farther 
away  from  the  tube,  the  more  normal  the 
fluoroscopic  outline.  For  instance,  to 
get  sharp  bone  outlines  of  the  chest  in 
fluoroscopic  work  the  vacuum  must  not 
be  too  high  and  the  fluoroscope  must  be 
in  direct  contact  with  the  body,  chest  or 
back. 

In  order  to  get  a  normal  shadow  of 
the  heart  it  is  necessary  to  place  the 
body  a  short  distance  away  from  the 
tube  (ten  to  fifteen  inches)  as  otherwise 
the  shadow  may  be  magnified  and  at 
the  same  time  will  not  show  clear  in  out- 
line. Here  the  tube  vacuum  should  be 
just  high  enough  to  give  a  black  outline 
to  the  heart,  anything  higher  will 
blur  the  shadow  and  make  it  irregu- 
lar. 

It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  a  tube 
which  may  atone  time  be  considered  of 
low  or  medium  vacuum  will  gradually 
become  raised  to  a  higher  and  higher 
vacuum.  As  it  is  ordinarily  used,  this  is 
sometimes  detrimental.  It  is  also  a  well 
known  fact  that  as  the  vacuum  constant- 
ly becomes  higher  the  voltage  necessary 
to  push  the  current  through  at  first,  be- 
comes ultimately  inadequate  because  of 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


997 


the  inability  of  the  apparatus  to  furnish 
same. 

The  first  drawback  is  overcome,  if 
deemed  necessary,  as  for  instance,  in 
radio-therapeutic  work,  by  the  use  of 
a  tube  which  has  a  valuable  vacuum  at- 
tachment. The  second  drawback,  that 
of  low  voltage  current,  is  overcome  by 
the  use  of  more  powerful  apparatus, 
which  develops  enormous  voltage  and 
is  therefore  able  to  overcome  the  high 
resistance  of  the  tube  due  to  its  high 
vacuum.  In  this  connection  it  maybe 
mentioned  that  it  seems  out  of  order  to 
label  a  tube  for  a  certain  voltage,  as  for 
instance-40  cm.  to  50  cm.  spark  length, 
when  the  vacuum,  which  determines  the 
ability  of  the  tube  to  stand  certain  vol- 
tage goes  up  and  down.  In  other  words, 
varies    constantly  as    the  tube  is  used. 

Scientific  research  of  any  kind  can  be 
of  really  little  importance  if  it  does  not 
lead  to  practical  results.  The  endeavor 
to  improve  the  x-ray  tube  has  been 
general,  but  I  believe  some  very  impor- 
tant mechanical  and  electrical  facts 
have  been  omitted  in  the  construction 
of  this  instrument.  First,  I  find  the 
greatest  difficulty  of  getting  a  tube 
which  has  its  external  electrodes  far 
enough  apart  to  prevent  sparking  or 
short  circuiting  on  the  outside. 

We  know  the  greatest  estimation  in 
x-ray  work  is  maximum  radiance.  Up 
to  the  present  time  we  have  not  been 
able  to  secure  radiance  approaching  the 
maximum,  because  of  the  inefficiency  of 
the  Crooke's  tubes.  Personally.  I  find, 
in  order  that  we  may  use  high  voltage 
currents  (an  absolute  necessity  to  the 
derivation  of  maximum  or  penetrating 
radiance),  that  the  internal  parts  of  the 
tube  including  the  vacuum  are  not  so 
much  at  fault  as  the  external  parts.  We 
must  separate  the  external  electrodes 
much  farther  than  we  have  been  doing. 

The  more  we  study  the  x-ray  the 
more  we  find  it  necessary  to  have  spe- 
cial  apparatus  to    meet  certain  condi- 


tions. For  instance,  it  has  been  found 
desirable  for  radio-therapeutic  work  to 
operate  a  coil,  which,  by  the  use  of 
from  3  to  5  amperes  of  current  in  the  pri- 
mary, generates  a  low  voltage  and  high 
amperage  current  from  the  secondary — a 
short  but  thick  spark.  On  the  other 
hand,  to  make  radiographs  we  need  a 
current  of  high  voltage  as  well  as  high 
amperage.  In  making  this  statement  I 
am  aware  that  I  am  discussing  only  one- 
half  of  the  question,  as  the  tube  vacuum 
at  which  it  is  worked  is,  of  course,  a  very 
important  consideration  also. 

Greatest  difficulty  is  experienced  in 
getting  tubes  which  can  dissipate  more 
than  a  certain  limited  amount  of  energy 
in  a  certain  period  of  time  without  dan- 
ger of  breaking  or  burning  out.  First, 
then,  in  order  to  get  a  tube  high  in 
vacuum,  it  is  necessary  to  place  the  ex- 
ternal electrodes  far  enough  apart  so 
that  high  voltage  currents  can  be  util- 
ized without  danger  of  breaking  the  tube 
or  of  the  spark  passing  or  jumping 
around  the  outside  of  the  bulb.  Next, 
we  need  tubes  so  constructed  that  the 
anode  will  readily  radiate  the  heat 
which  is  developed  whenever  large  vol- 
ume currents  are  used.  Since  the  ideal 
has  not  yet  been  reached  as  regards  the 
above  two  factors,  I  believe  it  is  in  or- 
der to  mention  a  few  ideas  and  give  a 
few  designs  on  this  subject.  In  the  fol- 
lowing considerations  I  need  not  men- 
tion specifically  the  kind  of  exciting  ap- 
paratus to  which  these  tubes  are  espe- 
cially suited,  suffice  it  to  say  that  the 
tubes  for  use  on  the  static  machine  need 
not  be  made  with  as  much  metal  or  heat 
absorbing  materials  as  is  necessary 
when  a  coil  is  the  exciting  agent. 

We  will  now  consider  tubes  from  the 
fluoroscopic  standpoint,  ignoring  as  far 
as  possible,  the  use  of  the  tube  from  the 
radiographic  or  radio-therapeutic 
standpoint.  Good  fluoroscopic  views 
are  only  obtainable  from  the  very  high- 
est vacuum  tubes,  and  indeed  in  general 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


it  may  be  said,  that  for  fluoroscopic 
work  a  much  higher  vacuum,  relatively 
is  needed  than  for  radiography. 
Steadiness  of  the  illumination  or  fluo- 
rescence is  a  most  desirable  function  in 
connection  with  penetration.  The  for- 
mer is  brought  about  by  using  rapid  in- 
terruptions, if  an  induction  coil  is  used 
(1600  to  2500  per  minute),  the  latter  is 
developed  by  the  use  of  a  high  vacuum 
and  also  very  high  voltage  and  is  inde- 
pendent of  the  quantity  of  current.  Be- 
cause of  these  conditions  we  are  able  to 
get  better  fluoroscopic  views  from  a 
large  rapidly  speeding  static  machine 
that  we  can  possibly  obtain  from  a  coil. 
Fluorescence  is  steady  and  voltage  is 
very  high. 

Since  glass  is  an  obstructor  to  x-rays 
it  is  necessary  that  the  bulb  through 
which  the  rays  pass  be  exceedingly  thin 
and  not  only  thin,  but  uniformly  thin. 
In  the  average  tube  sold  today  the 
bulb  part  of  the  tube  is  so  thick  that  I 
doubt  if  we  get  more  than  50  per  cent 
of  the  actual  x-ray  value  for  use  on  the 
outside.  Another  valuable  factor  to  be 
observed  in  choosing  a  good  tube  for 
fluoroscopic  work  is  that  of  a  large-sized 
tube.  A  large  tube  will  stand  both 
higher  voltage  and  amperage  for  a  giv- 
en vacuum.  Also  the  larger  volume  of 
gaseous  space  tends  to  keep  such  a  tube 
more  stable  as  regards  its  vacuum  and 
therefore  it  may  be  used  for  a  much 
longer  period  of  time  (time  being  some- 
times a  very  necessary  consideration  in 
matters  pertaining  to  diagnosis),  without 
any  appreciable  change  in  the  vacuum. 
Finally  we  can  say  that  the  larger  the 
bulb  the  longer  the  life  of  the  tube. 

From  our  study  of  the  cathode  rays  in 
their  relation  to  x-rays  we  must  come 
to  the  conclusion  that,  generally  speak- 
ing, the  more  cathode  rays  we  have  in  a 
tube,    the  more  x-rays   are  generated. 

I  wish  to  refer  to  diagram  No.  1 
which  illustrates  a  special  tube  which  I 
shall  call  the  "Fluoroscopic  tube,"  be- 


cause it  is  designed  specially  to  show  to 
the  best  advantage  all  the  factors  promi- 
nent in  an  ideal  fluoroscopic  tube,  as  far 
as  I  am  able  to  judge.  I  recommend  a 
very  large  bulb,  10  to  14  inches  in  di- 
ameter (  if  it  is  possible  for  high  vacu- 
um bulbs  of  that  size  composed  of  glass 

inch  in  thickness  to  stand  up  against 
atmospheric  pressure  ),  because  of  rea- 
sons previously  mentioned.  The  large 
size  of  the  bulb  allows  of  placing  larger 
electrodes  in  the  tube  and  therefore  we 
naturally  get  more  x-rays  than  is  pos- 
sible from  a  smaller  tube  having  small 
electrodes. 

In  an  excited  Crooke's  tube  the  whole 
luminous  hemisphere  gives  off  x-rays. 
For  fluoroscopic  use  a  tube  should  not 
focus  the  cathode  rays  at  a  point  upon 
the  platinum  sheet  and  the  anode  is  best 
placed  so  that  it  strikes  the  cathode  rays 
before  they  come  to  a  focus.  In  this 
manner  the  anode  becomes  uniformly 
red  hot  and  we  get  a  large  quantity  of 
illumination  upon  the  screen,  i.  e.,  x- 
rays  spread  over  a  large  area.  This  is 
especially  appreciated  when  we  wish  to 
use  a  large  screen  in  examining  the 
chest  or  abdominal  cavities.  This 
spreading  of  the  cathode  stream  may  be 
brought  about  by  placing  the  anode  at 
the  angle  of  45  degrees  to  the  path  of 
the  cathode  rays  and  within  the  focal 
point  of  these  rays.  Now,  by  moving 
the  cathode  end  of  the  tube  away  from 
the  active  hemisphere,  and  placing  the 
aluminum  disk  within  the  bulb,  we  pre- 
sent a  glass  surface  of  even  thickness 
and  since  the  aluminum  disk  is  insig- 
nificant as  an  absorber  of  x-rays  it,  of 
course,  need  hardly  be  considered  from 
the  standpoint  of  resistance.  In  the 
usual  tube  the  cathode  disk  is  placed  so 
near  the  glass  that  in  conjunction  with 
the  great  heat  generated  upon  its  sur- 
face a  deposit  of  metalic  aluminum 
soon  occurs  upon  the  glass  surface  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  cathode  disk. 
Placing  the  cathode  disk  within  the  bulb 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


999 


also  does  away  with  the  stray  x-rays 
resulting  when  the  cathode  stream 
strikes  the  sides  of  the  tube  immediate- 
ly surrounding  the  disk,  usually  recog- 
nized by  the  formation  of  a  light  green 
ring  on  the  glass  surface  just  above  the 
aluminum  disk. 

The  presence  of  the  metallic  ball,  pre- 
ferably made  of  aluminum,  at  the  cath- 
ode electrode  on  the  outside  of  the 
tube  is  for  the  purpose  of  farther  intensi- 
fying the  volume  of  current.  In  this 
position  its  action  is  that  of  a  condenser. 
The  value  of  this  attachment  becomes 
obvious,  because  in  using  very  high 
vacuum  tubes  we  have  learned  that 
heaping  up  current  at  the  cathode  gives 
us  more  efficient  x-rays  ( internal  re- 
sisance  being  thereby  lessened);  ulti- 
mately this  is  also  a  means  to  steady  the 
fluorescence.  This  condenser  is  made 
globular  and  is  to  be  kept  highly  polish- 
ed, in  order  that  the  current  radiation 
may  be  insignificant.  Condensers  of 
other  shape  have  been  found  to  be  im- 
practical because  of  the  extensive  radia- 
tion usually  present  during  high  resist- 
ance. 

Further  consideration  of  this  tube 
must  be  left  to  an  examination  of  the 
diagram  which,  I  believe,  is  self-explan- 
atory. 

Next  let  us  consider  a  tube  especially 
designed  for  radiographic  work.  I  re- 
fer you  to  diagram  No.  2. 

This  tube,  as  is  indicated,  is  especial- 
ly constructed  for  radiographic  work; 
that  is,  it  is  able  to  stand  up  against 
both  high  voltage  and  high  amperage 
currents. 

To  be  able  to  use  currents  of  large 
volume  as  derived  when  the  various 
types  of  electrolytic  or  mercury  inter- 
rupters are  in  circuit,  is  has  been  found 
best  to  cool  the  heated  platinum  disk  by 
having  a  continuous  flow  of  water  near 
the  anode  to  absorb  the  heat  generated. 
By  this  method  we  may  pass  powerful 
currents  through  the  tube  for  a  few  min- 


utes without  noticing  any  material  de- 
terioration of  the  vacuum.  According 
to  the  diagram  we  do  away  with  the  con- 
tinuous water  stream,  and  substitute  a 
very  large  steel  jacket  extending  almost 
the  full  length  of  the  anodal  electrode 
in  the  bulb  of  the  tube,  and  in  addition 
to  this  we  fill  this  metal  jacket  with  a 
large  quantity  of  heat  absorbing  oil, 
(  even  water  may  be  used  ).  This  does 
away  with  water  bags  or  bottles  and 
rubber  tubing  for  conveying  the  water 
to  the  tube,  a  very  inconvenient  arrange- 
ment. 

Since  it  is  a  well  known  fact  that  if 
we  wish  to  attain  the  best  definition  on 
a  plate  exposed  to  the  x-rays  we  must 
bring  the  cathode  stream  to  a  very  fine 
focus  at  the  anode  and  the  smaller  the 
focal  area  the  better  the  definition.  The 
platinum  anode  in  this  tube  has  a  small 
but  very  heavy  projection  upon  which 
the  cathode  rays  are  brought  to  a  focus. 
This  tends  to  confine  the  heating  to  a 
small  area  and  also  sends  away  x-rays 
sooner  than  an}-  other  part  of  the  disk. 
In  order  to  still  farther  favor  the  focus- 
ing of  the  cathode  rays  the  anode  should 
be  placed  at  angle  of  from  60  -  65  de- 
grees to  the  cathode  stream.  This  ar- 
rangement gives  sharp  or  clean  and  con- 
trast)* picture  and  the  exposure  can  be 
made  very  short.  We  get  not  only  a 
shadow  picture  of  the  gross  outlines  of 
parts  exposed,  especially  bones,  but  also 
an  idea  of  the  inner  structure.  This  we 
call  definition  and  it  depends  primarily 
upon  our  ability  to  place  the  cathode 
rays  at  a  small  area  upon  the  platinum 
disk. 

The  bulb  of  a  radiographic  tube  need 
not  be  as  large  as  for  a  tube  used  if  fluo- 
roscopic work.  Indeed,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent blurring  of  the  picture  we  wish  to 
avoid  all  radiation  except  that  originat- 
ing at  the  focal  point  upon  the  anode. 
A  small  tube  gives  off  few  stray  rays, 
there  is  very  little  spreading,  and  conse- 
quently such  a  tube  is  desirable   for  pro- 


IOCO 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


ducing  pelvic  and  chest  pictures.  It  is 
well  established  that  the  more  we  in- 
crease the  amperage  of  the  current  ap- 
plied to  a  Crooke's  tube,  provided  the 
voltage  is  high  enough  to  overcome  the 
resistance,  the  more  x-rays  we  get.  No 
doubt  the  degree  of  fluorescence  deter- 
mines largely  the  photographic  power  of 
the  tube,  but  if  it  is  possible  to  measure, 
the  quantity  of  current  passing  through 
the  tube  at  any  period  of  time  we  are  al- 
ways in  position  to  know  accurately  the 
radiographic  effect  of  a  tube.  It  may 
be  stated  that  the  higher  our  amperage 
for  a  given  vacuum  the  more  rapid  our 
ability  to  make  radiographs.  It  is  the 
large  quantity  current  which  causes 
chemical  changes  upon  the  photograph- 
ic plate. 

A  properly  constructed  x-ray  tube  to 
give  clear  definition  and  prevent  diffu- 
sion to  any  great  extent,  must  have  its 
cathode  disk  so  placed  and  shaped  (very 
concave)  that  cathode  rays  coming  from 
this  disk  do  not  strike  anything  before 
reaching  the  anode.  This  cathode  disk, 
in  order  that  it  may  stand  the  large 
quantity  of  heat  developed  upon  its  sur- 
face, should  also  be  large  in  area,  as 
shown  in  the  diagram,  so  that  heat  radia- 
tion may  be  good.  Finally,  in  order  that 
we  may  use  high  voltage  currents  and 
thereby  get  penetrating  x-rays,  all  the 
electrode  containing  parts  of  the  tube  are 
placed  far  apart;  about  twice  the  distance 
which  is  observed  in  the  common  tube. 

In  conclusion  let  me  say  that  no  apolo- 
gies are  offered  for  anything  presented  in 
this  paper,  because  I  believe  it  is  only 
through  digestion  of  speculative  ideas 
that  we  can  hope  to  proceed  in  our  in- 
vestigations of  so  powerful  a  force  as  the 
way  has  proven  itself  to  be.  ' 
US  rhamplain  Bid*  Chicago,  111. 

XWhen  this  paragraph  is  marked 
with  a  re>l  a/d  blue  cross  it  shows 
our  friends  thatNfheir  time  has  expired, 
and  we  shall  be/n\appy  to  receive  a  re- 
newal of  their  /subscription  soon. 


Some  Problems  of  Radiology. 

BY  VIRGILIO  MACHADO. 

The  Rhumkorf  coils  have  lately  been 
subject  to  numerous  improvements  such 

as: 

a — To  divide  the  secondary  circuit  in- 
to segments  or  partial  coils,  being  cap- 
able of  spreading  singly  or  in  twos, 
threes,  etc. 

b — The  use  of  a  thick  wire  in  the  sec- 
ondary circuit  to  diminish  its  resistance, 
while  thus  augmenting  the  amperage 
of  the  current  circulating  therein. 

c — The  use  of  an  adjustable  condenser 
so  as  to  be  able  to  regulate  the  capacity, 
in  relation  to  the  intensity  of  the  prima- 
ry current. 

d — The  use  of  interrupters  which  give 
the  maximum  length  to  the  time  the  cir- 
cuit is  closed,  in  relation  to  the  time  it 
is  open. 

c — The  use  of  a  special  inductor,  with- 
out a  condenser  when  employing  the 
Wehnelt  interrupter. 

/ — The  method  of  fabrication  that 
guarantees  to  keep  the  coils  in  a  good 
state  of  preservation,  without  becoming 
treated  while  operating,  etc. 

In  spite  of  all  these  improvements, 
the  coils  perhaps  may  be  able  to  pro- 
duce even  greater  results. 

Before  giving  any  problems  on  this 
subject,  I  take  the  liberty  to  propose 
the  following  considerations:  At  pres- 
ent it  is  generally  admitted  that  the  in- 
tensity of  the  x-rays,  estimated  by  the 
intensity  of  the  fluroscopic  light,  or  by 
the  effect  produced  upon  the  photo- 
graphic plate,  depends  chiefly  upon  the 
volume  of  the  originating  discharge. 

This  volume  is  roughly  estimated  by 
the  depth  of  the  spark.  If  two  dis- 
charges, a  and  b  are  compared  whose 
sparks  are  of  the  same  length,  but  of 
different  depth,  it  will  be  found  that  the 
deeper  spark,  a  will  produce  the  more 
intense  x-rays. 

The  potential  of  the  discharge  judged 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


IOOI 


by  the  length  of  the  spark,  seems  prin- 
cipally to  influence  the  penetrating  force 
of  the  x-rays. 

If  two  electric  discharges  a  and  b  are 
compared,  whose  sparks  are  of  equal 
depth,  but  of  different  length,  then  the 
longer  one  a  will  give  the  more  penetrat- 
ing x-rays. 

It  is  very  probable  that  the  potential 
of  the  electric  discharge  does  not  ex- 
clusively influence  the  penetration  of 
the  x-rays,  but  also  exerts  its  power, 
though  in  a  minor  degree,  upon  the  in- 
tensity of  these  rays. 

It  is  also  likely  that  the  volume  of  the 
discharge  does  not  exclusively  influence 
the  intensity  of  the  x-rays,  but  also 
slightly  the  penetration  of  the  same 
rays. 

To  establish  a  basis  for  the  construc- 
tion of  coils,  complying  with  all  the  re- 
quirements of  the  radiologists,  would 
demand  deep  study.  Among  others, 
the  following  problems  suggest  them- 
selves, which  have  already  undergone 


partial  investigation  at  the  hands  of 
some  illustrious  radiologists. 

ist.  To  determine  the  mechanic  value 
m  which  corresponds  to  the  discharge  of 
the  secondary  current  according  to  the 
dimensions  (length  and  depth)  of  the 
spark,  created  by  the  said  discharge. 

2d.  To  calculate  the  relation  between 
this  mechanic  value  m  and  the  penetra- 
tion of  the  x-rays  produced  by  the  dis- 
charge to  which  this  value  corresponds. 

3d.  And  further  to  find  the  analogy 
between  the  mechanic  value  m  and  the 
intensity  of  the  x-rays  obtained  by  this 
value. 

4th.  In  a  given  coil  to  determine  what 
relation  there  exists  between  the  volume 
of  the  discharge  from  the  opening  in 
the  secondary,  and  the  intensity  of  the 
primary  current. 

5.  To  determine  the  relation  between 
the  volume  of  the  discharge  and  the  vol- 
tage of  the  current,  which  flows  in  the 
primary  circuit. 

6.  To  determine  the  relation  between 


The  Kinraide  High-Frequency  Coil. 


The  best 
apparatus 
for  use 
with  the 
direct  or 
alternating 
current. 

SEND  FOR 

DESCRIPTIVE 

CIRCULAR. 


EX  B.  Meyrowitz, 

Maker  of  Ophthalmological  Apparatus.  Complete  Standard  Electro-Therapeutic  Equipments. 

X-Ray  Apparatus  and  High  Grade  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Instruments. 
104  East  Twenty-third  Street,  )  604  Nicollet  Avenue,  Minneapolis. 

125  West  Forty-second  Street.  -NEW  YORK,  360  St.  Peter  Street,  St.  Paul. 

650  Madison  Avenue,  J  >  3  rue  Scribe,  Paris,  France. 


1002 


THE  AMERICAiV  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


the  same  volume  and  the  electric  ca- 
pacity of  the  primary,  including  the  con- 
denser. 

7,  8  and  9.  To  solve  questions  similar 
to  those  marked  4,  5  and  6,  except  that 
instead  of  relating  to  the  volume  of  the 
electric  discharges,  refer  to  their  poten- 
tial, estimated  by  the  length  of  the  spark. 

10.  To  vertify  the  influence  of  the 
length  of  time,  the  current  circulates  in 
the  primary  upon  each  of  the  various 
elements  of  the  phenomena,  that  this 
current  produces  at  the  time  of  opening. 

To  facilitate  the  solving  of  the  above 
mentioned  problem,  it  would  be  well  to 
study  the  following  works: 

Ueber  die  vorgange  im  Inductionsap- 
parat.  B.  Walter  in  Annalen  der  Physik 
und  Chemie,  Neue  Folge  Bd.  62-1897, 
und  Bd.  66-1898. 


R.   Colley-Wiedemann  Annalen,  44, 

1891. 

Seiter-Tbid,  61,  1897. 
Warburg-Tbid,  59,  1896 
F.  Braun-Tbid,  60,  1897. 
Feddersen    Poggendorf    Ann.  116, 

1862. 

B.  C.  Heinke  Electrotechn,  Leitschr, 

18,  1897. 

Lisbon,  Portugal,  Oct.  10,  1901. 


"The  Physicians'  Visiting  List" 

is  just  out.  It  is  just  the  thing  for  doctors. 
These  pocket  records  are  beautifully  bound  and 
on  the  fly  leaves  is  found  emergency  information. 
The  fact  that  the  little  book  is  always  in  the 
pocket  for  recording  cases,  visits  and  consulta- 
tions, makes  it  a  most  valuable  reference  in  case 
of  emergency,  when  time  is  all  important  or  when 
it  is  not  convenient  to  refer  to  the  library.  P. 
Blakiston  &  Co.,  Publishers,  1012  Walnut  Street, 
Philadelphia,  will  give  any  information  desired. 


X-RAY  MACHINES  For  Any  Circuit. 

Direct  or  Alternating.    Battery  or  Lighting. 
•  We  have  a  new  line  of  PORTABLE  MACHINES 

Very  compact  and 
very  powerful, 
with  improved 
spark  gaps,  inde- 
pendent interrupt- 
er, etc. 

Then  there  is  the 

Cunningham 
Mercury  Jet 
Interrupter, 

Giving  interrup- 
tions variable  at 
will,  from  10  to 
10,000  per  minute, 
and  breaking 
current  up  to  30 
amperes. 

Will  young  X-Ray  Machine— Latest  Model— 8"  to  18". 
quarters  for  Tubes,  Fluoroscopes,  Tube  Stands,  Radiographs,  Tables,  Etc.,  Etc. 

Elmer  G.  Willyoung,  11  Frankfort  St.,  New  York. 

TUBES, 

Perfect  Glass,  Reinforced  Seals.     They  Can  Always  be  Repaired. 

X-Ray  Tubes  re-exhausted  and  repaired.    Also  Atomizers,  Nebulizers  for  heavy  fluids,  and  Inhalers 
Gla.-s  apparatus  of  all  kinds.   Correspondence  Solicited. 


Hrad 


3TUNTZ  &  ARMSTRONG, 


Owensboro,  Ky, 


1/ 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D . .  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 

United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  $4.00 

Single  Copies   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis 
All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address 
All  contributors  oi  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 

profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  oi  the  world.   Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of 

extra  copies  oi  the  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 

Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 

Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


VOL.  9.      ST.  LOUIS,  DECEMBER,  1901.       NO.  6> 


CONTEXTS  VOL.  9,  XO.  5.  COXTENTS  OF  VOL.  9,  NO.  6. 


Iodoform  in  Knee  Jcint. 

Researches  in  the  Direction  of  Obtaining 
Radiographs  and  Fluoroscopic  Ex- 
aminations of  the  Muscles  and  Liga- 
ments. 

The  Development  of  the  Crooke's  Tube 
for  the  Past  Twelve  Months. 

How  the  Induction  Static  Machine  Can 
Be  Excited  without  Separate  Charger. 

X-Ray  an  Absolute  Necessity  in  Dental 
Surgery. 

Hysteresis. 

X-Ray  in  Country  Practice. 
Verdict— X- Ray  Burn. 
Fracture  Upper  Third  of  Thigl 
X-Rays  from  Static  Machir 
rapeutic  Purposes. 


Visual  Localization  with  Fluorometer. 
Cancer. 

Prospect  of  Cure  in  Cancer. 
Diagnosis  of  Cancer  of  the  Stomach. 
Treatment  of  Inoperable  Cancer. 
Turck's  Gyromele. 
X-Ray  Tubes. 

Some  Problems  of  Radiology. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  9.      ST.  LOUIS,  DECEMBER,  1901.        MO.  6. 


Researches  in  the  Direction 
of  Obtaining  Radiographs 
and  Fluoroscopic  Exam- 
inations of  the  M  uscles 
and  Ligaments. 

Read  before  the  Roentgen  Society  of  America,  Uni- 
versity Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  10,  1901, 
BY  H.  WESTBURY. 

I  trust  that  the  title  of  this  little 
paper  will  not  lead  the  members  to  ex- 
pect that  any  definite  results  have  yet 
been  obtained  in  this  direction,  but  I 
think  some  brief  explanation  of  what  has 
already  been  done,  with  a  note  of  the 
difficulties  to  be  still  overcome,  may  be 
interesting  and  may  also  incite  some  of 
our  friends  present  to  investigate  this 
important  branch  of  x-ray  research. 

There  are  three  directions  in  which  it 
may  prove  possible  to  obtain  a  definite 
shadow  of  the  interior  of  the  body  i.  e., 
the  softer  tissues  outside  the  bones,  viz., 
the  photographic  plate,  the  fluoroscopic 
screen  and  the  x-ray  tube. 

i. — Regarding  the  photographic  plate 
itself  I  have  not  made  any  attempt  to 
investigate  or  alter  the  effect  of  the  x- 
ray  shadow  as  thrown  upon  the  plate 
during  exposure,  as  I  recognize  that 
while  it  may  be  quite  in  the  bounds  of 
possibility  to  obtain  some  coating  apart 
from  the  usual  gelatine  emulsion  which 
will  produce  startling  results,  this  branch 
of  research  is  being  ably  taken  up  by 
many  well  known  photographers  for 
color  photography  and  other  purposes. 
In  fact,  the  question  of  obtaining  various 


emulsions  giving  different  results  to  the 
uniform  black  and  white  has  so  far 
proved  a  very  disinteresting  one.  The 
old-fashioned  collodion  plate  I  may  re- 
mark in  passing,  shows  no  difference  to 
the  gelatine.  A  suggestion  has  been 
made  to  me  to  try  the  old  Daguerrotype 
process,  but  so  far  I  have  not  done  so. 
If  any  one  present  has,  I  would  like  to 
learn  the  results. 

2. — Regarding  the  second  direction — 
the  fluoroscopic  screen — I  have  endeav- 
ored to  vary  the  results  in  two  ways;  first 
by  interposition  between  the  tube  and 
the  ordinary  platine  cyanide  of  barium 
screen  and  second  by  changing  the  com- 
position of  the  screen  itself.  The  ques- 
tion of  interposition  has,  of  course,  been 
entered  upon  in  conjunction  with  the 
tube  more  or  less,  bearing  in  mind  that 
the  object  in  view  was  to  break  up  the 
light  rays,  if  light  rays  they  are,  into 
their  various  co-ordinates.  I  need  not 
go  into,  in  this  paper,  the  various  ex- 
periments made  with  metallic  sub- 
stances, which  have  already  been  fully 
treated  in  the  various  papers  published 
on  the  different  capacity  of  substances 
to  the  x-rays  and  with  which  all  of  you 
must  be  more  or  less  familiar.  Briefly, 
none  of  the  ordinary  metallic  materials 
or  screens  make  any  difference  to  the 
light  rays.  Some  of  the  following  ex- 
periments, however,  are  interesting,  not 
so  much  from  their  results  as  their  possi- 
bilities:— A  screen  coated  with  thorium 
and  interposed  between  the  tube  and  a 
barium  screen  seems  to  act  as  an  in- 


IOO^ 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


tensifyer,  bringing  the  bones  up  in  sharp 
outline  and  in  isolated  instances  showing 
traces  of  the  arteries,  etc.  A  screen 
coated  with  zirconium  has  much  the 
same  effect,  but  not  to  such  a  marked  de- 
gree. I  have  tried  a  number  of  other 
incandescent  salts  in  the  same  way  and 
have  obtained  the  same  results  in  many 
cases.  Some  of  them  when  mixed  with 
the  platino  cyanide  of  barium  in  making 
an  ordinary  screen  show  traces  of  the 
ligaments  and  muscles,  but  not  clearly, 
and  1  firmly  believe  that  it  is  in  this  di- 
rection of  changing  the  screen  itself  that 
ultimate  success  lies.  Nitrate  of  uran- 
ium has  some  very  peculiar  properties 
when  subjected  to  the  x-ray  light, 
either  alone  or  with  other  salts.  Alone 
it  is  about  equal  to  tungstate  of  cal- 
cium if  prepared  and  flowed  in  the  usual 
manner,  but  if  used  in  lump  form  so 
that  the  rays  strike  larger  crystals  of  it, 
traces  of  refraction  may  be  seen,  al- 
though I  have  not  yet  been  able  to  prove 
this  scientifically.  Some  other  curious 
results  are  obtained  with  some  of  the 
quartz  mineral  blocks,  especially  such  as 
show  prismatic  refraction.  Feldopar,  as 
you  are  doubtless  aware,  fluoresces  con- 
siderable to  the  rays  and  even  in  the 
lump  form  a  piece  of  ordinary  note 
paper  or  cardboard  is  lit  up  when  placed 
behind  the  crystal  and  the  x-ray  pro- 
duced in  front.  All  my  researches  in 
this  direction  seem  to  prove  that  the  x- 
rays  are  really  some  form  of  light  rays 
low  in  the  spectrum,  but  of  course,  I  am 
still  unable  to  understand  why,  if  this  is 
really  the  case,  an  aluminum  or  other 
metallic  screen  grounded  at  one  end 
prevents  burning,  which  I  have  incon- 
testably  proved  it  does.  This  fact  seems 
to  adduce  Mr.  Tesla's  theory  of  parti- 
cles of  matter,  but  on  the  other  hand 
possibly  this  is  explained  by  the  counter 
theory  that  the  injurious  particles  caus- 
ing the  burning  emanate  from  the  elec- 
tric current  and  it  is  quite  possible  to 
obtain  a  spark  from  the  grounded  screen. 


Colored  gelatine  layers  have  all  been 
tried  and  do  not  seem  to  affect  the  rays 
at  all  except  in  density  and  as  you  are 
aware  the  ordinary  lens  has  no  effect. 
The  rays  penetrate  a  diamond  as  easily 
as  paper,  hence  the  fact  that  a  true 
diamond  can  always  be  told  from  a  false 
one  with  a  medium  or  low  tube.  A  very 
high  tube  is  apt  to  go  through  even  car- 
bon or  paste  imitations.  Sulphide  of 
zinc  and  calcium  are  pratically  non- 
fluorescing  to  the  rays,  even  if  mixed 
with  other  fluorescing  salts  and  yet  they 
are  decidedly  useful  for  intensifying 
screens  and  just  as  effective  as  tungstate 
of  calcium,  which  fact  is  certainly  curi- 
ous. I  can  safely  say  that  the  ordinary 
methods  of  producing  color  photography 
as  at  present  known  have  not  the  slight- 
est effect  on  radiography,  only  the 
same  black  and  white  bone  shadows  be- 
ing obtained. 

3. — The  x-ray  tube  is,  of  course, 
only  susceptible  to  different  results  by 
practically  following  out  the  same  in- 
terposition theory  as  stated  above.  I 
have  varied  the  glass  used  in  the  tube 
in  many  ways  with  practically  little  suc- 
cess; the  only  thing  that  altered  the  rays 
at  all  was  a  certain  kind  of  ruby  colored 
glass  a  mixture  of  actinic  and  nonactinic 
qualities  which,  you  will  remember,  I 
showed  at  the  last  meeting.  It  had  a 
bull's  eye  in  the  center  made  out  of  or- 
dinary Crooke's  tube  glass  and  showed 
two  different  densities  on  the  ordinary 
screen,  but  only  very  faint  traces  of  the 
tissues  could  be  discerned.  Numerous 
varieties  of  coatings  on  the  glass  of  the 
tube  have  been  tried  and  when  coated 
with  certain  incandescent  salts,  about 
the  same  results  are  obtained,  as  stated 
above,  with  a  screen  in  interposition. 
You  are  probably  aware  that  it  is  a  very 
simple  thing  to  change  the  rays  pro- 
ceeding from  a  tube,  as  far  as  the  pene- 
tratric  powers  are  concerned,  either  by 
using  different  glass  or  by  surrounding 
the  tube  with  partly  opaque  substances, 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1005 


but  this   simply    changes  the  working 
amount  of  rays  produced  and  does  not 
tend  to  help  us  in  obtaining  anything 
else  but  the  bones,  etc.     I  have  care- 
fully followed  up  so  far  as  possible  the 
isolated    cases  known  to  most  of  us, 
where  a  plate  has  been  exposed  in  the 
usual  manner  and  much  to  the  operator's 
surprise,   some  portion  of  arteries  or 
tissues  have  been  obtained  after  devel- 
opment, but  in  each  case  I  have  been 
unable  to  find  any  such  extraordinary 
conditions  as  to  enable  one  to  repeat 
the  effects  obtained  at  will.    A  recent 
plate  even  showed  the  hair  lying  close 
to  the  arm  very  plainly,   but  in  another 
plate  exposed  identically  the  same,  no 
such  traces  are  visible.    Again  I  have  a 
plate  showing  the  ligaments  and  ten- 
dons of  the  wrist  very  plainly — exposure 
one   minute.    Carbutt   plate,  medium 
the  same  conditions  and  even  with  the 
same  wrist  do  not  show  these  points. 
Are  there,  therefore,  some  peculiar  con- 
ditions in  the  air,    only  rarely  present, 
altering  the  molecules  of  the  rays  suffi- 
ciently to  change  their  penetrative  quali- 
ties, or  what  is  the  explanation?  Of 
course,  body  conditions  would  make  a 
great  difference,   as  many  of  us  have 
come  across  persons,   whom  it  was  al- 
most impossible  to  penetrate,  owing  to 
the  density  of  their  flesh.     I  know  of 
one  such  case  at  present  that  takes  a 
tube  which  will  easily  penetrate  an  or- 
dinary wall,  before  any  shadow  of  the 
bones  can  be    taken.     This,  however, 
can  not  very  well  explain  the  fact  of  the 
same  person  giving  a  different  result, 
when  exposed  within  five  minutes  of  the 
first  exposure. 

I  have  it  on  good  authority  that  Mine 
Curie  has  obtained  some  interesting  re- 
sults in  this  line  with  radium  as  an  in- 
terposed substance;  in  fact,  it  is  claimed 
that  thelungs,  heart,  kidneys,  etc. , can  be 
examined  very  plainly  through  the  fluor- 
oscope  with  this  ally.  As  I  have  not  yet 
had  the  opportunity  to  try  this,  of  course, 


I  can  not  say  whether  it  is  any  help  in 
the  direction  we  desire.  I  have  been 
promised  some  radium  and  hoped  to 
have  been  able  to  show  it  at  this  meet- 
ing, but  unfortunately,  I  have  not  yet 
received  it,  but  shall  certainly  try  it  in 
this  way  as  soon  as  it  reaches  me. 

If  there  are  any  of  our  members  who 
have  made  any  researches  in  this  di- 
rection I  would  very  much  like  to  hear 
from  them,  as  the  whole  line  of  research 
is  extremely  fascinating  and  important 
to  us  all,  and  there  are  so  many  rare 
salts  and  minerals  and  combinations  of 
such  that  it  is  impossible  for  any  one  per- 
son to  try  them  all  in  any  way,  but  in 
closing  I  would  like  to  say  that  I  firmly 
believe  that  this  can  and  will  be  done 
and  before  very  long.  The  benefit  to 
the  surgeon  and  doctor  will  be,  I  think, 
even  more  important  than  the  ability  to 
see  the  bones;  at  any  rate,  it  will  be  one 
step  nearer  to  the  much  desired  power 
of  seeing  all  that  may  occur  in  that  com- 
plicated machine,  our  body. 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE   CROOKE's  TUBE 
FOR   THE   PAST   TWELVE  MONTHS. 

While  no  very  great  or  startling  de- 
velopments have  been  made  in  the 
Crooke's  tube  during  the  past  twelve 
months,  yet  a  number  of  minor  improve- 
ments have  been  designed,  making  the 
Crooke's  tube  at  the  present  day  consid- 
erably in  advance  of  that  of  a  year  ago. 
It  should  be  remembered  by  all  operators 
that  the  manufacturers  are  constantly 
experimenting  in  little  matters  of  detail 
with  the  aim  of  bringing  the  tube  nearer 
and  nearer  to  perfection  and  while  these 
little  technical  improvements  would  be 
passed  by  without  notice  by  the  operator, 
they  all  tend  to  improve  the  efficiency 
and  penetrative  power  of  the  rays. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  members  pres- 
ent to  recapitulate  for  a  few  moments 
the  steady  progression,  which  has  been 
made  in  the  manufacture  of  Crooke's 


ioo6 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


tubes.  Up  to  the  present  time  all  prac- 
tical tubes  for  the  production  of  x-rays 
have  been  made  in  a  glass  chamber 
whether  of  spherical,  cylindrical  or  other 
shape  bulb,  into  which  are  sealed  by 
means  of  platinum  wires,  two  or  more 
electrodes  usually  made  of  aluminum 
which  serve  to  carry  the  electrical  cur- 
rent into  the  bulb. 

The  earliest  forms  of  x-ray  tubes  were 
made  with  two  electrodes  set  into  the 
bulb  at  almost  a  right  angle  to  each 
other,  each  terminating  in  a  circular  disc, 
of  aluminum  or  other  metal,  one  of  such 
discs  being  made  larger  than  the  other. 
In  use  the  negative  terminal  of  the  ex- 
citing apparatus  was  attached  to  the 
larger  disc  and  the  positive  terminal  to  the 
smaller  disc,  thus  making  the  larger 
disc  the  cathode  and  the  smaller  disc 
the  anode.  When  the  bulb  was  thus 
operated  the  cathode  rays  would  produce 
x-rays  at  the  point  of  contact  of  the  elec- 
trical discharge  in  the  tube,  causing  the 
x-rays  to  be  thrown  against  the  glass  at  a 
point  opposite  the  cathode.  Such  tubes 
were  elementary  and  so  on  gave  way  to 
an  improved  type. 

The  next  form  of  tube  seems  to  have 
been  one  in  which  the  two  electrodes 
were  opposite  each  other  with  both 
cathode  and  anode  inclined  at  an  angle 
giving  better  results  both  for  clearness 
and  definition.  Such  a  form  of  tube  was 
employed  by  Mr.  Edison  in  May,  1896, 
the  National  Electrical  Exposition  in 
New  York  City  when  many  thousands  of 
persons  saw  for  the  first  time  the  x-ray 
phenomena.  A  number  of  experiment- 
ors  had,  however,  found  that  some 
method  of  focusing  the  rays  was  absolute- 
ly necessary  to  obtain  shape,  and  outline 
and  tubes  were  finally  designed  with  a 
piece  of  thin  platinum  at  the  end  of  one 
of  the  electrodes,  leaving  the  cup-shaped 
aluminum  at  the  end  of  the  other,  but 
made  more  or  less  concave  so  that  the 
cathode  rays  were  impinged  upon  the 
surface  of  the  platinum  electrode.  The 


value  of  this  detail  has  recently  been  rec- 
ognized from  the  fact  that  all  the  present 
types  of  tubes  are  made  on  practically 
this  principle  with,  of  course,  various 
improvements  that  have  suggested  them- 
selves from  time  to  time. 

The  size  of  the  glass  bulb  is  now  made 
either  four  or  five  inches  in  diameter  by 
nearly  all  the  manufacturers,  as  this 
seems  to  be  the  most  suitable  for  x-ray 
work.  There  does  not  seem  to  be  much 
advantage  gained  by  using  larger  sizes, 
although  a  few  operators  using  very 
heavy  coils  or  static  machines  use  eight 
or  ten-inch  bulbs  with  good  results,  but 
as  a  general  thing,  extending  the  length 
of  the  terminals  of  the  tube  will  prevent 
every  chance  of  any  sparks  jumping 
across  the  outside  of  the  tube. 

Among  the  later  improvements  may 
be  included  the  reinforcing  of  the  anode 
with  copper  or  nickle,  designed  to  meet 
the  demand  for  a  tube,  which  would 
stand  up  against  the  heavy  currents  now 
used.  Such  currents  will  burn  a  hole 
through  an  ordinary  anode  in  a  very 
short  time  and  if  allowed  to  run,  will 
melt  it  all  up.  Thick  pieces  of  metal 
either  platinum,  comium  or  iridium  or 
alloys  of  these  metals  have  been  used 
for  some  years,  but  the  chief  trouble 
with  a  solid  anode  is  that  the  metal  gives 
off  so  much  gas  that  it  is  very  difficult  to 
obtain  a  steady  vacuum  in  such  tubes, 
added  to  which  the  cost  is  prohibitive 
However,  the  reinforcement  of  the  anode 
is  very  satisfactory  and  until  some  better 
method  of  diffusing  the  heat  is  devised, 
it  is  probably  the  best  type  of  tube  for 
use  with  very  heavy  currents. 

A  recent  improvement  has  been  made 
on  this  reinforced  type,  consisting  of  a 
percentage  of  platinum  being  alloyed  in 
the  face  of  the  nickle  backing  instead  of 
being  laid  over  in  sheet  form  on  it.  This 
enables  the  operator  to  use  a  much 
heavier  current  than  before,  as  this  anode 
has  the  merit  of  being  practically  the 
same  as  a  soild  one.     It  also  heats  very 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1007 


slowly  and  the  platinum,  of  course,  does 
not  buckle  up  as  the  previous  type  will 
do  if  a  white  heat  is  obtained.  Until 
recently  a  copper  backing  was  used  in 
tubes  made  abroad,  but  they  have  now 
discontinued  this  for  nickle,  probably 
owing  to  the  fact  that  copper  gives  off 
gas  very  badly  and  also  tends  to  discolor 
the  bulb.  Yet  another  form  of  anode 
we  have  noticed  consists  of  nickle  al- 
loyed with  iridium  which  gives  fair  re- 
sults, but  is  more  difficult  to  exhaust  to  a 
high  vacuum  than  the  alloyed  platinum 
and  nickle. 

Some  little  improvements  have  been 
made  within  the  past  year  in  tubes  with 
an  adjustment  for  cooling  off  the  target 
by  means  of  water,  but  at  the  present 
time  owing  to  their  lack  of  uniformity 
and  their  expensive  cost  (from  $40.00  to 
$60.00  each),  they  can  not  be  recom- 
mended to  the  general  user.  Some  fur- 
ther developments,  however,  on  this  line 
may  produce  a  tube,  which  will  prove 
satisfactory,  as  occasionally  a  magnifi- 
cent tube  may  be  seen  with  this  device, 
but  unfortunately,  apart  from  the  primal 
high  price,  they  can  not  be  repaired  for 
anything,  like  a  moderate  figure. 

Probably  most  of  the  experimenting 
on  Crooke's  tubes  this  yean  has  been 
with  the  adjuster.  Several  new  salts  or 
amalgamation  of  salts  have  been  tried 
with  good  results  and  it  is  now  possible 
to  obtain  tubes  in  which  either  hydrogen 
or  oxygen  can  be  liberated  in  addition  to 
the  old-fashioned  watery  vapor  obtained 
from  potash  alone.  So  far  we  have  not 
discovered  any  salt  suitable  for  liberating 
nitrogen,  but  as  a  matter  of  scientific 
curiosity,  trust  to  do  so  very  shortly. 

The  use  of  the  adjuster  tube  is  grad- 
ually growing  in  favor  both  in  this  coun- 
try and  abroad  and  there  is  no  doubt 
that  if  the  operator  can  be  assured  that 
he  may  keep  his  vacuum  perfectly  steady 
with  the  adjuster,  then  tubes  not  fitted 
with  such  a  device  would  rapidly  become 
obsolete.   Last  year,  you  will  remember, 


that  the  device  for  lowering  the  vacuum 
was  more  or  less  in  an  elementary  con- 
dition. The  methods  of  sparking  in 
common  use  were  more  or  less  likely  to 
puncture  the  tube,  owing  to  a  spark 
penetrating  the  glass  and  the  noise 
caused  by  the  continual  passing  of  the 
spark  in  the  air  was  apt  to  be  very  irri- 
tating to  the  operator  and  I  may  add, 
terrifying  to  the  average  patient.  A 
new  device  has  been  designed  this  year, 
which  obviates  this  difficulty  and  by 
means  of  which  the  vacuum  in  a  tube 
can  be  lowered  or  again  raised  at  will. 
We  are  now,  therefore,  able  to  obtain 
body  pictures  in  less  time  than  formerly, 
owing  to  the  fact  that  initially  high 
vacuum  tubes  can  be  used  with  impu- 
nity. As  the  operators  present  are  well 
aware,  it  is  very  easy  with  any  appara- 
tus to  manipulate  a  low  vacuum  tube, 
with  which  the  bones  of  the  hand,  arm 
or  leg  can  be  seen  very  plainly  and  with 
good  definition,  but  immediately  the 
operator  endeavors  to  look  through  the 
body  nothing  is  obtained.  This,  of 
course,  is  owing  to  the  fact  that  such  a 
tube  has  not  sufficient  penetrative  power. 
If  a  high  vacuum  tube  is  placed  on  the 
apparatus  and  sufficient  current  forced 
through  it  to  excite  it,  it  will  penetrate 
the  heavy  parts  of  the  body  without 
definition  and  all  that  can  be  seen  is  a 
fussy  outline  of  the  bones,  the  penetra- 
tion being  much  too  great.  The  prob- 
lem, therefore,  is  to  take  such  a  high 
vacuum  tube  and  increase  the  definition 
without  lowering  the  penetration  too 
much  and  so  far  this  has  only  been 
done  by  means  of  chemical  adjusters. 

The  user  of  a  modern  adjuster  tube  is 
especially  cautioned  in  operating  the 
adjuster  to  first  simply  allow  a  single 
spark  to  pass  through  the  salt,  as  in 
most  cases  this  is  amply  sufficient  to  re- 
duce the  vacuum  of  the  tube  at  once. 
Failing  this,  he  should  still  proceed  with 
caution,  disconnecting  the  adjuster  wire 
frequently  and  allowing  the  current  to 


ioo8 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


pass  directly  through  the  tube  until  he 
has  the  required  vacuum.  Many  tubes 
are  often  reduced  so  low  by  a  liberal  use 
of  the  adjuster  that  failing  sufficient 
current  to  heat  up  the  anode  and  so  ab- 
sorb the  gas,  they  have  to  be  returned 
to  the  manufacturer  for  re-exhaustion. 

The  operator  using  an  ordinary  non- 
adjustable  tube  can,  of  course,  tempora- 
rily lower  the  vacuum  when  it  becomes 
too  high  by  warming  the  body  of  the 
tube  carefully,  but  great  care  has  to  be 
taken  not  to  crack  the  bulb.  Probably 
the  safest  way  is  to  lay  the  tube  on  or 
near  a  radiator  until  it  is  gently  warmed 
through.  Such  a  tube  can  sometimes  be 
reduced  in  vacuum  by  reversing  the  po- 
larities for  20  or  30  minutes,  taking  care 
not  to  bombard  the  aluminum  cathode 
long  enough  to  melt  it  down.  If  the 
operator  has  a  fairly  powerful  current, 
patient  manipulation  of  the  terminals 
of  his  machine  in  conjunction  with  spark 
gaps  will  sometimes  lower  a  tube  suffi- 
ciently to  enable  it  to  be  used,  although 
it  must  be  remembered  that  a  non-ad- 
justable tube  will  finally  reach  a  point 
where  the  vacuum  will  not  come  down 
and  it  will  have  to  be  re-exhausted. 

On  the  other  hand,  sometimes  a  tube 
will  be  too  low  in  vacuum.  In  this  case, 
if  it  is  filled  with  a  purplish  gas  it  can 
usually  be  understood  that  there  is  a 
very  fine  leak  or  puncture  somewhere  and 
that  it  will  have  to  be  re-exhausted.  If, 
however,  the  color  of  the  gas  is  blue  or 
grey  then  the  operator  can  usually  run 
the  vacuum  up  with  a  little  patience.  If 
his  exciting  apparatus  is  powerful 
enough,  the  anode  should  be  heated  red 
hot  and  then  allowed  to  cool  off,  then 
heated  again  and  cooled  off  repeating  at 
intervals  of  several  days  and  the  vacuum 
will  probably  improve  until  x-rays  are 
obtained.  On  a  static  machine  the  use 
of  one  or  both  spark  gaps  will  generally 
raise  a  tube  sufficiently  for  use  or  if  not  a 
careful  use  of  the  Leyden  jars  or  con- 
denser.    This  also  applies  to  a  coil,  but 


not  to  such  a  degree  as  to  the  static  ma- 
chine. 

In  closing  I  may  say  that  while  the 
Crooke's  tube  is  still  far  from  perfection, 
yet  the  last  year  has  seen  a  number  of 
minor  improvements  in  construction  and 
detail,  improvements  in  most  cases  so 
small  as  to  escape  the  notice  of  the 
average  operator,  but  all  tending  to  in- 
crease the  efficiency  and  life  of  the  tube. 
Speaking  egotistically,  I  do  not  think 
that  we  have  any  reason  to  be  ashamed 
of  the  development  of  Crooke's  tubes 
made  in  this  country  and  trust  before 
long  to  see  the  product  of  American 
manufacturers  in  this  line  taking  the  same 
place  as  every  other  scientific  manu- 
facture— the  top  of  the  tree. 
Harrison,  New  Jersey. 

Dr.  Niles  R.  Finsen  in  Meddelelser 
fra  Finsen  s  Lys.  Institut,  gives  a  sum- 
mary of  his  treatment  of  all  skin  diseases 
by  use  of  the  Finsen  light.  At  the  close 
of  the  year  1899  he  had  under  treatment 
121  cases  of  lupus.  While  during  the 
previous  years  the  lupus  patients  were 
treated  exclusively  by  light,  there  were 
during  1898  and  1899  some  cases  which 
also  had  other  treatment  as  preparatory 
for  and  auxiliary  to  the  light  cure. 

Whilst  under  treatment  with  the  rays 
nearly  all  the  patients  wore  a  protective 
bandage. 

Some  of  the  patients  had  an  experi- 
mental treatment  with  Roentgen  rays. 

The  report  fails  to  give  number  of 
so-called  permanent  cures  and  also  fails 
to  mention  result  of  treatment  with  the 
x-rays.  Subsequent  evidence,  however, 
javors  the  Roentgen  light  to  all  other 
modes  of  treatment. 

At  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Cin- 
cinnati, Dr.  E.  H.  Shield  stated  that  he 
had  seen  several  cases  of  chronic  rheu- 
matism entirely  relieved  of  pain  by  sub- 
jecting them  to  the  x-rays.  He  also 
spoke  of  pigmented  naevus  of  the  foot 
improving  under  the  rays. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1009 


How   the    Induction  Static 
Machine  Can  Be  Excited 
Without  a  Separate 
Charger. 

Read  Before  the  Roentgen  Society  of  America,  Uni- 
versity Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Sept.'ll,  1901,, 
BY  JOHN  TOWNSEND  PITKIN,  M.  D. 

Around  the  poles  of  a  loadstone,  an 
ordinary  horseshoe  magnet,  or  an  elec- 
tro magnet,  there  exists  what  is  techni- 
cally known  as  a  field  of  force,  the  pres- 
ence of  which  can  be  made  manifest  by 
its  action  on  particles  of  iron  or  the 
electrification  of  a  conductor  brought 
within  its  confines. 

When  the  permanent  or  electro— mag- 
net is  circular  in  form,  or  the  magnetic 
circuit  is  closed  by  a  suitable  piece  of 
iron  called  a  keeper  or  armature,  the 
magnetic  lines  of  force  will  find  a  path 
of  less  resistance  in  the  iron,  than  in  an 
areal  pathway,  and  the  magnetic  field  of 
force  will  not  be  apparent. 

Permeating  the  insulation  and  sur- 
rounding medium  of  an  electrified  wire, 
there  also  exists  a  magnetic  field  of  force, 
shown  by  the  electrification  of  neighbor- 
ing conductors,  the  attraction  of  iron 
fillings  or  the  diverging  of  a  compass 
needle  brought  within  its  influence. 

Various  appellations  have  been  given 
by  recent  writers  and  teachers  of  electro- 
magnetism,  to  the  magnetic  zone  of  in- 
fluence. They  are,  1,  magnetic  field, 
2,  induction  action,  which  is  subdivided 
into  mutual  and  self-induction;  3,  mag- 
netic lines  or  tubes  of  force.  The 
older  writers  spoke  of  it  as  an  action  at  a 
distance  or  action  by  influence. 

When  a  metallic  object  or  conductor 
becomes  the  seat  of  a  high  tension 
electrical  charge,  it  is  customary  to  speak 
of  its  field,  as  made  up  of  electro-static 
lines  of  force,  or  of  electrical  waves.  The 
word  magnetism  for  unknown  reasons  is 
not  employed. 

Having  an  inspiration  in  accord  with 


the  spirit  of  the  times  the  writer  has 
boldly  ventured  to  draw  the  line  of  de- 
marcation between  the  force  called  mag- 
netism on  the  one  hand,  and  electricity 
on  the  other,  more  sharply  than  it  has 
ever  been  drawn  before  for  the  following 
reasons: 

Inasmuch  as  the  circular  magnet  is 
considered  a  unit  complete  within  itself, 
so  the  horseshoe  magnet  and  its  keeper 
should  be  similarly  considered.  If  the 
keeper  is  removed,  its  place  will  be 
taken  by  the  air,  or  any  other  dielectric 
which  comes  within  the  magnetic  path- 
way, does  not  the  dielectric  become  an 
essential  portion  of  the  magnetic  integer? 

If  so  it  follows  that  when  the  iron 
core  of  an  electro-magnet  is  removed  its 
place  will  be  taken  by  the  atmosphere, 
the  air  becoming  a  portion  of  the  elec- 
tro-magnet. 

It  also  follows  that  an  electrified  wire 
is  surrounded  by  an  elongated  magnet, 
consisting  of  the  excited,  investing 
tunics  and  the  atmosphere,  irrespective 
of  the  E.  M.  F.  of  the  current,  it  does 
not  matter  whether  the  current  is  of  low 
or  high  potential,  the  force  which  per- 
meates the  dielectric  without  breaking  it 
down  should  always  be  called  magnetism. 
Insulators  are  magnetic  substances. 

The  Hertz  waves  employed  in  wire- 
less telegraphy  are  not  electrical,  but 
magnetic  in  character.  Magnetism  is  in 
all  probability  one  of  the  interplanetary 
forces  the  essential  constituent  of  the 
solar  rays. 

Consider,  if  you  will,  the  position 
taken  in  this  paper  tenable  and  how  the 
study  of  static  electrical  apparatus  is 
thereby  simplified  and  elucidated. 

The  glass,  mica  or  hard  rubber  plates, 
revolving  and  stationary,  are  magnets, 
which,  by  their  mutual  reaction  upon 
each  other  and  the  surrounding  atmos- 
phere, form  magnetic  circuits.  Metallic 
objects  placed  in  these  circuits  become 
electrified.    The  static  machine  is  there- 


IOIO 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


fore  a  high  potential  dynamo,  a  gener- 
ator of  the  lightning  current. 

If  the  current  from  such  a  generator 
is  conducted  to  the  arms  of  a  second 
static  machine,  the  revolving  plates  or 
armature  of  the  second  instrument  will 
move  in  the  opposite  direction  and  light 
running  machinery  attached  to  the  pul- 
ley on  its  axle  can  be  operated.  Under 
these  circumstances  the  static  machine 
is  an  electro-motor. 

As  already  intimated  the  electro-mag- 
nets constituting  the  fields  of  a  dynamo, 
a  motor  or  a  dynamotor  find  their  ana- 
logue in  the  stationary  or  field  plates  of 
the  static  machine,  the  tinfoil  or  gilded 
paper  taking  the  place  of  the  wire  wound 
upon  the  bobbin,  and  the  sheet  of  glass 
or  other  material  is  the  counterpart  of 
the  iron  core. 

In  the  construction  of  the  Toepler 
static  machine  the  stationary  or  field 
plates  are  usually  circular  in  form,  com- 
posed of  two  thin  discs  of  glass  cemented 
to  each  other. 

Inclosed  between  these  two  sheets  of 
glass  are  two  large  kidney  shaped  pieces 
of  paper,  similar  to  each  other  in  their 
dimensions  and  symmetrical  in  their  po- 
sition which  is  equidistant  from  an  im- 
aginary line  drawn  vertically  through  the 
center  of  the  field  plates. 

Superimposed  on  either  side  of  each 
kidney  shaped  piece  of  paper  at  their 
center,  is  a  narrow  strip  of  tinfoil.  The 
strips  of  tinfoil  face  outwards  so  that 
they  may  be  seen  through  the  glass 
plates,  each  strip  is  metallically  con- 
nected to  a  fine  wire  brush  which  plays 
against  the  outer  surface  of  the  neighbor- 
ing revolving  disc  where,  by  the  friction 
between  brush  and  disc,  a  condition  of 
electro-magnetic  excitation  is  estab- 
lished. 

After  excitation,  the  brushes  and  their 
supporters  act  as  conductors  of  electric- 
ity, from  the  revolving  to  the  stationary 
plates,  and  thus  maintain  the  electro- 
magnetic activity  of  the  latter  structures. 


It  will  be  our  effort  to  demonstrate 
that  after  primary  excitation  is  obtained 
a  collecting  comb  can  perform  the  func- 
tion of  conductor  equally  as  well  as  the 
brush  and  the  apparatus  can  thus  be  re- 
lieved of  the  objectional  friction  action. 

In  other  words,  to  show  that  brushes 
are  only  necessary  on  a  Toepler  or  other 
variety  of  static  machine  to  bring  it  into 
primary  action. 

As  the  result  of  considerable  study  and 
experimental  work  prosecuted  with  a 
view  of  incorporating  in  a  single  static 
machine  all  of  the  good  features  of  its 
predecessors,  to  eliminate  as  far  as  pos- 
sible their  objectional  ones  and,  at  the 
same  time,  add  such  improvements  as 
might  prove  of  benefit,  the  writer  deter- 
mined to  incorporate  within  a  single 
case  upon  a  common  axle  a  single  sec- 
tioned, variously  modified,  Toepler  in- 
strument with  a  Holtz  machine  of  many 
sections,  both  portions  to  have  revolving 
plates  of  the  same  dimensions. 

As  constructed  the  Toepler  section 
develops  the  initial  charge  which  excites 
all  portions  of  the  apparatus.  After  full 
electrical  activity  is  obtained,  by  a  special 
device,  operated  from  the  outside  of  the 
case,  the  brushes  are  thrown  out  of  ac- 
tion and  their  places  taken  by  small  col- 
lecting combs,  then  the  entire  machine 
can  be  operated  as  a  purely  induction 
apparatus. 

This  device  consists  of  a  hard  rubber 
knob  or  handle  the  base  of  which  passes 
through  the  woodwork  at  the  rear  of  the 
case.  On  the  inside  of  the  machine  the 
base  of  the  handle  is  fastened  by  a  hinge 
joint  to  a  long  piece  of  hard  rubber 
tubing  in  such  a  manner  that  the  turn- 
ing of  the  knob  will  impart  to  the  tub- 
ing a  to  and  fro  motion.  The  tubing  is 
placed  diagonally  across  the  machine 
behind  the  posterior  wheel,  just  under 
the  axle,  nearly  at  right  angle  to  the 
neutralizing  rod.  It  is  supported  at 
either  extremity  by  a  short  arm,  which 
extends  to  a  small  metallic  hub  attached 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


i  o  I  I 


to  the  projecting  edge  of  the  stationary 
plates.  From  the  same  hub  there  pro- 
jects at  other  angles  a  brush  and  a  comb 
holder.  So  that  the  to  and  fro  motion 
of  the  rod  imparted  tnrough  the  knob  on 
the  outside  of  the  case  will  throw  one  of 
these  structures  into  and  the  other  out 
of  action. 

Owing  to  the  resistance  in  the  form 
of  air  gaps  interposed  between  the  col- 
lecting combs  of  the  field  plates  and  the 
revolving  discs  the  Toepler  machine 
thus  constructed,  can  not  reverse  its 
polarity  while  in  operation. 

If  the  brushes  are  removed  and  are 
not  replaced  by  collecting  combs,  the 
Toepler  section  appears  to  work  back- 
wards because  it  consumes  some  of  the 
energy  generated  by  the  other  portions 
of  the  apparatus. 

The  Toepler  section  also  differs  from 
the  conventional  form  of  that  machine 
in  that  the  exciting  energy  for  both  sta- 
tionary plates  is  obtained  from  the  ex- 
ternal or  posterion  revolving  disc.  Not 
any  energy  is  taken  from  the  internal  or 
anterior  disc,  consequently,  that  struct- 
ure is  not  provided  as  is  usually  the  case 
with  sectors. 

When  all  the  portions  of  the  appa- 
ratus are  electrically  active  the  Toepler 
section  generates  a  quantity  of  electricity 
which  compares  favorably  with  the 
amount  generated  by  any  single  section 
of  the  Holtz. 

The  kidney  shaped  paper  fields  of  the 
Toepler  are  turned  from  their  usual  sym- 
metrical position  and  are  brought  as 
nearly  as  possible  into  this  alinement 
with  the  saddle  shaped  paper  fields  of 
the  Holtz. 

This  combination  of  old  and  new 
principles  has  been  operated  most  suc- 
cessfully in  the  hands  of  several  local 
experts.  It  is  now  presented  from  the 
home  of  my  alma  mater  for  your  in- 
spection, commendation  or  criticism. 
Buffalo  N.  Y. 


X-Ray  an  Absolute  Necessity 
in  Dental  Surgery. 

BY  DR.  FRANK  AUSTIN  ROY. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  of  the  Roentgen  So- 
ciety of  America. 

We  make  a  very  strong  statement 
whan  we  claim  that  anything  is  an  ab- 
solute necessity,  but  the  electrics  have 
become  such  to  modern  life,  to  twentieth 
century  existence. 

Some  places  exist  without  the  tele- 
phone, telegraph,  etc.,  but  not  for  long 
in  this  century.  They  are  asleep  or  dy- 
ing because  lacking  the  necessities  of 
twentieth  century  life. 

So  the  surgeon  who  goes  on  guessing 
with  or  without  good  judgment  and  ex- 
perience, probing  and  prodding  and  cut- 
ting for  mere  diagnosis,  while  his  con- 
freres use  the  x-ray  and  know  what  to  do 
without  preliminary  exploratory  operat- 
ing. The  surgeon  who  fails  to  use  this 
necessity  will  drop  out  of  the  race  this 
century. 

This  positive  diagnosis  has  become  a 
necessity  also  to  dental  surgery.  Deal- 
ing with  the  structures  that  affect  the 
appearance  of  the  face  as  well  as  having 
their  more  utilitarian  value  at  the  gate- 
way of  the  digestive  tract,  any  extra  or 
uncertain  cutting  here  does  far  more 
harm  because  disfigurement  is  added  to 
loss  of  use  and  impairment  of  the  nutri- 
tive functions  so  necessary  to  life.  So 
I  may  say  positively  that  in  this  twentieth 
century  the  x-ray  is  an  absolute  neces- 
sity to  dental  surgery.  Without  the 
x-ray  such  surgery  is  of  the  past. 

Dr.  Price  and  others  of  this  society 
have  done  an  immense  amount  of  x-ray 
work  for  dental  surgery.  Your  wonder- 
ful pictures  have  corrected  diagnosis  and 
shown  how  useful  the  x-ray  is  to  us. 

I  belong  to  that  class  of  dentists  who 
believe  we  must  go  beyond  the  merely 
mechanical  in  dentistry  and  meet  all  the 
surgical  requirements  that  are  in  any 


I  01  2 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


w*y  connected  with  the  teeth,  yet  not 
caring  to  do  any  surgery  not  so  con- 
nected. 

There  are  very  many  troubles  of  the 
teeth  and  adjoining  parts  that  require 
more  than  mere  mechanical  treatment. 
True  surgical  work  is  necessary.  To 
diagnose  the  location  and  extent  of  the 
trouble  is  always  difficult,  but  with  the 
x-ray  it  becomes  positive. 

Very  few  dentists  have  neither  the  time 
or  inclination  to  take  up  for  themselves 
the  study  of  the  x-ray  and  the  necessary 
photography.  I  believe  we  can  much 
better  afford  to  pay  an  expert  than  spend 
time  becoming  only  mediocre  x-ray  oper- 
ators, especially  as  good  dental  x-ray 
work  is  very  difficult  to  attain. 

Dentists  can  find  good  men  within 
reach  in  any  section  of  the  country.  I 
do  not  think  any  one  thing  could  do  more 
to  extend  and  popularize  the  use  of  the 
x-ray.  You  who  do  this  kind  of  work 
should  advertise  yourselves  among  the 
dentists  for  the  good  of  the  cause,  even  if 
you  are  too  busy  yourselves. 

Being  difficult  work,  you  must  get  a 
good  fee  to  pay  you  for  the  extra  trouble 
that  comes  up  in  many  cases. 

It  may  take  some  time  for  the  dentist 
to  learn  to  read  the  negatives  aright,  but 
if  he  really  knows  the  pathological  con- 
ditions liable  to  be  met  in  dental  surgery, 
then,  with  the  assistance  of  a  slight 
knowledge  of  photography,  he  will  get 
positive  results  and  be  willing  to  pay 
well  for  good  x-ray  work. 

I  have  had  very  fine  work  done  for  my 
patients,  giving  me  positive  diagnosis, 
and  reassuring  the  patients  as  to  pro- 
posed operations. 

There  is  no  need  of  citing  cases.  You 
have  had  a  great  many  fine  negatives  of 
such  cases  exhibited  before  this  society. 

W  hy  should  a  New  York  surgeon  ad- 
vise drilling  into  the  jaw  to  see  if  there 
be  a  nonerupted  tooth,  when  a  New  Or- 
leans dentist  had  located  the  tooth  with 
the  x-ray? 


Why  should  a  patient  go  on  suffering 
pain  for  years  with  an  apparently  healthy 
tooth  and  wish  it  extracted,  when  the 
x-ray  picture  showed  conclusively  a 
slight  blind  abscess  easily  cured  by  a 
simple  operation. 

Why  should  we  go  on  probing  and 
prodding  and  cutting  blindly  when  a  per- 
fect diagnosis  can  be  made  with  the  help 
of  your  services  with  the  x-ray? 
New  York  City. 

Hysteresis. 

It  has  been  noticed  by  operators  of 
x-ray  coil  machines  that  when  the  inter- 
ruptions are  very  rapid  there  are  less 
x-rays  than  when  the  interruptions  are 
slower.  We  have  been  asked  to  ex- 
plain this.  In  the  journal  of  Physical 
Therapeutics  for  Oct.  15.  Ch.  Colombo 
and  Thouvenet  have  written  these  words: 
'•The  more  frequent  the  interruptions 
the  shorter  becomes  the  time  during 
which  the  case  is  excited,  for  here  the 
phenomena  of  hysteresis  comes  into  play  ; 
that  is  to  say,  a  delay  of  magnetization 
and  of  demagnetization.  The  magnet- 
ization does  not  arise  immediately  on 
the  passage  of  the  current,  and  does  not 
cease  immediately.  The  current  stops  in 
the  same  way  as  a  mill-wheel:  does  not 
begin  to  move  immediately  the  water 
falls  on  it,  nor  does  it  stop  immediately 
the  water  ceases  to  flow,  on  account  of 
the  phenomena  of  inertia.  Hysteresis 
represents  magnetic  inertia.  Now  as  the 
phenomena  of  hysteresis  have  come  into 
play,  it  may  be  said  that  the  greater  the 
speed  the  less  the  magnetization  and 
consequently  the  less  the  secondary  dis- 
charge. Hence  high  frequencies  can  not 
be  obtained  by  the  interrupter,  which  in 
reality  possesses  an  action  much  more 
limited  than  might  be  thought  and  which, 
to  work  well,  ought  to  work  the  more 
slowly  the  greater  the  size  of  the  coil." 

Subscribe  for  The  American  X-Rav 
Journal — $3.00  a  year. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


101 3 


X-Ray  in  Country  Practice. 

Read  before  the  Roentgen  Society  oi  America,  Uni- 
versity Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  11, 1901, 
BY  DR.  JOSEPH  C.  CLARKE. 

The  x-ray  in  the  practice  of  medicine 
and  surgery  in  the  country  has  become  a 
decided  necessity  as  an  adjunct  to  sur- 
gical skill  and  medical  diagnosis  and  the 
object  of  this  paper  is  to  show  the  sim- 
plicity of  its  use  in  many  emergencies 
that  arise. 

The  country  physician  may  be  a  little 
backward  upon  the  theory  of  the  x-ray 
light,  the  cause  of  the  x-ray  burn  and 
many  other  mooted  points,  but  if  he  is 
going  to  do  x-ray  work  he  must  have  a 
good  apparatus  which  every  morning 
must  be  put  in  working  order,  ready  for 
the  emergency  that  may  come  upon  him 
like  a  bolt  of  lightning  out  of  a  clear  sky. 
My  usual  course  during  the  muggy 
weather  is  to  put  a  Mason  fruit  jar,  filled 
with  cracked  ice  in  the  static  machine 
and  if  it  is  very  damp  and  humid,  light 
my  gas  stove  for  about  half  an  hour, 
raising  the  temperature  of  the  room  to 
about  90  degrees.  This,  with  the  help 
of  a  charger,  will  insure  a  good  current 
every  day  of  the  365.  After  four  years 
of  experience  with  actual  cases,  I  am 
more  than  ever  a  firm  friend  of  the  soft 
tube  and  have  yet  to  have  a  burn  occur 
in  my  practice. 

The  patient  appears  with  a  needle  in 
the  hand  or  an  elbow  that  is  injured  and 
a  radiograph  is  desired.  My  photo- 
grapher furnishes  me  with  the  size  plate 
needed  and  after  an  exposure  of  from  2 
to  30  minutes,  depending  upon  the  thick- 
ness of  the  part,  the  plate  is  returned  to 
the  gallery  and  developed  under  my  di- 
rection. My  experience  with  ordinary 
plates  has  been  so  satisfactory  that  I 
shall  continue  to  use  them  until  I  find 
something  better. 

If  an  operation  is  decided  upon,  the 
plate  is  brought  back  and  used  for  refer- 
ence   during    the    operation   and  the 


prints  from  the  plate  are  made  later. 

Now  all  this  is  very  simple,  but  to 
read  an  abnormal  condition  correctly, 
one  must  know  the  normal  and  I  have 
on  hand  radiographs  of  nearly  all  the 
joints  taken  to  locate  foreign  bodies,  and 
by  comparison  am  able  to  make  a  sure 
diagnosis. 

Since  the  meeting  in  New  York  last 
December,  where  my  treatment  of  Lupus 
was  the  only  case  reported  in  this  coun- 
try, I  have  treated  three  cases  of  Lupus 
successfully  and  present  a  photo  of  one 
of  them.  There  have  been  no  relapses 
in  these  cases. 

I  believe  the  Roentgen  ray  will  cure 
rapidly  and  quickly  the  superficial  varie- 
ties of  Lupus  and  will  control  and  assist 
caustics  in  the  cure  of  the  deeper  varie- 
ties that  are  characterized  by  relapses 
and  the  formation  of  tubercles.  I  be- 
lieve it  will  relieve  the  pain  and  often 
cause  marked  lessening  of  discharge  in 
epithelial  cancer,  but  do  not  believe  it 
will  cure  them,  nor  do  I  believe  it  will 
cure  pulmonary  tuberculosis  and  I  would 
suggest  this  society  make  a  definite 
statement  upon  these  subjects,  because 
the  quacks  all  over  the  country  are  vic- 
timizing many,  who  if  they  were  warned, 
would  then  have  no  one  to  blame  but 
themselves. 

The  use  of  the  Roentgen  ray,  in  my 
opinion,  will  for  some  time  to  come  be  an 
emergency  one,  and  the  surgeon  whose 
office  is  equipped  with  apparatus  and 
familiarity  due  to  daily  use  will  always 
be  prepared  for  any  emergency  that  may 
•arise,  and  also  can  dip  into  the  many 
new  avenues  of  use  that  are  constantly 
opening.  I  believe  a  clear  cut  state- 
ment as  to  just  what  can  be  done  by  the 
x-ray  as  an  aid  to  diagnosis  by  any  good 
common-sense  physician  will  do  more  to 
advance  the  use  of  the  x-ray  than  columns 
upon  the  cause  of  x-ray  burn  and  other 
theories. 

The  following  emergency  case  came 
into  my  office  last  Friday:    A  child  16 


ici4 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


months  old,  with  a  history  of  having 
commenced  to  choke  the  Wednesday 
evening  preceding.  Temp.  193,  pulse 
160,  respiration  60,  croupy  and  signs  of 
decided  obstruction  in  the  larnyx.  An 
x-ray  examination  showed  a  foreign  sub- 
stance in  the  larnyx.  Tracheotomy  was 
performed  and  the  foreign  substance  lo- 
cated in  the  aesophagus  and  all  efforts  to 
reach  it  and  remove  it  through  the  mouth 
failing,  the  subtance  was  pushed  into 
the  stomach  with  a  bougie.  The  child, 
upon  Saturday,  passed  a  copper  rivet  ^ 
of  an  inch  long  with  a  head  }i  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  and  is  making  a  rapid 
recovery. 

In  conclusion,  I  would  say,  have  a 
good  apparatus  that  is  always  ready  and 
then  with  care  and  ordinary  skill  suc- 
cessful results  will  follow  your  efforts. 

Olean.  X.  Y. 


Verdict— X-Ray  Burn. 

Otis  Clapp  &  Son  of  Providence,  R. 
I.,  have  written  us  that  a  verdict  has 
just  been  rendered  against  them  for  the 
sum  of  $6,750  on  account  of  an  x-ray 
burn  inflicted  with  a  static  machine. 


Dr.  Augustus  C.  Bernays  has  recently 
been  elected  president  of  the  Academy 
of  Medicine.  This  is  the  most  enlight- 
ened, classical  and  high  grade  medical 
body  west  of  the  Allegheny's.  Lr.  Dam- 
pheare  was  the  retiring  president.  Both 
of  these  surgeons  use  the  x-rays. 


Dr.  John  B.  Deaver,  of  Philadelphia, 
in  the  St.  Louis  Clinique,  says  that  the 
x-ray  is  used  in  making  differential  diag- 
nosis between  renal  colic  and  appendi- 
citis. 


0 


IK  A 1  I  I  HI    IIM'KK  THIRD  OF  THIGH. 

Note  nature's  effort  to  repair,  by  the  abundance  of  callus  thrown  about  the  frag- 
ments, notwithstanding  the  bones  are  almost  at  right  angles. 
Property  Ol  8t.  Louis  X-Ray  Laboratory,  Chemical  Building,  Eighth  and  Olive  Streets. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1015 


X-Rays  from  Static  Machines 
for  Therapeutic  Purposes. 

The  following  letter  from  Dr.  Pusey,  of 
Chicago,  will  explain  itself.  The  inquiry 
is  a  quotation  from  his  reprint  on  the 
x-rays  in  the  treatment  of  skin  diseases. 
Dr.  Pusey's  opinion  is  not  shared  by  all 
x-ray  operators: 

Nov.  7,  1901. 
Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Dear  Doctor: — I  have  your  favor  of  October  30 
asking  me  why  "the  work  should  not  be  under- 
taken with  static  machines  or  with  the  ordinary 
apparatus  used  for  diagnostic  purposes."  The 
answer  to  this  is  suggested  in  the  previous  sen- 
tence of  the  same  paragraph  of  my  article,  viz. : 
"It  is  necessary  that  all  of  the  factors  involved  in 
producing  the  light  be  definite  and  that  there  be 
repeated  exposures  to  a  weak  light,  the  effects  of 
which  may  be  controlled,  rather  than  the  use  of  a 
strong  light  for  a  few  exposures."  As  I  said  in 
that  paragraph  I  use  the  technique  suggested  by 
Schiff  and  Freund,  described  in  my  previous 
article,  in  which  the  light  is  produced  by  standard 
current  of  12  volts  and  \  amperes  and  a  coil  of 
30  c.  m.  spark  length. I  believe  it  is  only  by  main- 


taining your  factors  definite  and  using  a  weak 
light  that  you  can  pursue  the  method  with  safety 
in  all  cases.  The  light  produced  with  a  static 
machine  is  in  quantities  which  are  greater  than  is 
safe  to  use  repeatedly  for  long  exposures  and  there 
is  no  way  of  accurately  determining  the  factors  in 
the  production  of  light.  Of  course,  the  often 
made  statement  that  burns  do  not  occur  with 
static  machines  is  readily  refutable.  The  ordinary 
apparatus  used  for  diagnostic  purposes  requires 
a  larger  primary  current  than  I  believe  is  safe 
and  the  ordinary  apparatus  also  is  not  equipped 
with  means  of  measuring  the  primary  current. 
For  these  reasons  I  believe  it  should  not  be  used 
for  the  sort  of  work  which  I  had  under  consider- 
ation. Of  course,  in  desperate  conditions  like 
inoperable  carcinomas  one  might  be  justified  in 
running  the  risk  of  injury  by  the  use  of  uncertain 
and  large  quantities  of  light,  but  I  take  up  in  my 
article  rather  more  extensively  than  the  malig- 
nant diseases  minor  affections  of  the  skin  which 
are  treated  with  the  x-rays,  as  acne,  hypertrich- 
osis, and  the  treatment  of  such  cases  should  be 
undertaken  only  with  apparatus  where  the  chances 
of  any  damage  are  reduced  to  a  minimum.  I  was 
afraid  in  writing  my  article,  when  considering  its 
use  in  such  conditions  as  acne,  sycosis,  ring- 
worm, etc.,  that  some  men  who  are  unfamiliar 
with  the  subject  might  be  led  on  to  use  it  in  these 


The  Kinraide  High-Frequeiicy  Coil. 


The  best 
apparatus 
for  use 
with  the 
direct  or 
alternating 
current, 

SEND  FOR 

DESCRIPTIVE 

CIRCULAR. 


EX  B.  Meyrowitz, 

Maker  of  Ophthalmological  Apparatus,  Complete  Standard  Electro-Therapeutic  Equipments, 

X-Ray  Apparatus  and  High  Grade  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Instruments. 
104  East  Twenty-third  Street,  )  604  Nicollet  Avenue,  Minneapolis. 

125  West  Forty-second  Street,  [-NEW  YORK,  36a  St.  Peter  Street,  St.  Paml. 

650  Madison  Avenue,  )  3  rue  Scribe,  Paris,  France. 


ioi6 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


comparatively  trivial  affections  without  due  care 
and  with  the  production  of  unexpected  disastrous 
results,    I  felt,  therefore,  that  at  least  one  short 
paragraph  of  caution  should  be  given. 
Thanking  you  for  your  kind  letter,  I  am, 

Yours  truly,  W.  A.  Pusev. 

The  Electrical  Review,  of  London, 
gave  a  brief  summary  of  the  meeting  of 
the  Roentgen  Ray  Society  of  America. 
The  expression  was  kind  and  timely, 
and  is  appreciated  by  members  who  read 
this  great  weekly. 

Otis  Clapp  &  Son  of  Providence,  R.  I., 
will  pay  cash  for  Vol.  6  of  The  American 
X-Ray  Journal.  Any  one  desiring  to 
dispose  of  this  Vol.  please  write  to  them. 

D'Arsonval  currents  are  not  high  fre- 
quencies, but  are  condenser  discharges 
with  not  too  high  speed  interruptions. 
They  are  oscillation  discharges. 


Instruction 


IN- 


X-RAY  WORK 

Is  now  offered  to  Physicians  at  the 

St.  Louis  X-Ray  Laboratory. 


The  Static  Machine  and  a  variety  of 
coils  are  used  in  giving  instructions. 
The  commercial  current,  storage  bat- 
tery, Wehnelt  interrupter,  methods  for 
correcting  apparent  distortions  of  the 
rays  are  taught,  together  with  the  gen- 
eral detail  of  x-ray  work  and  develop- 
ing of  plates. 

300  Chemical  B'ldg,  8th  and  Olive  Sts. 
Write  or  call  for  particulars. 


X-RAY  MACHINES  For  Any  Circuit. 

r  Alternating.    Battery  or  Lighting. 

new  line  of  PORTABLE  MACHINES 

Very  compact  and 
very  powerful, 
with  improved 
spark  gaps,  inde- 
pendent interrupt- 
er, etc. 

Then  there  is  the 

Cunningham 
Mercury  Jet 
Interrupter, 

^   Giving  interrup- 
I    tions  variable  at 
will,  from  10  to 
|1  10,000  per  minute, 
J  and  breaking 
current  up  to  :*" 
|MP^"  amperes. 
Willyoung  X-Ray  Machine— Latest  Model— 8"  to  18". 
Headquarters  for  Tubes,  Fluoroscopes,  Tube  Stands,  Radiographs,  Tables,  Etc.,  Etc. 

Elmer  G.  Willyoung,  11  Frankfort  St.,  New  York. 
X-RAY  TUBKS. 

Perfect  Glass,  Reinforced  Seals.      They  Can  Always  be  Repaired. 

X-Uay  Tubes  re-exhausted  and  repaired.     Also  Atomizers,  Nebulizers  for  heavy  fluids,  and  Inhalers 


(ilass  apparatus Ol  all  kinds.   Correspondence  Solicited. 


STUNTZ  &  ARMSTRONG, 


Owensboro,  Ky. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Praciical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

HEBER  ROBARTS,  M.  D.,  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 

United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries  $4.00 

Single  Copies   25  |        Single  Copies   35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  Bldg.,  St.  Louis 
All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  The  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co.,  same  address 
All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical 

profession,  are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.   Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  oi 

extra  copies  of  the  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611 

Chemical  Building,  St.  Louis. 

Entered  at  the  Postofflce  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


VOL.  10.         ST.  LOUIS,  APRIL,  1902.  NO.  1> 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  9,  NO.  6 


Iodoform  in  Knee  Joint. 

Researches  in  the  Direction  of  Obtaining 
Radiographs  and  Fluoroscopic  Ex- 
aminations of  the  Muscles  and  Liga- 
ments. 

The  Development  of  the  Crooke's  Tube 
for  the  Past  Twelve  Months. 

How  the  Induction  Static  Machine  Can 
Be  Excited  without  Separate  Charger. 

X-Ray  an  Absolute  Necessity  in  Dental 
Surgery. 

Hysteresis. 

X-Ray  in  Country  Practice. 
Verdict — X-Ray  Burn. 
Fracture  Upper  Third  of  Thigh. 
X-Rays  from  Static  Machines  for  The 
rapeutic  Purposes. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  10,  NO.  1. 

The  Practical  X-Ray  Diagnosis. 
A  B  C  of  X-Ray. 

The  Value  of  the  X-Ray  as  a  Thera- 
peutic Agent. 
Tube  and  Exposure. 

Roentgen  Rays  in  Medicine  and  Surgery 
Radiant  Ore  in  United  States. 
Letter  from  D.  W.  Spence. 
Letter  from  H.  A.  Dow. 
Letter  from  J.  Hall  Edwards. 
Protection  for  X-Ray  Workers'  Hands. 
Multiple  Use  of  Static  Machine  While 
Running. 


The   Practical  X-Ray  Diag- 
nosis. 

Prepared  by  J.  Rudis-Jicinsky.  A.  M  .  M.  D  .  M.  E.. 
Cedar  Rapids,  la.   Revised  by  M.  U.  Dr. 
Joseph  Hofiman,  Vienna,  Austria. 

A  series  of  A.  B.  C.  teaching  for  workers  in  x-ray 
diagnosis  and  therapeutics,  to  be  concluded  in 
20  articles.    Fully  illustrated. 

PREFACE. 

In  presenting  these  series  of  articles 
to  the  student  of  the  new  branch  of 
diagnosis,  I  wish  to  express  my  obliga- 
tions to  the  many  of  my  collaborators 
and  authors,  whose  various  works  I  have 
freely  consulted,  asking  from  the  reader 
kind  consideration  of  my  effort  to  de- 
scribe fully  and  practically  the  progress 
of  the  x-ray  since  its  discovery,  the 
phases  of  which  have  changed,  especial- 
ly in  diagnosis,  and  are  still  changing. 

What  are  the  x-rays? 

We  do  not  know  just  what  the  x-rays 
are,  nor  why  they  are  produced  under 
the  conditions  existing  in  a  vacuum 
tube.  But  we  do  know  that  by  follow- 
ing certain  processes  and  making  certain 
chemical  combinations  we  can  make  as 
much  x-rays  and  in  such  proportions  as 
we  want  or  need  for  penetration  of  cer- 
tain objects.  It  is  difficult  to  predict  to 
what  final  uses  the  simple  fact  discov- 
ered by  Prof.  Roentgen,  that  different 
substances  are  more  or  less  opaque  to 
the  x-rays,  in  proportion  to  their  density, 
may  be  put,  and  what  the  near  future 
will  bring  us  in  regard  to  the  proper 
diagnosis    in    Surgery    and  Medicine. 


l. 


There  are  enormous  possibilities  lying 
dormant. 

Emile  Gautier  says:  "Suppose  that 
we  are  looking  at  a  photograph  repre- 
senting the  skeleton  of  a  pocketbook. 
There  are  the  metallic  parts,  the  frame, 
the  leather  lightly  discernable,  while  in- 
side are  the  key  and  a  piece  of  money. 

"Let  us  now  see  how  the  photograph- 
er produces  this  queer  picture. 

"First,  he  goes  into  his  dark  cabinet. 
He  has  no  electrical  apparatus  or  any 
other  apparatus  for  that  matter. 

"He  places  the  pocketbook  on  a  sen- 
sitive plate.  At  the  end  of  two  or  three 
hours  he  takes  his  plate,  develops  it, 
and  we  have  the  photograph  of  the  pock- 
etbook. All  this  has  been  done  without 
sun  or  electricity. 

"What  kind  of  a  miracle  is  this? 

"It  is  simple.  The  photographer  has 
left  in  the  proximity  of  the  plate  a  tube, 
containing  a  few  centigrams  of  chloride 
of  barium.  This  story  reads  like  a  fairy 
tale,  yet  it  is  only  one  chapter  of  the 
history  of  science. 

"In  1S96,  M.  Henri  Becquerel  made 
the  discovery  that  the  compounds  of  a 
metal  called  uranium,  emitted  peculiar 
rays,  and  the  emission  was  spontaneous 
and  constant.  That  is,  he  discovered 
that  this  matter  has  in  itself  its  own  light 
and  t-h^t  this  light  was  eternal.  This  fact 
reversed  all  known  principles  of  chemis- 
try. These  rays  were  given  the  name  of 
Becquerel  rays,  and  the  substances  emit- 
ting them  were  called  radioactive. 

"It  was  in  studying  the  properties  of 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X  Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

OL.  10.         ST.  LOUIS.  APRIL.  1902.  NO- 


ioi8 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


the  radioactive  rays  that  the  investiga- 
tors ascertained  in  an  ore,  the  ore  of  ox- 
ide of  uranium,  the  existence  of  three 
substances.  These  substances  were  po- 
lonium, which  was  found  by  M.  and 
Mme.  Currie;  the  radium,  which  was 
also  discovered  by  them;  and  the  actin- 
ium, which  was  discovered  by  M.  De- 
bierne. 

"These  ores  of  uranium  were  secured 
at  the  state  works  at  Jachymov,  in  Bo- 
hemia. Several  thousand  kilograms, 
besides  tedious,  expensive  and  hard  la- 
bor, were  required  to  obtain  a  few  deci- 
grams of  the  substances,  which  are  now 
astonishing  the  scientific  world.  They 
partake  at  the  same  time  of  the  proper- 
ties of  the  cathodic  and  x-rays. 

"These  substances  spontaneously  gen- 
erate electricity.  In  a  laboratory  of 
physics  they  upset  all  the  apparatus.  If 
the  operator  is  saturated  with  their  mys- 
terious energies,  he  can  not  approach  an 
electrical  appliance  without  upsetting  it. 
At  a  distance  they  produce  a  chemical 
reaction.  One  of  the  most  wonderful 
results  in  connection  with  this  is  photo- 
graphs as  mentioned  above.  They  are 
spontaneously  luminous  without  under- 
going any  transformation  to  a  percep- 
tible degree. 

"The  price  of  these  substances,  owing 
to  the  difficulty  of  their  production, 
practically  annihilates  their  industrial 
value.  But  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose, 
that  later  on  they  will  be  produced  as 
cheaply  as  aluminum,  formerly  so  ex- 
pensive and  obtained  so  easily  at  small 
cost. 

"We  can  already  perceive  the  appli- 
cations that  will  be  made  of  these  sub- 
stances. It  will  be  possible  to  treat 
wounds  by  the  radioactive  action  of  ra- 
dium. The  volts  of  radium  may  be  used 
one  day  to  cure  neuralgia  through  slow 
emission  of  electricity. 

"Anyone  carrying  in  his  pocket  a  few 
grains  of  the  substances  would  be  able 
to  p  produce,   and   with  what  ease,  all 


kinds  of  skiagraphs.  With  a  sensitive 
plate  he  would  be  at  liberty  to  read 
through  solid  bodies,  as  it  has  been 
demonstrated  that  the  rays  can  pene- 
trate through  several  centimeters  of 
metal." 

PART  I.  LESSON  I. 

Introduction  — Apparatus  for  the 
production  and  application  of  Roentgen  or 
X-Rays. 

Roentgen  ray  or  x-ray  diagnosis  are 
the  terms  used  to  designate  the  methods 
which  are  employed  for  detecting  of 
normal  or  abnormal  conditions,  disease 
or  injury  in  some  part  or  any  organ  of 
the  human  body;  to  observe  during  life 
the  anatomical  changes  which  can  be 
recognized  with  the  help  of  the  x-ray 
only,  or  with  the  employment  of  the 
x-rays  in  connection  with  other  methods 
of  eliciting  the  signs  of  disease,  or 
trauma.  The  proper  significance  of  this 
method  is  shown,  not  by  theory,  but 
through  clinical  behavior  and  observa- 
tion confirmed  by  the  x-ray  examination 
in  all  those  cases  where  skiagraphy 
is  possible.  Inspection,  Palpitation, 
Mensuration,  Percussion  and  Aus- 
cultation, Blood  count,  Microscopi- 
cal, Chemical  and  all  modern  methods 
of  diagnosis  are  sometimes  only  subsidi- 
ary to  these  important  findings  of  the 
x-rays.  But  for  a  complete  and  accu- 
rate exploration  >ou  must  always  em- 
ploy all  the  different  methods  and  mod- 
ern means  of  diagnosis,  to  do  your  duty 
toward  the  patient  and  the  profession  at 
large. 

The  question  of  the  value  of  the  x  rays 
in  diagnosis  of  certain  lesions  seems  to 
be  settled;  it  is  beyond  the  experimental 
stage  and  has  come  to  stay.  I  desire 
to  take  this  opportunity  to  urge  the  more 
general  use  of  x-ray  examinations  by 
our  profession  and  to  repeat  the  warn- 
ing again  and  again,  that  this  branch 
should  and  must  remain  in  our  hands 
only,  because  there  is  a  necessity  of  a 
great  deal  of  refinement  in  operating  the 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1019 


x-ray,  and  its  pictures,  experience  in  ex- 
amining, ability  to  read  correctly  the 
varying  shadows,  as  well  as  a  good  deal 
of  knowledge  in  anatomy,  pathology, 
and  physic.  There  are  so  many  new 
"things",  proprietary  and  otherwise, 
added  to  the  list  of  the  surgeon  of  today, 
that  the  individual  can  scarcely  keep 
posted  on  all  of  them,  but  he  will  with 
great  avidity  appropriate  those  facts 
which  can  be  instantly  transformed  into 
working  force,  and  will  always  appreci- 
ate the  demand  for  the  practical,  the 
utilizable,  especially  in  the  case  of  early 
and  proper  diagnosis. 

Pushing  aside  the  theoretical  discus- 
sion and  gain,  from  which  is  conspicu- 
ously apparent,  it  is  well  to  review  the 
results  of  actual  ,  the  good  work  only. 
For  good  x-ray  work,  the  first  requisite 
is  an  exciting  apparatus,  and  it  makes  no 
differ e nee  if  it  is  a  coil  or  a  static 
machine  of  good  make.  We  are  after 
the  proper  source  of  electricity,  and 
nothing  more.  The  knowledge  of  our 
apparatus,  proper  technique  in  each  in- 
dividual case,  the  knowledge  of  our 
Crookes'  tube,  the  management  of  the 
same,  the  knowledge  of  the  power  of 
our  x-ray  produced,  the  distance  of  the 
tube  from  our  object,  the  distance  of  the 
anode  plate  from  the  photographic 
plate  specially  prepared  for  the  x-ray 
manipulations,  the  dura'ion  of  exposure, 
the  relative  position  of  the  tube  to  the 
object  and  the  angle  at  which  the  picture 
or  skiagraph  is  taken,  are  the  first  main 
rules  in  the  photography  of  the  invisible. 

We  have  to  know  the  capacity  of  our 
apparatus  or  the  length  of  the  spark, 
which  may  be  produced.  If  a  static 
machine  is  employed  in  our  x-ray  work, 
mark  the  number  and  diameter  of  re- 
volving plates  and  their  speed.  If  a  coil 
is  used,  look  always  after  current  em- 
ployed, remembering  the  amperage  of 
the  current  passing  to  the  tube.  The 
best  tube  is  the  one  which  is  known  to 
you,  and   used  every  day,   the  one  in 


which  you  know  the  distance  between 
the  anodal  plate  and  the  cathodal  cup, 
the  one  in  which  you  know  and  have 
learned  to  observe  the  quality  of  the 
vacuum  backed  up  by  a  certain  length 
of  spark  gap  before  radiance  appears, 
and  know  all  other  points  of  individual- 
ity of  the  tube.  Beside  that,  note  the 
character  of  the  photographic  plate, 
when  skiagraph  should  be  made,  the 
number  of  coatings  of  film,  sensitiveness, 
the  age  of  the  plate  and  what  support 
and  the  number  of  intensifying  screens 
shall  be  used,  if  used  at  all.  Also  note 
the  particulars  of  development,  the  de- 
veloper used  and  all  steps  concerning 
printing,  paper,  etc.  If  we  wish  to 
make  correct  diagnosis  in  suitable  cases 
for  skiagraphy,  and  produce  an  accurate 
picture  of  the  status  presens,  we  must 
never  be  satisfied  with  one  picture  or 
skiagraph  of  the  injured  part  or  the  dis- 
eased part  examined,  but  make  it  also 
our  duty  to  compare  the  picture  of  the 
diseased  part  with  the  normal  one.  We 
have  to  work  as  rapidly  as  possible, 
make  short  exposures  and  protect  our 
patients.  We  always  have  to  keep  the 
obliqueness  of  the  x-ray  in  mind,  make 
skiagraph  as  near  life  size  as  possible, 
to  get  sharply  defined  outlines,  remem- 
bering that  we  are  dealing  with  shadows 
only,  and  use  proper  means  of  proof  for 
measurements  and  exactness  of  our 
picture. 

We  will  now  briefly  describe  the  dif- 
ferent apparatus  which  may  be  employed 
as  aids  in  x-ray  diagnosis,  and  give  some 
rules  to  guide  us  in  their  use. 

APPARATUS  REQUIRED. 

The  apparatus  required  for  the  pro- 
duction and  application  of  the  Roent- 
gen or  the  x-ray,  consists  of  following 
parts  and  accessories: 

1.  Source  of  electric  current. 

2.  The  Crooke  s  tube  or  the  vacuum  tube. 

3.  Induction  coil  or  static  machine  with  her 

own  current,  with  or  without  Tesla  s  trans- 
former. 

4.  Fluoroscope,  fluorescent  screen,  skiameter. 


I  020 


THE  AMERICA X  X-RA  Y  JOURNAL. 


5.  Interrupter,  with  speed  indicator  and  spark 

tester. 
6   X-ray  tube  stand. 
-    Moveable  bar  with  wire-holder. 
S.  Connecting  wires. 
9.  The  casket. 

10.  Special  dry  plates  or  films. 

11.  Intensifying  screens. 

12.  The  copying  frame. 

13.  The  operating  table.    (Measuring  stand  for 

fluorometer). 

14.  Leaden  box  with  diaphgrams  for  preclud- 

ing the  diffused  rays. 

The  electric  current  may  be  generated 
by  primary  or  plunge  batteries,  storage 
batteries  or  accumulator  batteries,  static 
machines,  or  the  charging  may  be  done 
by  means  of  an  electric  light  installa- 
tion, thermo-piles,  and  constant,  direct 
or  alternating  current. 

To  enable  the  observer  to  see  the 
x-ray,  it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  screen 
of  tungstate  of  calcium  or  barium-pla- 
tino-cyanide,  which  is  mounted  in  a 
frame  that  can  be  stood  on  a  table  in  the 
dark  room  or  in  the  shape  of  a  hand  flu- 
oroscope,  which  is  a  hood  fitting  closely 
to  the  face  and  excludes  the  outside 
light. 

A  B  C  of  X-Rays. 

We  have  arranged  for  a  series  of  ar- 
ticles covering  the  entire  teachings  of 
the  uses  of  the  x-rays.  This  will  include 
the  physics  of  the  apparatus,  but  more 
particularly  the  A  B  C  or  primary  in- 
struction in  diagnosing  and  the  therapy 
of  radiant  matter.  The  lessons  will 
probably  be  divided  into  20  sections, 
some  of  which  will  be  liberally  illus- 
trated. No  one  interested  in  the  x-rays 
and  its  teachings  can  afford  to  miss 
these  lessons.  They  are  unexcelled  and 
absolutely  new. 

The  Illinois  School  of  Electro-Thera- 
peutics, of  Chicago,  is  doing  good  and 
faithful  work  and  deserves  the  highest 
commendation. 

Subscribe  for  Thk  American  X-Ray 
J <>i  knai  -53.00  a  year. 


The  Value  of  the  X-Ray  as  a 
Therapeutic  Agent. 

Read  before  the  Roentgen  Society  of  America,  at 
University  Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  on 
September  11,  1901, 
BY  PROF.  H.  P.  PRATT,  M.  D.,  of  Chicago 

In  the  x-ray  we  have  an  agent  whose 
therapeutic  value  has  been  underes- 
timated in  certain  cases  and  overesti- 
mated in  others.  This  is  probably  due 
to  the  lack  of  sufficient  knowledge  on 
the  subject,  especially  as  to  the  nature 
and  character  of  this  force  and  its  meth- 
od of  application.  We  must  not  be  car- 
ried away  with  the  idea  that  it  is  a  cure- 
all;  if  so,  we  will  certainly  be  disap- 
pointed. But  with  a  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  nature  and  effects  of  this 
force,  we  may  reasonably  expect  good 
results.  It  has  its  field  of  work.  A  full 
knowledge  of  this  field  can  not  be  ac- 
quired in  a  day,  but  only  by  months  of 
hard  labor.  Every  day's  work  brings  to 
us  added  knowledge.  The  limit  of  its 
healing  powers  time  alone  will  decide. 

This  force  has  been  applied  with  good 
results  in  the  following  cutaneous  and 
other  diseases:  Hypertrichosis,  sycosis, 
favus,  rosacea,  eczema,  psoriasis,  lupus 
vulgaris  and  erythematosus:  also  in 
tuberculosis  of  the  bones,  joints  and 
softer  tissues.  In  epitheleoma,  car- 
cinoma, sarcoma  and  osteosarcoma, 
improvement,  and  in  some  instances, 
cures  have  been  reported.  Most  of  the 
above  diseases  have  been  reported 
cured  or  much  improved  in  the  for 
eign  medical  journals,  by  such  men  as 
Schiff  and  Fruend,  of  Vienna;  Kemmell 
and  Hahn,  of  Hamburg;  Steinbeck, 
Seyneira  and  many  others. 

Admitting  that  the  x-ray  is  of  some  the- 
rapeutic value,  as  we  must  in  the  face  of 
the  above  authorities,  let  us  refer  to  his- 
tory and  note  the  progress  made  along 
this  line  and  the  obstacles  we  have  had 
to  contend  with.  We  have  in  this  coun- 
try quite  a  number  of  investigators  and 
original  experimentors,  who  are  working 


THE  AMERICA X  X-RA  Y  JOURXAL. 


IQ2I 


along  the  same  lines  as  our  foreign 
friends.  Such  men  as  Jones,  of  San 
Francisco;  Knox,  of  Cincinnati;  John- 
son and  Merrill;  and  in  our  own  city 
(Chicago  i  such  men  as  Burdick,  Black- 
marr  and  Pusey.  Our  worthy  presi- 
dent, also  our  secretary,  our  treasurer 
and  other  members  of  this  society  are 
working  alongthis  line;  and,  in  fact,  each 
city  can  make  claim  to  individual  work- 
ers as  well.  The  first  investigators  found 
it  a  difficult  task  to  overcome  the  vari- 
ous obstacles  that  lay  in  their  path; 
the  lack  of  a  suitable  apparatus,  such 
as  coils,  tubes,  etc.,  and  especially  the 
prejudices  of  the  profession.  With  time 
came  a  better  apparatus,  and  the  x-ray 
burn,  which  being  indisputable  proof  of 
the  power  of  the  x-ray  to  do  something, 
called  the  attention  of  the  profession  to 
its  therapeutic  value. 

The  first  published  account  that  I  saw 
of  the  x-ray  burn  came  from  Berlin  by 
cable,  to  the  Xcw  York  Journal,  July  23, 
1896,  as  follows:  "Dr.  Markuse,  whose 
interior  has  been  photographed  thirty 
times  within  the  last  twenty  days  by  the 
Roentgen  process,  has  lost  all  of  his  hair 
as  a  result,  and  his  face  has  assumed  a 
brownish  color.  The  skin  has  peeled 
off  his  breast  where  the  instrument  had 
touched  it,  and  on  his  back,  what  was 
first  a  sore,  finally  developed  into  a 
bleeding  wound,  surrounded  by  burnt 
looking  cuticle.  The  victim  is  exhaust- 
ed."  My  attention  was  first  called  to 
the  x-ray  burn  in  April,  1896,  when 
Prof.  YYightman  and  myself  inoculated 
Guinea  pigs  with  the  bacilli  of  tuber- 
culosis and  exposed  them  to  the  x-ray, 
which  tookthe  hair  off  from  the  pigs 
in  patches,  leaving  a  sore.  This 
state  of  affairs  began  to  check  pro- 
gress for  a  while,  preventing  further  in- 
vestigation. Scientists  were  endeavor- 
ing to  determine  the  cause  of  these  in- 
jurious effects.  It,  however,  took  fur- 
ther experiments  out  of  hands  of  the 
tyro  and  brought  about  a  more  careful 


and  systematic  method  of  investigation. 
More  than  one  man  has  sacrificed  his  life 
in  the  development  of  the  x-ray.  To  my 
knowledge  there  has  been  five  or  six 
deaths. 

I  will  now  give  a  brief  review  of  my 
own  work  in  this  field.  On  the  morning 
of  the  seventh  day  of  February,  1896,  I 
saw  the  first  account  of  Prof.  Roentgen's 
work.  Having  been  a  student  and  teach- 
er of  physics  and  interested  in  college 
work,  I  had  in  my  experimental  labora- 
tory a  Ruhmkorff  coil,  Crookes  and 
Geissler  tubes,  which  had  been  in  my 
possession  for  a  period  of  over  20  years, 
used  for  experimental  work,  and  I  was 
somewhat  familiar  with  the  cathode  ray 
and  the  changes  in  vacuum  tubes.  I  had 
observed  similar  phenomena,  so  I  was 
in  a  position  to  formulate  a  theory  imme- 
diately, which  was  published  in  all  the 
daily  papers  and  in  the  electrical  and 
medical  journals.  I  then  followed  up  a 
series  of  experiments  to  test  the  correct- 
ness of  my  theory.  In  the  first  part  of 
April,  1896,  with  the  kind  assistance  of 
Prof.  Hugo  Wightman,  I  succeeded  in 
destroying  the  bacilli  of  eight  different 
diseases,  in  culture  tubes,  as  follows: 

The  bacilli  of  Cholera, 

"  Diphtheria, 

"  Influenza, 

"  Glanders, 

"  Pneumonia, 

"  Typhoid, 

"       "      "  Tuberculosis, 

"        "      "  Anthrax. 

An  account  of  this  was  published  in 
the  Chicago  Times-Herald^  on  April  13, 
1896,  and  republished  in  other  dailies, 
and  in  electrical,  scientific  and  medical 
periodicals.  Immediately  after  destroy- 
ing the  above  cultures,  thereby  demon- 
strating the  therapeutic  value  of  the  ray, 
I  commenced  to  use  it  as  a  therapeutic 
agent,  and  on  April  13,  1896.  the  date 
of  the  above  announcement,  I  placed  my 
first  cancer  patient  under  treatment.  A 
report  of  this  appeared  in  the  Chicago 
Timcs-Hcrald  of  April  14,   1896.  The 


1022 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


most  notable  effects  observed  at  that 
time  were  the  relief  of  pain  and  the 
checking  of  the  hemorrhages.  This  was 
a  case  of  cancer  of  the  stomach.  On  the 
iSth  day  of  April,  1896,  assisted  by  Prof. 
Wightman,  I  inoculated  Guinea  pigs 
with  the  bacilli  of  tuberculosis  and  ex- 
posed them  to  the  x-ray  with  the 
following  result: — Those  exposed  to 
the  x-ray  increased  in  weight  and 
thrived;  the  others  died.  On  the  sides 
of  the  pigs  nearest  the  tubes,  as 
I  said  before,  all  the  hair  came  out, 
leaving  a  running  sore.  This  experi- 
ment was  repeated  several  months  after- 
ward. 

Cable  to  the  New  York  Journal: 
"Lyons,  June  25,  1896. — Prof.  Lortet, 
who  has  experimented  on  Guinea  pigs, 
says  investigation  proves  that  Roentgen 
rays  prevent  the  development  of  the  ba- 
cilli of  tuberculosis." 

On  July  9,  1897,  I  exposed  to  the 
x-ray,  rabbits  which  had  been  inoculat- 
ed with  rabies  by  Dr.  Lagorio,  of  Chi- 
cago.  Results  unsatisfactory. 

On  April  17,  1896,  I  treated  my  first 
patient  suffering  from  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis. This  patient  improved  under 
treatment.  I,  however,  lost  track  of 
this  case  and  have  been  unable  to  ob- 
tain a  report  before  this  meeting.  On 
April  19,  1896,  I  placed  my  second  case 
of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  under  treat- 
ment. The  patient  died  several  weeks 
afterward.  He  was  too  far  gone  and  he 
only  continued  his  treatment  about  a 
week  and  then  left  the  city.  This  case 
was  placed  under  treatment  in  the  inter- 
est of  the  New  York  Journal,  and  re- 
ports can  be  seen  in  that  paper  at  the 
time. 

( )n  May  20,  1 896,  the  third  patient  suf- 
feiing  from  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  was 
placed  under  treatment.  This  patient  was 
referred  to  me  for  treatment  by  Dr.  Fran- 
ces Dickinson  and  Dr.  Effie  Lobdell,  of 
Harvey  Medical  College.  The  patient 
was  examined  by  Dr.  Wm.  Harsha,  Dr. 


Geo.  F.  Hawley,  Dr.  J.  C.  Spray,  Dr. 
M.  F.  Sterling,  Dr.  J.  E.  Gilman  and 
others,  of  Chicago. 

The  following  record  of  this  case  was 
kept  by  Dr.  M.  F.  Sterling: 

Case:  Andrew  Gorgan  was  born  near 
Naples,  Italy,  in  1875  His  parents 
were  vineyardists;  both  are  living  and 
healthy.  He  has  a  brother  of  17,  who 
is  a  strong  and  healthy  boy.  In  1886, 
the  family  emigrated  to  America  and  set- 
tled in  Ohio.  Near  their  home  was  a 
large  creek  of  very  cold  water,  and  An- 
drew often  stole  away  to  bathe  there  with 
the  other  boys,  remaining  in  wet  clothes 
often  for  hours.  He  caught  cold  after 
cold,  and  at  last  a  nagging  cough  set  in, 
of  which  he  could  not  get  rid.  Suddenly 
hemorrhage  set  in,  and  for  the  first 
time,  his  parents  took  alarm.  Physi- 
cians were  summoned,  but  he  never  got 
anything  more  than  temporary  relief. 
Hemorrhages  again  and  again  recurred, 
growth  ceased  at  this  point,  appetite  be- 
came irregular  and  capricious,  sleep 
restless  and  unrefreshing,  there  was  con- 
stant fever  and  drenching  night  sweats. 
The  parents  now  determined  to  move  to 
Chicago,  desiring  to  consult  a  wider 
range  of  medical  skill  than  the  Ohio 
town  afforded.  They  arrived  in  the  au- 
tumn of  1895.  He  at  once  began  attend- 
ance at  the  clinics  of  the  medical  colleg- 
es in  rotation;  as  he  found  no  improve- 
ment in  one  he  tried  another.  At  last 
his  case  was  pronounced  hopeless  by 
several  specialists,  and  his  father  was 
directed  to  use  anything  to  make  him 
comfortable.  Treatment  was  considered 
useless,  and  so  he  was  given  up  to  die. 
Early  in  1896,  the  x-ray  was  a  topic  of 
anxious  investigation  to  us,  as  to  wheth- 
er it  had  therapeutic  value  or  not,  until 
we  placed  tube  culture  of  the  bacillus  tu- 
berculosis under  the  ray  and  found  that 
no  further  propagation  occurred  afterex- 
posure  of  two  hours.  This  test  was 
made  time  after  time  with  different  cul- 
tures,  always  with  the    same  results. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1023 


This  discovery  was  given  to  the  world, 
and  was  received  with  much  adverse 
criticism,  and  even  ridicule,  by  all  class- 
es of  the  profession.  To  the  initiated, 
the  thoughtful  and  those  who  really  de- 
sired to  see  the  demonstration  of  the 
truth,  every  facility  was  given  to  verify 
the  statements  made.  After  all  doubt 
was  removed  as  to  the  cultures,  the  con- 
servative criticism  was  advanced  that, 
although  tube  cultures  were  unable  to 
stand  the  x-ray,  it  might  not  be  the  same 
with  bacilli  in  the  human  lung  tissue  in 
the  living  organism.  It  was  thus  that 
this  unquestioned  case  was  submitted 
for  experiment.  Before  placing  him  un- 
der the  ray,  his  height  was  4  feet  11^ 
inches,  weight  74  pounds.  The  right 
lung  from  apex  to  mammary  region  was 
said  to  be  one  big  abscess,  discharging 
pus  in  quantity.  Appetite  was  gone, 
digestion  impaired,  sleep  restless  and 
unrefreshing  until  nearly  morning,  fever 
constant,  rising  to  104  degrees.  Hem- 
orrhages recurred  every  four  or  six 
weeks,  amount  varying  from  a  few 
mouthfuls  to  a  breakfast  cup  full  at  each 
discharge.  Of  the  leading  specialists 
who  passed  upon  him,  the  most  hopeful 
placed  his  longest  possible  limit  of  life 
at  about  five  weeks. 

His  x-ray  treatment  began  May  20, 
1896,  at  1:15  p.  m.,  and  continued  for 
two  hours  at  each  seance.  Before  treat- 
ment his  temperature,  pulse  and  respira- 
tion were  taken;  temperature  103.5  de- 
grees,  pulse  100,  respiration  34.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  second  hour,  tempera- 
ture 102  degrees,  pulse  120,  respira- 
tion 28.  At  the  end  of  the  second  hour, 
temperature  101.75  degrees;  pulse  120; 
respiration  22.  Half  an  hour  after  the 
treatment  ended,  temperature  101  de- 
grees, pulse  100,  respiration  20.  At 
the  end  of  the  first  hour  of  treatment 
Andrew  was  sleeping  soundly. 

May  23,  temperature  99.5  degrees, 
pulse  112,  respiration  36.  Second  hour, 
temperature  100.20  degrees,  pulse  112, 


respiration  30.  Third  hour,  temperature 
99  8  degrees,  pulse  98,  respiration  35. 
The  patient  reports  night  sweats  much 
lessened,  no  return  of  hemorrhage, 
which  was  threatening  at  last  treatment. 
Feels  stronger  and  appetite  is  improved. 

May  26,  1:30  p.  m. ;  temperature  99 .3 
degrees,  pulse  no,  respiration  28.  Sec- 
ond hour,  temperature  100  degrees, 
pulse  120,  respiration  27.  Third  hour, 
temperature  100  degrees,  pulse  120,  res- 
piration 30. 

May  28,  1:30  p.  m.;  temperature  98  2 
degrees,  pulse  90,  respiration  18.  Sec- 
ond hour,  temperature  98  5  degrees, 
pulse  96,  respiration  18  Third  hour; 
temperature  100  degrees,  pulse  96,  res- 
piration 18 

Cough  much  lessened  in  frequency; 
yesterday  only  two  paroxysms  during 
the  day.  Bowels  regular,  appetite  vora- 
cious, sleep  restful  and  dreamless;  awoke 
only  twice  to  cough  and  immediately 
slept  again.  Sweating  much  less,  but  still 
overnormal  in  amount. 

June  9,  1:30  p.  m. ;  yesterday  felt  so 
well  that  he  attended  an  Italian  wedding 
in  his  church.  Attended  the  supper  at 
night,  overate  and  was  taken  to  the  drug 
store  to  be  treated  for  colic. 

Has  gained  one  pound  in  body  weight. 
Reports  almost  no  cough  during  the  day, 
but  several  times  during  the  night.  Is 
in  fine  spirits;  begins"  to  walk  about 
freely.  Urine  excessive  in  quantity,  has 
been  so  since  the  first. 

First  hour,  temperature  98.5  degrees, 
pulse  100,  respiration  20.  Second  hour, 
temperature  98.5  degrees,  pulse  100,  res- 
piration 28.  Third  hour,  temperature 
98.5  degrees,  pulse  86,  respiration  18. 

The  variation  in  pulse,  respiration  and 
temperature,  is  dependent  upon  the 
distance  of  the  tube  from  the  chest 
wall  and  the  strength  of  the  current. 
The  closer  the  tube  the  stronger  the 
force,  and  hence,  the  more  powerful  the 
electro-therapeutic  action.  A  rise,  there- 
fore, of  pulse  and  respiration  always  oc- 


1024 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


curs  under  treatment,  but  this  declines 
abruptly  about  an  hour  later. 

June  13.  He  has  gained  another 
pound  in  body  weight.  Microscopic  ex- 
amination of  the  sputa  shows  marked 
decrease  in  the  number  of  bacilli.  Urin- 
alysis showed  that  although  the  urine 
was  in  excess,  the  proportion  of  the  sol- 
ids was  unchanged.  He,  today,  walked 
two  miles  without  fatigue.  Appetite 
still  in  excess,  digestion  good;  present 
weight  78  pounds. 

June  30.  Yesterday  he  attended  an 
Italian  picnic  in  Lincoln  Park;  sat  on 
the  wet  grass  for  several  hours,  caught 
cold  and  all  his  symptoms  showed  acute 
nephritis. 

Now  says  he  had  acute  inflammation 
of  the  kidney  four  years  ago,  and  for  a 
time  this  was  a  very  bad  complication. 

Angust  6,  11:45  a.  m.  Temperature 
99  degrees,  pulse  92,  respiration  14. 
Second  hour,  temperature  99.5  degrees, 
pulse  84,  respiration  16.  Third  hour, 
temperature  100  degrees,  pulse  92,  res- 
piration 18. 

Says  he  feels  good,  appetite  and  di- 
gestion very  good.  Cough  almost  gone, 
except  in  the  morning  a  little.  Urine 
shows  specific  gravity  1014,  reaction 
neutral.  Sediment  normal,  no  sugar, 
no  blood,  no  albumen. 

September  3,  1:30  p.m.  Yesterday, 
wrestled  to  try  his  strength,  then  ran  to 
a  street  corner  and  jumped  on  a  street 
car  in  motion  and  got  a  sudden  wrench; 
began  to  cough  and  brought  up  a  small 
quantity  of  blood.  Greatly  frightened, 
but  today  no  rise  of  temperature,  pulse, 
or  respiration.  On  examination  found 
the  blood  came  from  the  back  of  the 
throat.  Complains  of  the  throat  be- 
ing sore  on  swallowing;  says  he  has 
eaten  two  pecks  of  peaches  and  one 
large  watermelon  without  asssistance 
in  two  days.  Complains  of  pain  over 
the  kidneys  recurring  at  intervals. 
Small  calculi  voided  with  much  pain. 
Microscopic  examination  of  sputa  shows 


only  very  few  bacilli,  in  all  not  more 
than  four  in  six  slides. 

June  23,  1897.  Andrew  Gorgan  is  in 
fair  health.  No  fever  or  night  sweats. 
Good  appetite,  sound  sleep,  and  can 
walk  for  miles  without  great  fatigue. 
From  the  day  he  took  his  first  treatment 
he  has  never  had  the  slightest  hemor- 
rhage from  the  lung;  can  take  a  deep 
breath  without  coughing.  He  is  now 
simply  weak  and  requires  country  air 
and  a  change  from  his  very  unsanitary 
surroundings. 

This  patient  was  in  comparatively 
good  health  until  his  death,  which  took 
place  July  9,  1900.  Four  months  before 
his  death  he  was  at  my  office  feeling  bet- 
ter than  he  ever  had.  A  few  weeks  later 
he  took  a  severe  cold  and  had  an  attack 
of  pneumonia,  which  he  partially  recov- 
ered from.  He  finally  died  after  an  op- 
eration had  been  performed  upon  his 
foot  or  leg,  I  don't  remember  which, 
which  resulted,  as  I  understand, in  blood 
poisoning.  He  had  suffered  for  three 
or  four  years  previously  with  stones 
in  the  kidneys,  and  we  were  in  hopes 
that  he  would  be  able  to  be  operated 
on  for  them.  This  case  was  reported  by 
Dr.  Finley  Ellingwood,  in  the  Chicago 
Medical  Times,  July,  1896,  and  by 
Dr.  J.  E.  Gilman,  before  the  Clinical 
Society,  of  June,  1897,  and  published  in 
their  official  organ,  The  Clinic,  July  15, 
1897.  From  June  1,  1896,  to  March  1, 
1901,  I  have  treated  for  J.  E.  Gilman, 
over  50  patients,  suffering  from  tubercu- 
losis, cancerous,  asthmatic,  rheumatic, 
syphilitic  and  skin  diseases,  with  the 
x-ray.  I  refer  you  to  him  for  data  of 
cases. 

On  June  8,  1896,  Dr.  John  B.  Murphy, 
of  Chicago,  referred  to  me  for  treatment 
a  patient,  suffering  from  lupus-vulgarus. 
The  treatment  continued  for  about  three 
months,  at  which  time  the  patient  was 
discharged  cured.  The  patient  came 
to  my  office  a  year  afterward  feeling  in 
the  best  of  health.    There  was  no  re- 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1025 


currence  up  to  that  time.  She,  howev- 
ever,  left  the  city  and  I  have  been  un- 
able to  obtain  a  final  report  in  time  for 
this  paper. 

On  Oct.  21,  1896,  Dr.  Finley  Elling- 
wood  referred  to  me  a  patient,  suffering 
from  tuberculosis  of  the  kidney.  She 
was  discharged  cured  by  the  doctor  in 
about  four  months.  The  patient  is  still 
alive,  and  as  Dr.  Ellingwood  informed 
me  a  few  days  ago,  is  enjoying  the  best 
of  health. 

For  the  results  of  the  other  patients 
treated  by  me  for  the  various  physicians, 
I  will  refer  you  to  them  for  full  data. 

The  pioneer  worker's  path  is  not 
strewn  with  roses.  No  sooner  had  we 
announced  the  destruction  of  the  bacilli 
on  April  13,  1896,  and  before  the  ink 
was  dry,  a  cable  from  London  to  the 
New  York  Journal,  dated  April  14,  1896, 
stated  that  Dr.  T.  Glover  Lyon  had  just 
tried  similar  experiments  with  negative 
results,  and  that  the  statements  made  by 
us,  that  we  had  accomplished  it,  were 
false. 

On  April  15,  1896,  a  cablegram  came 
to  the  New  York  Journal,  from  Prof. 
Roentgen,  which  is  as  follows: 

"Your  dispatch  tells  me  diphtheria 
was  slain  outright  in  the  Chicago  exper- 
iments, while  no  final  and  positive  ver- 
dict is  as  yet  given  as  to  the  effect  on  the 
bacilli  of  cholera,  pneumonia,  typhoid, 
and  other  plague  germs  tested.  This  is 
astonishing  and  partly  disappoints  my 
anticipation.  I  consider  diphtheria  and 
cholera  the  most  deadly  of  plagues  and 
believe  positively  that  the  bacilli  of  the 
other  scourges  would  be  the  least  diffi- 
cult to  kill.  But  I  am  confident  that 
eventually  the  x-ray  will  prove  an  effect- 
ual cure  for  all  such  diseases. 

''I  will  rejoice  when  it  will  be  in  the 
power  of  every  competent  physician  to 
kill  those  bacilli.  Then  once  having 
located  them,  the  modus  of  annihilation 
will  be  mere  technicality. 

"If  Profs.  Pratt  and  Wightman  have 


successfully  completed  their  experi- 
ments, their  names  should  go  down  to 
posterity  as  benefactors  of  the  race,  since 
humanity  is  immeasurably  benefited  by 
their  work." 

"What  are  your  plans  for  the  future?" 
was  the  next  question. 

"You  know,"  he  said,  "that  my  orig- 
inal invention  was  accidental,  but  I  am 
now  going  home  full  of  new  ideas  to  fin- 
ish every  detail. 

"It  is  possible  that  I  will  hit  upon 
the  same  modus  of  Profs.  Pratt  and 
Wightman. 

"I  am  fully  prepared  and  will  have 
much  better  equipments  to  continue  any 
investigations,  and  I  will  do  so  on  my 
own  lines,  looking  neither  to  the  right 
nor  to  the  left. 

"All  professional  men  are  heartily 
welcome  to  my  conclusions,  though  in 
their  struggle  to  obtain  the  best  possi- 
ble results,  each  must  go  his  way." 

In  answer  to  the  question  whether  he 
had  any  conception  of  Prof.  Pratt's 
methods,  Prof.  Roentgen  said: 

"I  would  rather  not  guess  at  Prof. 
Pratt's  methods,  but  I  am  eagerly  ex- 
pecting further  particulars,  though  as  far 
as  my  own  studies  are  concerned,  I  do 
not  believe  that  they  will  be  abrogated 
or  adversely  influenced  by  them.  Amer- 
icans sometimes  accomplish  great  things 
in  a  hurry.  We  prefer  to  work  more 
slowly  and  with  greater  deliberation. 
In  conclusion  let  me  repeat  that  I  antic- 
ipate the  usefulness  of  the  x-ray  in  the 
cure  of  all  manner  of  diseases  from  the 
start." 

In  the  above  dispatch,  Dr.  Roentgen 
also  complimented  me,  thinking  I  was 
his  old  friend,  Prof.  Pratt,  of  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  After  he  discov- 
ered his  error,  he  kept  quiet  for  a  short 
time  until  he  had  tried  experiments  on 
the  bacilli  of  diseases.  Then  he  made 
the  statement  that  the  x-ray  was  not  a 
therapeutic  agent,  as  it  had  no  effect 
upon  the  tissues  of  the  human  body. 


IO20 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Just  about  this  time  Prof.  Minck,  of 
Munich  University,  succeeded  in  par- 
tially destroying  the  bacilli  of  typhoid 
fever. 

On  April  1 6,  1896,  the  following  cable 
was  received  from  Vienna:  "The  asser- 
tions made  by  Chicago  professors,  to  the 
effect  that  they  have  established  proof 
that  Roentgen  rays  will  kill  bacteria  of 
cholera  and  other  diseases  is  regarded 
here  as  worthless,  and  the  alleged  dis- 
covery is  absolutely  false.  Doctors  of 
Vienna  and  Munich  have  proved  to  the 
contrary. 

On  April  27,  1896,  Prof.  Wm  Schroe- 
der,  head  of  the  electrical  department 
of  the  University  of  Missouri,  and  Prof. 
Hickman,  the  bacteriologist,  destroyed 
the  bacilli  of  diphtheria  in  culture  tubes. 
On  August  1,  1896,  they  inoculated 
Guinea  pigs  with  bacilli  of  diphtheria. 

Several  theories  have  been  advanced 
to  explain  the  nature  and  character  of 
the  x-ray.  The  two  principal  ones  of 
today  are  the  English  and  the  German. 
The  former  is  that  of  irregular  transverse 
vibrations  in  the  ether,  the  latter  longi- 
tudinal waves  of  Hertz.  Neither  of  these 
two  theories  seem  to  be  quite  satis- 
factory. 

It  appears  to  me  that  if  we  consider 
the  x-ray  as  an  electric  current  of  very 
high  potential,  which  makes  its  circuit 
from  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube  out- 
ward, perpendicularly  to  the  surface, 
then  radiates  in  straight  lines  until  the 
potential  falls,  when  the  rays  return  to 
complete  their  circuit  by  the  terminals, 
we  have  a  simple  and  practically  useful 
explanation  of  all  the  phenomena. 

After  it  was  discovered  that  the  x-ray 
possessed  the  power  of  blistering  and 
burning  the  skin,  the  papers  were  filled 
with  various  warnings.  My  business,  as 
well  as  that  of  others  in  this  line,  drop- 
ped off.  No  one  wanted  an  x-ray  pic- 
ture taken,  much  less  treatment. 

The  following  theory,  suggested  by 
me,  was  published  in  the  Times-Herald, 


April  13,  1896,  the  date  of  the  original 
announcement,  explaining  the  reason  for 
the  destruction  of  the  bacilli: 

"The  magnetic  force  from  the  x-ray 
passes  directly  into  the  affected  tissues. 
Electrolysis  results,  the  chemical  de- 
composition liberates  oxygen,  which 
unites  with  the  free  oxygen  of  the  body 
and  makes  ozone.  Ozone  will  kill  ev- 
ery bacterium  the  human  body  possesses. 
The  present  state  of  the  experiment 
proves  outright  murder  in  some  instan- 
ces and  inability  to  work  in  others. 

"The  effect  in  either  case,  is  eventu- 
ally the  same  to  the  patient.  The  tis- 
sues in  the  latter  instance  gain  new 
strength  and  drive  out  bacilli." 

Eight  months  after  this  there  was  pub- 
lished in  the  daily  papers,  dated  Dec. 
6-7,  1896,  the  following  article,  defend- 
ing the  x-ray  as  a  healing  medium.  I 
quote  this  in  full,  as  it  shows  the  same 
line  of  thought  suggested  in  my  original 
announcement,  and  also  helps  you  to 
appreciate  my  position  in  the  matter. 

"Recently  much  has  been  published 
about  the  injurious  effects  of  the  x-ray 
upon  the  human  body,  such  as  its  pro- 
ducing abscesses,  burning  and  blistering 
of  the  skin,  shedding  the  hair  and  finger 
nails,  etc.  For  the  last  eight  months  I 
have  had  patients  under  the  x-ray  in  my 
laboratory  from  9  a.  m.  to  6  p.  m.,  du- 
ration of  treatment  varying  from  a  half 
hour  to  four  hours  at  each  sitting,  and 
not  once  with  any  bad  result  in  any  case. 

"After  the  Crookes  tube  is  excited  by 
the  coil,  the  magnetic  lines  of  force  are 
projected  down,  in  the  same  manner  as 
they  pass  off  from  a  magnet,  and  trav- 
ersing the  intervening  space,  pass 
through  the  body  down  to  the  floor,  and 
back  to  the  coil  and  tube  again,  com- 
pleting the  circuit. 

"The  x-ray  is  electrostatic  in  charac- 
ter and  of  a  very  high  potential.  With 
every  discharge  from  the  Crookes  tube 
oxygen  is  liberated  in  the  body  as  well 
as  in  the  surrounding  atmosphere  which, 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1027 


combining  with  the  nascent  oxygen, 
forms  ozone. 

"It  is  due  to  the  electrolysis  produced 
in  the  body  that  we  are  able  to  destroy 
the  bacilli  in  contagious  diseases;  ozone 
being  the  most  powerful  germicide 
known. 

"Ihe  ozone  generated  between  the 
tube  and  the  body  does  not  produce  the 
burning,  etc.,  noted;  it  is  the  increased 
current  which,  passing  through  the  body, 
produces  electrolysis,  the  skin  being  of 
a  higher  resistance  than  the  rest  of  the 
tissues. 

"This  same  condition  of  burning  takes 
place  under  the  galvanic  and  static  cur- 
rents if  excessive  use  be  made  of  them. 
Except  for  potential  alone,  the  two 
forces  are  identical. 

"In  some  of  the  Eastern  states  crim- 
inals are  electrocuted.  Here  electroly- 
sis is  carried  to  extreme,  destroying  the 
whole  body;  but  the  product  of  partial 
destruction  exhibits  abscesses,  etc. 

"In  the  disastrous  treatments  given 
and  reported,  the  unskilled  operators 
used  a  current  in  the  apparatns  of  too 
high  tension,  and  instead  of  hastening 
normal  physiological  change,  carried 
their  treatment  to  a  point  of  electrocu- 
tion. Strychnine  is  a  good  drug  when 
used  by  a  skillful  physician,  but  a  dan- 
ger when  in  the  hands  of  a  tyro. 

"It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  electric 
phenomena  are  very  powerful,  and  not 
every  man  who  can  buy  a  machine  is 
capable  of  applying  it.  The  electrical 
machine  must  be  as  skillfully  adjusted 
to  each  individual  as  the  microscope  to 
a  specimen  submitted  to  it.  It  is  a  treat- 
ment full  of  danger  if  ignorantly  or  rash- 
ly handled,  but  beyond  price  in  value  to 
the  skilled  and  careful  electro-thera- 
peutist." 

We  will  now  take  up  the  subject  of 
x-ray  tubes. 

The  hard  and  soft  tubes  are  the  same 
as  high  and  low  vacuum  tubes.  The 
x-rays  are  produced  by  the  bombard- 


ment of  the  molecules  of  residual  gas 
against  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube. 
The  number  of  molecules  of  residual  gas 
in  the  tube  determines  the  degree  of 
vacuum,  as  to  whether  it  is  a  hard  or 
soft  tube. 

The  x-ray  tube  when  excited,  acts  in 
a  similar  manner  to  a  condenser  or 
Leyden  jar.  It  discharges  in  one  direc- 
tion, the  outer  surface  of  the  tube  be- 
comes electro-positive,  while  the  inner 
surface  is  electro-negative. 

The  tubes,  as  a  rule,  are  excited  from 
the  terminals  of  the  Ruhmkorff  coil  or 
the  static  machine.  The  current  is  es- 
tablished through  the  molecules  of  the 
residual  gas  in  the  tube,  thereby  con- 
necting the  cathode  with  the  anode. 
Each  oscillation  in  this  circuit  causes  the 
molecules  of  residual  gas  to  bombard 
the  inner  surface  of  the  tube,  which 
point  of  impact  is  the  source  of  the 
x-ray. 

When  the  tube  is  excited,  some  of  the 
molecules  of  the  residual  gas  are  thrown 
from  the  cathode,  striking  the  platinum 
disk  or  anode,  which  serves  as  a  target, 
causing  the  molecules  to  rebound  and 
strike  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube.  This 
point  of  impact  on  the  inner  surface  of 
the  tube,  as  I  said  before,  is  the  source 
of  the  x-ray.  Every  molecule  of  gas 
striking  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube, 
causes  one  or  more  lines  of  magnetic 
force  to  be  thrown  out  at  right  angles  to 
the  surface  of  the  tube.  The  distance 
to  which  the  lines  of  force  are  projected 
or,  in  other  words,  the  limit  of  the  pen- 
etrating power  of  the  ray,  depends  en- 
tirely on  the  potential  of  the  tube,  and 
this  in  turn  depends  on  the  force  of  the 
impact  of  the  individual  molecules  of 
residual  gas.  The  higher  the  vacuum, 
the  less  the  number  of  molecules  of 
residual  gas  in  the  tube,  the  greater  the 
free  path,  the  higher  the  potential,  the 
greater  the  penetrating  power.  The 
lower  the  vacuum  the  greater  the  num- 
ber of  molecules,  the  less  the  free  path, 


I02S 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


the  lower  the  potential,  the  less  the  pen- 
etrating power. 

All  substances  through  which  the 
x-ray  passes,  form  part  of  the  x-ray 
circuit. 

The  x-ray  circuit  is  the  same  as  any 
other  electrical  circuit.  It  has  its  re- 
turn forming  an  endless  chain  of  mole- 
cules arranged  in  series.  The  higher 
the  potential  the  greater  the  number  of 
molecules  added  to  the  chain,  the  longer 
the  chain;  and  vice  versa. 

The  circuit  is  formed  first  from  the 
point  of  impact  on  the  inner  surface  of 
the  tube,  being  directed  outward  until 
the  potential  drops,  then  returning 
to  the  tube  through  the  terminals. 

The  x-ray  is  electro  static  in  charac- 
ter, an  accumulation  of  lines  of  mag- 
netic force  of  high  potential  and  short 
wave  lengths  in  a  circuit.  They  decom- 
pose every  substance  capable  of  being 
decomposed  in  their  path  and  render 
every  substance  over  which  they  travel 
a  conductor  of  electricity. 

The  light  which  is  emitted  from  the 
tubes  is  the  result  of  the  decomposition 
of  the  molecules  in  the  atmosphere 
around  and  inside  of  the  tube  This 
light  is  not  the  x-ray  current.  The  x-ray 
force  is  purely  electrical  and  is  invisible. 

The  softer  the  tube  (limited)  the  great- 
er are  the  number  of  the  lines  of  force 
thrown  out  and  the  stronger  the  x-ray 
current,  which  increases  decomposition; 
but  the  penetrative  power  is  decreased. 

The  harder  the  tube  the  less  the  num- 
ber of  lines  of  force  thrown  out,  and 
consequently  the  weaker  the  x-ray  cur- 
rent and  the  less  the  decomposition,  but 
the  greater  the  penetrating  power. 

F'or  good  therapeutic  effects,  use  a 
soft  tube,  increase  or  decrease  the  pri- 
mary current  to  suit  the  case,  but  be 
careful  to  avoid  x-ray  burns.  The  or- 
dinary hard  tube  will  not  burn  during 
any  reasonable  time  of  exposure. 

It  has  been  my  aim  to  establish  the 
proposition  that  this  new  force  is  simply 


an  agent  or  element  for  producing  elec- 
trolysis and  to  give  a  more  comprehen- 
sive idea  of  this  force,  I  may  restate  my 
hypothesis  based  on  "electrolysis," 
which  is  the  "disassociation  of  the  ele- 
ments of  a  compound  by  the  aid  of  elec- 
trical energy."  When  a  direct  current 
is  applied  to  the  body,  be  it  the  gal- 
vanic, the  static  or  x-ray  current,  for  the 
x-ray  current  is  as  much  a  current  as 
the  others,  electrolysis  ensues,  produc- 
ing a  continual  dissociation  and  asso- 
ciation of  the  elements  of  the  body  as 
long  as  the  current  is  applied. 

The  stronger  the  current  the  greater 
is  the  number  of  ions  evolved,  and  vice 
versa.  Ions  are  the  products  of  electro- 
lysis. Those  evolved  at  the  anode  or 
positive  pole,  or  on  the  surface  of  the 
body  nearest  the  tube,  are  termed  anions, 
and  those  evolved  at  the  cathode  or  neg- 
ative pole,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
body,  away  from  the  tube,  are  termed 
kations. 

There  are  two  distinct  forms  of  reac- 
tion produced,  found  in  the  polar  and 
interpolar  regions.  The  polar  region  is 
the  region  of  the  body  that  comes  in 
contact  with  the  poles  or  electrodes,  or 
the  surfaces  of  the  body;  the  interpolar 
region,  the  region  between  the  poles,  or 
within  the  surfaces  of  the  bod}7. 

When  the  direct  or  x-ray  current  is  ap- 
plied to  the  body,  immediately  electro- 
lysis takes  place,  driving  all  the  electro- 
positive elements  or  ions  along  the  lines 
of  force  away  from  the  positive  pole  or 
anode,  or  surface  of  the  body  nearest 
the  x-ray  tube,  to  the  cathode  which  is 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  body,  and  all 
of  the  electro-negative  elements  or  ions 
away  from  the  negative  pole  or  cathode, 
or  opposite  side  of  the  body,  to  the  anode 
in  the  direction  of  the  tube.  In  other 
words,  all  of  the  electro-positive  ele- 
ments are  repelled  from  the  anode  or 
surface  of  the  body  nearest  the  tube, 
but  attracted  to  the  cathode  on  the  op- 
posite side  of  the  body  away  from  the 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1029 


tube;  and  all  the  electro-negative  ele- 
ments are  repelled  from  the  cathode,  or 
the  surface  of  the  body  on  the  opposite 
side  away  from  the  tube,  but  attracted 
to  the  anode  or  surface  of  the  body  near- 
est the  tube. 

The  sodium  chlorid,  formula  Na  CI, 
and  water,  H2  O,  the  chlorin  and  the 
oxygen  being  electro-negative,  are  re- 
pelled from  the  negative  side,  but  at- 
tracted to  the  positive.  The  hydrogen 
atoms  of  the  solution  being  electro-pos- 
itive are  repelled  from  the  positive  side, 
but  attracted  to  the  negative  side  of  the 
body.  The  accumulation  of  the  ions  at 
the  negative  pole,  side,  or  cathode, 
called  kations,have  an  alkaline  reaction, 
while  anions  are  of  acid  reaction.  The 
two  poles  or  surfaces  are  sometimes 
known  as  the  alkali  and  acid  poles  and 
if  the  current  is  sufficiently  strong  to 
produce  vesication  (which  is  the  x-ray 
burn)  the  effect  of  the  local  cautery  at 
the  negative  is  similar  to  that  of  an  al- 
kali (caustic  potash),  and  the  one  at  the 
anode  similar  to  that  of  an  acid  (hy- 
drochloric acid). 

When  an  electrical  current  is  applied 
to  the  human  body  it  renders  every  por- 
tion of  the  body  over  which  the  lines  of 
force  pass  (in  the  interpolar  regions) 
aseptic.  The  current  is  antiseptic  by 
virtue  of  the  generation  of  ozone  in  the 
body,  due  to  electrolysis.  Ozone  is  one 
of  the  most  powerful  germicides  known, 
and  the  integrity  of  the  whole  body  is 
due  to  its  presence.  (Ozone  is  of  neu- 
tral reaction).  A  sufficient  amount  of 
ozone  in  the  human  system  will  destroy 
all  pathogenic  microbes.  In  the  polar 
regions  we  have  two  forms  of  action, 
which  are  purely  local,  having  a  varied 
effect  upon  the  pathogenic  microbes. 
We  find  forms  of  microbes  that  will 
thrive  in  an  acid  medium,  but  will  be 
destroyed  in  an  alkaline  medium,  and 
vice  versa.  Any  form  of  microbes  that 
can  be  destroyed  by  aid  of  an  acid,  can 
be  destroyed  with  the  positive  pole  of  a 


galvanic  battery;  and  those  that  are  de- 
stroyed by  an  alkali  will  succumb  to  the 
negative  pole.  Remember  that  the  acid 
radicals  accumulate  at  the  positive  side 
(anode),  and  the  alkaline  radicals  at  the 
negative  side  (cathode). 

The  physiological  effects  of  the  anode 
and  cathode  on  the  tissues  of  the  body 
are  diametrically  opposite.  For  instance, 
the  ions  found  at  the  anode  have  an  acid 
reaction,  those  of  the  cathode  are  alka- 
line. At  the  anode  the  circulation  is 
diminished,  at  the  cathode  it  is  in- 
creased. At  the  anode  the  tissues  are 
dehydrated,  at  the  cathode  they  are  hy- 
drated.  At  the  poles  albumen  is  coagu- 
lated, at  the  cathode  slightly,  at  the 
anode  to  an  extreme  degree.  In  the 
anode  we  have  an  acid  cautery,  in  the 
cathode  an  alkaline  one.  The  acids  ac- 
cumulated at  the  anode  will  destroy  a 
large  number  of  varieties  of  pathogenic 
microbes,  while  the  alkalies  accumulat- 
ed at  the  cathode  will  destroy  the  rest. 
Andrew  Gorgan  was  treated  with  the 
x-rays  current  for  about  six  months, 
after  which  he  remained  in  fairly  good 
health,  with  temperature,  pulse,  and  res- 
piration normal  until  about  four  months 
before  his  death,  which  was  due  to  py- 
aemia, not  tuberculosis.  Just  before 
his  death  I  was  notified  of  his  condition 
and  requested  his  family  in  event  of  his 
demise  to  notify  me  immediately,  so  we 
could  hold  a  post  mortem,  to  determine 
if  possible,  the  effect  of  the  x-ray  on  the 
lung  tissue.  As  this  was  one  of  the  first 
patients  treated  with  the  x-ray,  an  au- 
topsy would  have  been  of  great  interest 
and  benefit  to  science.  Owing  to  ex- 
tremely rapid  decomposition  they  were 
forced  to  bury  him  immediately,  thereby 
preventing  a  post  mortem. 

Taking  into  consideration  that  one 
lung  was  entirely  gone  before  treatment 
began  and  the  other  one  was  seriously 
impaired,  to  stop  the  progress  of  the  dis- 
ease and  to  heal  up  the  lungs  at  that 
late  date,  was  little  short  of  a  miracle, 


1030 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


we  had  succeeded  in  keeping  him  alive 
for  over  four  years  and  he  enjoyed  reas- 
onable health. 

The  therapeutic  properties  of  the 
x-ray  may  be  summed  up  as  follows: 

The  force  from  the  x-ray  tube  is  elec- 
trostatic in  character  and  of  very  high 
potential,  it  acts  on  matter  in  the  same 
manner  as  any  electro-motive  force;  that 
is  to  say,  it  produces  a  dissociation  of 
molecules  along  its  lines  of  force,  which 
is  electrolysis,  it  may  be  used  for  cata- 
phoresis. 

The  x-ray  is  a  germicide  through  the 
liberation  of  the  ions  (which  is  electro- 
lysis) along  its  lines  of  force;  collecting 
in  the  polar  region  at  the  anode,  anions 
(of  acid  reaction);  at  the  cathode,  kations 
(of  alkaline  reaction);  in  the  interpolar 
region,  ozone  (of  neutral  reaction). 

The  x-ray,  through  the  liberation  of 
the  ions,  hastens  physiological  changes, 
or  metabolism,  causing  a  temporary  rise 
in  temperature  and  an  increased  elimin- 
ation of  waste  products  by  the  lungs, 
skin  and  kidneys,  at  the  same  time  in- 
creasing the  activity  of  the  phagocytes. 

The  softer  the  x-ray  tube  (limited)  the 
stronger  the  current,  and  consequently, 
the  greater  the  electrolytic  effect  on  the 
tissue. 

In  treating  cancerous,  tuberculous 
and  other  infectious  diseases,  more  at- 
tention should  be  paid  to  the  degree  of 
vacuum  in  the  tube,  than  to  the  appa- 
ratus used  in  exciting  the  tube.  The  de- 
gree of  vacuum  and  the  amount  of  cur- 
rent necessary  can  only  be  determined 
by  actual  experience  coupled  with  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  ejectro-physics 
and  physiology. 

For  superficial  and  deep  cancer,  use 
a  low  tube  and  vary  the  current  accord- 
ing to  the  depth  of  the  lesion. 

With  reasonable  care  and  proper  in- 
sulation the  x-ray  burn  can  be  avoided. 
The  lower  the  tube  the  greater  is  the 
danger  of  producing  a  burn,  owing  to 
the  increased  number  of  lines  of  force 


thrown  off  from  the  tube.  The  area  of 
the  x-ray  burn  is  limited,  and  it  is  not 
dangerous  except  with  excessive  use. 

All  of  the  x-ray  burns  produced,  so 
far  as  I  am  able  to  learn,  are  due  to  the 
lack  of  proper  antiseptic  measures. 

The  microbes  and  impurities  in  the 
atmosphere  are  driven  into  the  body, 
where,  after  a  period  of  incubation,  they 
set  up  a  form  of  septicemia. 

The  x-ray  tubes  for  therapeutic  work, 
should  be  much  larger  than  any  of  the 
tubes  on  the  market.  The  average  size 
should  be  from  18  to  20  cm.  in  diam- 
eter, or  as  large  as  the  tube  can  be  made 
and  properly  exhausted.  The  larger  the 
tube  the  greater  the  number  of  lines  of 
force  thrown  off,  the  stronger  the  cur- 
rent and  the  greater  the  electrolytic  ef- 
fect on  the  tissues. 

Owing  to  the  rapid  discharge  from  the 
x-ray  tubes,  the  eyeball  is  placed  on  a 
strain,  especially  if  the  fluoroscope  is 
being  used  in  making  examinations, 
particles  which  are  freed  from  the  screen 
during  decomposition  and  are  driven 
along  in  the  direction  of  the  x-ray  force, 
striking  the  eye,  setting  up  an  acute  con- 
junctivitis, which  seems  to  be  one  of  the 
detrimental  troubles  that  x-ray  opera- 
tors have  to  contend  with.  It  becomes 
necessary  to  use  a  mild  lotion  in  the  eyes 
almost  daily  to  allay  or  prevent  this 
conjunctivitis.  The  remedy  used  must 
be  simple  and  of  such  a  nature  as  not  to 
injure  the  eye  in  the  least. 

The  preparation  that  I  have  used  for 
the  last  five  years,  and  the  only  one  that 
has,  so  far,  proved  satisfactory  in  my 
case,  is  a  prescription  written  by  one  of 
our  local  celebrities.  I  have  forgotten 
the  formula,  but  it  is  marketed  under 
the  name  of  "Murine." 

One  of  the  strongest  proofs  that  the 
x-ray  circuit  is  an  electrical  circuit,  is 
that  a  picture  can  be  taken  of  an  object 
on  the  back  of  a  photographic  plate, 
away  from  the  tube,  showing  a  return 
of  the  lines  of  force. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1031 


As  a  preventative  of  x-ray  burns,  a 
screen  must  be  used;  a  sheet  of  steel  or 
of  lead,  arranged  with  a  window  cut  into 
it  about  14  inches  square.  On  the  side  of 
the  window  nearest  the  tube,  a  celluloid 
screen  of  %  of  an  inch  in  thickness  is 
placed.  This  is  to  prevent  the  microbes 
and  particles  of  dust  being  driven  into 
the  body,  and  at  the  same  time  allows 
the  x-ray  to  pass  through  without  much 
interference,  as  it  offers  but  a  slight  re- 
sistance to  the  ray.  Back  of  the  cel- 
luloid screen,  away  from  the  tube,  I 
have  shutters  made  of  steel  with  open- 
ings in  their  centers,  varying  from  one 
inch  to  12  inches  in  diameter.  These 
shutters  are  interchangeable.  I  use  an- 
other screen  made  of  lead-foil,  which  is 
arranged  in  close  contact  with  the  body, 
with  holes  cut  into  it  the  size  and  shape 
of  the  part  that  is  being  exposed  to  the 
ray.  The  patient  is  placed  four  to  five 
inches  from  the  tube.  The  celluloid, 
steel  and  lead  plates  are  between  the  pa- 
tient and  the  tube.  Then  the  tube  is 
crowded  by  increasing  and  decreasing 
the  current,  as  required  for  the  part  of 
the  body  being  submitted  to  the  treat- 
ment. A  low  vacuum  tube  or  soft  tube, 
as  it  is  sometimes  called,  should  be  used 
in  treating  all  cases. 

In  treating  lupus,  increase  the  current 
until,  as  shown  by  the  fluoroscope,  a 
faint  outline  of  the  bones  of  the  hand  is 
seen. 

In  treating  deep  or  internal  cancer  or 
tuberculosis,  increase  the  current  until 
the  bones  of  the  whole  skeleton  are  vis- 
ible. The  length  of  time  of  exposure 
depends  entirely  upon  the  susceptibility 
of  the  patient  to  electrical  influence. 


At  the  last  meeting  of  the  Chicago 
Electro-Medical  Society  the  Research 
Committee  made  a  preliminary  report 
on  Priority  in  X-Ray  Therapeutics, 
showing  that  the  first  successful  attempt 
to  destroy  bacteria  by  means  of  x-rays 
was  made  by  Drs.  Pratt  and  Wightman, 


of  Chicago,  in  April,  1896.  Dr.  Pratt 
also  preceded  by  a  few  days  Drs.  Lortet 
and  Genoud  in  the  successful  treatment 
of  Guinea  pigs  after  inoculation  with  the 
bacilli  of  tuberculosis,  and  was  the  first 
to  apply  the  new  radiations  to  the  treat- 
ment of  both  cancer  and  tuberculosis  in 
the  human  subject. 

The  final  report  of  the  committee,  giv- 
ing a  summary  of  the  work  done  in  x-ray 
therapeutics  during  the  year  1896,  will 
be  presented  at  the  next  meeting  of  the 
society.  T.  P.  Hall, 

March  7,  1902.  Secretary. 

The  Chicago  Medical  Times,  July,  1896, 
gives  an  account  of  Dr.  Pratt's  experi- 
ments with  tuberculosis  patients. — Ed. 

Tube  and  Exposure. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Hetherington,  of  Logans- 
port,  Ind.,  in  writing  to  us,  concludes 
his  letter: 

"It  seems  to  me  such  a  mistake  for 
writers  to  state  they  have  taken  a  radio- 
graph in  so  many  minutes.  In  nearly 
all  illustrations,  the  only  record  of  de- 
tails given,  is  'exposure  (so  many)  min- 
utes.' Such  a  record  is  no  assistance  or 
information  for  any  one.  We  might  as 
well  prescribe  a  certain  dose  of  medicine 
for  all — babies  or  adults — without  refer- 
ence to  conditions  or  desired  results. 
The  only  way  a  radiograph  can  be  use- 
ful to  others — aside  from  a  mere  illus- 
tration— is  to  give  all  important  details; 
and  I  believe  you  would  add  to  science 
and  the  interest  of  your  readers  if  you 
would  require:  Static  machine  or  coil; 
make  or  form  of  tube;  tube  hard,  me- 
dium or  soft;  make  or  brand  of  plate; 
length  of  exposure,  and  developer.  I 
keep  such  a  record  of  every  plate  I  make 
and  it  is  a  wonderful  assistance  to  look 
over  the  plates  and  observe  where  the 
results  come  from.  It  goes  without  say- 
ing that  each  tube  is  always  worked  with 
a  strength  of  current  that  will  develop 
its  best  radiance.  I  do  not  believe  we 
will  approach  a  standard  any  other  way. 


1032 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


The  length  of  exposure  depends  upon 
conditions  which,  if  not  given,  ren- 
ders the  illustration  scientifically  use- 
less. I  do  not  believe  my  German 
30-centimeter  tube  of  low  vacuum  would 
make  a  radiograph  in  5  hours  that  my 
high  vacuum  Wehnelt  will  make  in  5 
minutes  or  less  on  my  18  inch  coil. 

"How  interesting  and  instructive  it 
would  be  if  each  of  us  would  take  our 
favorite  'crack'  tube  to  the  next  meeting 
of  the  Roentgen  Society  in  Chicago,  for 
comparison.  Less  than  ten  days  after 
Dr.  Price  exhibited  his  voltohm  and  de- 
fended its  merits  in  Buffalo,  I  could  not 
find  a  voltohm  for  sale  anywhere. 
"Yours  sincerely, 

J.  P.  Hetherington." 

Roentgen  Rays  in  Medicine 
and  Surgery. 

This  book  disappoints  the  x-ray 
worker.  It  is  a  nicely  bound  work, 
but  the  lasting  impression  it  fur- 
nishes is  its  advertising  a  particular 
make  of  a  machine.  The  book  has  the 
strong  ear  marks  of  Mr.  Rollins,  whose 
technical  versatility  has  been  much  read 
and  much  admired.  We  regret  exceed- 
ingly the  book  leans  so  much  upon  one 
side — forgetting  the  real  essentials.  Mr. 
Hinze  is  an  admirable  young  man  and 
a  hard  worker.  He  deserves  encourage- 
ment. In  fact,  all  parties  concerned  in 
the  making  of  the  book,  deserve  the 
best.  This  is  about  the  sense  of  the  de- 
scription of  the  book  that  comes  to  us. 
One  writer  says:  "I  have  seen  Dr. 
Williams'  book.  It  is  a  good,  illus- 
trated work,  but  not  for  the  practitioner. 
The  latest  technique  is  forgotten  alto- 
gether. There  is  nothing  there  about 
the  method  of  skiagraphing  the  internal 
structures  of  bones;  nothing  about  the 
beautiful  skiagraphing  of  the  chest  by 
Dr.  Donath,  or  internal  organs  on  the 
under-exposed  plate  with  the  intensify- 
ing screen  and  the  lead  box  and  nothing 
about  the  latest  method  of  localization 


with  fluroscope, made  stereoscopic  or  flu- 
orometric  conveniences.  None  of  these 
are  found,  though  known  more  than  two 
years  to  the  members  of  the  Roentgen 
Society  of  America." 

Radiant  Ore  in  United  States. 

The  following  letter  will  explain  itself 
and  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the 
literature  of  the  subject.  Ed. 

Telluride,  Col.,  Dec.  1,  1901. 
Dr.  Heber  Robarts, 

St  Louis,  Mo. 

Dear  Sir: — I  received  a  few  days  ago, 
the  Nov.  number  of  The  X-Ray  Jour- 
nal, with  a  red  cross  in  one  corner,  and 
so  I  hasten  to  send  you  the  necessary 
$3  for  another  year's  subscription. 

While  I  am  not  at  present  engaged  in 
radiography  nor  electrical  work,  yet  I 
never  miss  reading  every  line  of  your 
valuable  Journal,  expecting  to  take  up 
the  work  again  before  many  months. 

I  send  you  in  this  letter  a  rather  poor 
print  from  a  negative  made  with  a  piece 
of  uranium  ore,  which  is  found  plenti- 
fully a  few  miles  from  here.  This  min- 
eral is  "Carnotite,"  or  a  uranyl-vana- 
date;  U2  O3,  V2  O3,  and  is  a  sandstone 
impregnated  with  the  oxides.  The  min- 
eral also  contains  radium,  polonium 
and  zirconium. 

Under  separate  cover  I  will  send  you 
a  small  sample  of  this  mineral  and  also 
a  piece  of  "Rocoelite,"  a  sandstone  con- 
taining V2  O3,  (about  3  per  cent). 

These  two  minerals  are  both  impreg- 
nations of  the  same  sandstone  forma- 
tion, sometimes  as  separate  layers  and 
often  intermixed. 

The  gircon  crystals  are  easily  collected 
in  the  residue  after  treating  with  hydro- 
fluric  acid. 

Hoping  these  will  be  of  some  interest 
to  you,  I  remain     Yours  respectfully, 

Orr  Adams. 


Subscribe  for  The  American  X-Ray 
Journal — $3.00  a  year. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1033 


College  Station,  Tex.,  Dec.  30,  1901. 
Dr.  Heber  Robarts, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Dear  Sir. — Please  send  The  American 
X-Ray  Journal  for  two  years,  begin- 
ning with  the  number  for  January,  1902, 
to  the  Department  of  Physics,  A.  &  M., 
College  Station,  Texas. 

Please  send  me  back  numbers  (one 
each)  of  Vol.  1,  No.  1;  Vol.  1,  No.  4; 
Vol.  2,  No.  2;  Vol.  3,  No.  2;  Vol.  4, 
No.  3;  Vol.  4,  No.  5;  Vol.  5,  No.  2; 
Vol.  7,  No.  4.  If  there  are  any  of  these 
which  you  can't  supply,  please  include 
them  in  the  ad  below. 

Please  insert  the  following  ad.  in  the 
next  two  numbers: 

"Wanted. — Back  numbers  of  The 
American  X-Ray  Journal,  Vol.  1,  No.  3; 
Vol.  5,  No.  5;  Vol.  6,  Nos.  1-3-4-5-6; 
Vol.  7,  No.  6.  Send  postal  to  D.  W. 
Spence,  Prof.  Physics,  A.  &  M.  College 
of  Texas,  College  Station,  Texas." 

Please  send  me  duplicate  bills  for  all 
of  above  made  out  against  Dept.  of 
Physics,  A.  &  M.  College  of  Texas,  and 
oblige,  Yours  Truly, 

D.  W.  Spence. 

[We  regret  our  inability  to  supply  the 
missing  numbers  of  the  American  X-Ray 
Journal  Prof.  Spence  needs  for  the  Li- 
brary of  the  State  University.  Readers 
who  can  spare  such  numbers  or  have 
duplicates  will  kindly  write  to  the  Pro- 
fessor.   Ed  ] 

Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  July  21,  1901. 
Dr.  Heber  Robarts,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Dear  Doctor: — I  have  been  a  reader 
of  the  X-Ray  Journal  since  Vol  1  and 
No.  1,  and  a  worker  in  x-ray  work  for 
the  Battle  Creek  Sanitarium,  since  its 
first  advent  in  '96,  and  am  interested  in 
all  that  pertains  to  it.  On  page  934, 
July  number,  you  show  a  plate  for  a 
static  machine  made  in  two  pieces.  I 
wish  to  say  that  in  one  of  my  visits  to 
Dr.  Younghusband  (now  deceased),  of 
Detroit,  Mich.,  he  showed  me  one  of  his 


machines  that  he  had  made  with  plates 
the  same  as  the  illustration  in  your  X- 
Ray  Journal,  produced  by  Dr.  J.  M.  G. 
Beard,  only  his  plate  did  not  narrow  up 
at  the  bottom,  but  was  made  with  a 
straight  base.  When  I  first  saw  it,  it 
was  in  the  year  1894,  but  on  my  next 
visit  to  the  doctor,  he  had  disposed  of 
the  machine  and  I  gathered  the  idea 
that  the  divided  plate  impaired  the  out- 
put of  the  machine.  I  write  this  for 
your  benefit  and  others  you  may  desire 
to  call  the  attention  to. 

Fraternally,  H.  A.  Dow. 

Perry,  Iowa,  December  10,  1901. 
Editor  X-Ray  Journal: 

A  new  motor  desired  to  run  a  Static 
or  x-ray  apparatus.  Will  some  genius 
invent  a  contrivance  for  driving  a  static 
machine,  that  you  can  wind  up  like  a 
clock  or  a  peanut  roaster  and  run  long 
enough  to  give  a  good  static  seance  of 
half  an  hour's  duration.  Bring  out  an 
inventor.  How  many  feet  of  wire  rope 
and  what  weight  would  it  require  to  a 
shaft  and  gearing,  to  run  a  static 
machine  for  thirty  minutes,  250  revolu- 
tions per  minute? 

Up  here,  and  in  many  places,  there  is 
no  electric  service  or  water  pres- 
sure; hence  an  electric  or  water  motor 
are  out  of  the  question,  and  a  noisy  gas- 
oline engine  is  too  high  priced. 

Please  reply  in  next  issue. 

When  your  usually  well  behaved  sta- 
tic machine  goes  on  a  strike  and  changes 
polarity  while  in  motion,  either  when 
giving  an  insulation  or  while  doing  the 
invisible,  it  is  owing  to  its  warning 
you  to  cleanse  the  glass  disks  with  a 
clean,  dry,  woolen  cloth,  scour  the  brass- 
work  combs  and  brush-rods,  axle  but- 
tons, etc.,  with  strong  aqua  ammonia 
and  whiting.  This  will  remove  grease 
and  gum  coating  that  comes  from  using 
calcium  chloride  (fused),  sulphuric  acid, 
etc.  Also  removes  the  corrosion  from 
ozone,  and  your  machine  will  work  as 


i°34 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


good  as  a  new  one  and  spark  equal  to  a 
buxom  widow  in  the  dark  and  pick  up 
its  charge  as  expeditiously  as  the  lady 
would  a  kiss.    Electrically  thine, 

Dr.  Johnson. 

ioi  Newhall  Street. 
Birmingham,  England,  August  12,  1901. 
Heber  Robarts,  Esq.  M.  D. 

Dear  Sir: — I  have  long  intended  to 
write  to  you  but  since  my  return  from 
South  Africa,  I  have  had  so  much  to  do 
that  my  time  has  been  fully  occupied. 
I  am  now  engaged  in  writing  a  book  on 
the  x-rays,  and  should  very  much  like 
to  have  a  complete  set  of  your  journals 
from  the  first.  Can  you  let  me  have 
them?  I  have  only  seen  my  last  article 
since  my  return,  and  am  very  pleased 
with  the  way  in  which  it  was  produced. 
I  am  herewith  sending  you  a  copy  of  a 
paper  I  read  a  few  days  since;  it  has  not 
yet  been  published  in  England.  You 
can  do  what  you  like  with  it.  I  have 
any  amount  of  material  for  papers,  but 
I  am  afraid  that  I  shall  have  little  time 
at  present  to  send  you  anything.  I, 
however,  shall  not  forget  you  when  the 
time  comes.  Hoping  that  you  are  well, 
with  kind  regards.    Yours  truly, 

J.  Hall  Edwards. 

Protection  for  X-Ray  Workers'  Hands. 

ByG.  E.  Pfahler,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Chief  Resident 
Physician  and  Skiagrapher  to  the 
Philadelphia  Hospital. 

Nearly  every  one  who  makes  frequent  fluorosco- 
pic examinations  or  demonstrations  with  x-rays, 
suffers  more  or  less  from  a  dermatitis  of  the  hands. 
This  effect  varies  from  a  mere  hyperaemia  or 
pigmentation  to  fissures  and  ulcerations,  followed 
by  contractures.  Some  men  are  compelled  to 
abandon  the  work  entirely,  while  others  continue 
to  make  themselves  martyrs  to  the  medical  pro- 
fession. This  part  of  our  work  is  not  taken  into 
consideration  in  the  compensation  for  our  labors. 
Therefore  it  behooves  us  to  take  every  possible 
precaution  for  its  prevention,  and  especially  those 
of  us  who  engage  in  general  medical  or  surgical 
work,  as  it  unfits  us  for  our  regular  duties. 

For  this  purpose  I  have  had  constructed  a  pair 
of  mittens  covered  upon  the  backs  with  lead-foil. 
The  mittens  were  made  of  chamois  skin,  though 
almost  any  substance  will  do.    They  should  be 


made  to  fit  loosely.  For  the  lead-foil  I  used 
heavy  tea-foil  or  lead.  Adhesive  plaster  was 
placed  over  the  top  of  the  lead  and  the  edges 
sewed  to  the  mittens  to  hold  it  in  place.  All  the 
ordinary  manipulations  neccessary  can  be  made 
with  these  mittens. 

The  irritations  of  the  developing  solutions  may 
be  prevented  by  the  use  of  rubber  gloves.  Since 
I  have  taken  these  precautions  my  hands  are  im- 
proving and  I  trust  that  this  suggestion  may  be 
of  value  to  others. 


Multiple  Use  of  Static  Ma- 
chine While  Running. 

Dr.  W.  B.  Clark,  of  New  Albany, 
Ind.,  has  recently  written  to  us  of  the 
use  he  makes  of  the  static  machine.  In 
order  that  time  and  expense  may  be 
saved,  he  runs  an  insulated  wire  to  ad- 
jacent rooms  from  his  machine  and  op- 
erates Crooke's  tubes  and  treats  patients 
at  other  points  all  at  the  same  time. 
He  does  not  claim  originality — save  for 
himself — has  not  heard  of  others  using 
the  machine  in  this  way. 

Have  TTo-UL  Got  It© 

Not  $300,  not  S200,  not  $150  for  an  8-plate,  but 

$125.00  CASH, 

for  a  High  Grade  Perfection 

16 -PLATE 5  S*T  MACHINE. 


Western  Surgical  Instrument  House, 

647-653  W.  59th  St.,  Chicago,  III. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-Ray  Journal 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 
CHARLES  P.  RENNER,  M.  D..  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATE%-IN  ADVANCE. 

United  states,  Canada  and  Mexico    $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries       $4.ot> 

Single  Copies   25  |   Single  Copies     35 

Editorial  matter  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Charles  P.  Renner,  Editor,  Suite  301  Chemical  P.ldg..  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  he  addressed  to  the  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co..  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X- Radiance,  of  interest  to  the  medical  profes- 
sion, are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of  extra  copies  of 
the  Joi  rnal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ping,  M.  D.,  fill  Chemical 
Building,  st.  Louis,  Mo. 

Entered  at  the  Postdffice  at  st.  Louis,  Mo.,  as  Second -Class  Matter. 


VOL.  10.  ST.  LOUIS,  MAY,  1902.  No.  2. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  10,  NO.  1. 


The  Practical  X-Ray  Diagnosis. 
A  B  C  of  X-Ray. 

The  value  of  the  X-Ray  as  a  Therapeu- 
tic Agent. 
Tube  and  Exposure. 

Roentgen  Rays  in  Medicine  and  Surgery^ 
Radiant  Ore  in  the  United  States. 
Letter  from  D.  W.  Spence. 
Letter  from  H.  A.  Dow. 
Letter  from  J.  Hall  Edwards. 
Protection  for  X-Ray  Workers'  Han<  s. 
Multiple  use  of  Static  Machine  while 
Running. 


CONTENTS  VOL.  10,  NO.  2.  . 

Practical  X-Ray  Diagnosis. 

Dr.  Monell's  Latest  Book. 

Priority  in  X-Ray  Therapeutics. 

Pus  Foci  in  Bone. 

The  New  Static  Machine  for  1902. 

X-Ray  Burns. 

How  Errors  Are  Made  in  Radiography. 
Injurious  Forces  From  X-Ray  Tubes. 


ULB»  u:r  w  yin 
COLLEGE  CF  MY5ICIAJ 

OFPHILADHLFWA 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


The  eleetrograph  herewith  shows  the  con- 
dition of  a  patient  eighteen  months  after 
the  disease  began.  A  full  conception  of 
the  depth  can  not  be  had  from  the  picture 
because  at  the  time  the  picture  was  taken 
the  ulcerous  excavation  was  packed  with 
gauze.  The  flesh  had  sloughed  from  the 
side  and  back  and  to  within  three  inches  of 
the  spine.  The  axilla  wTas  undermined  al- 
most to  the  glenoid  cavity.  The  breast  that 
had  not  fallen  off  was  hard  and  insensative. 
It  was  crusty  and  had  the  appearance  of  dry 
gangrene.    Ulcerous  nodules  abound  over 


and  tube  was  used  exposing  the  affected 
parts,  ten  minutes  each,  thirty  minutes  in 
all,  the  first  sitting.  The  tube  was  a  Ger- 
man make  adjusted  to  give  visual  radiation 
of  the  carpus  two  feet,  the  patient  one  foot 
from  the  tube.  The  patient  immediately 
improved  physically.  With  a  few  excep- 
tions the  treatments  were  daily  till  the 
twentieth  exposure  when  she  wTas  suddenly 
attacked  with  hypostatic  pneumonia  and 
died  on  the  twenty-ninth  day  afterthe  first 
treatment.  The  wound  had  wholly  ceased 
to  slough,  odor  had  long  since  ceased,  pain 


the  chest  and  back  while  the  base  of  the 
vast  area  that  had  sloughed  away  was  pale 
and  smooth.  The  patient  was  carried  to 
Dr.  Robarts'  office  almost  moribund.  She 
was  too  weak  to  talk.  Her  pulse  was  too 
Frequent  and  weak  and  irregular  to  count. 
Of  course  the  case  had  been  abandoned  as 
inoperable.  An  optomistic  uncle  insisted 
that  she  be  treated  so  long  as  she  lived. 
No  surgery  had  ever  been  done.  Great 
masses  of  dead  flesh  were  adherent  to  the 
edges  of  the  ulcer.  The  discharge  was 
profuse  and  the  odor  most  foul.    The  coil 


was  gone,  the  wound  was  healing  at  many 
places  about  the  edges:  at  one  place  it  had 
filled  in  nearl3T  one  inch.  Her  sleep, 
strength,  appetite  and  appearance  had 
greatly  improved. 

The  picture  was  taken  two  weeks  before 
death  and  is  reproduced  to  show  how  a 
body  can  compensate  and  live  with  so  ex- 
tensive decaying  tissue;  and  also  to  show 
that  notwithstanding  the  nearness  to  death 
the  x-rays  gave  demonstrated  hope  when 
all  other  procedures  known  to  man  had 
failed. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  10.  ST.  LOUIS,  MAY.  1902.  No.  . 


The  Practical  X-Ray  Diag- 
nosis. 


Prepared  by  J.  Rndis-Jicinsky,  A.  M..  M.  I)..  M.  E., 
Cedar  Rapids,  la.   Revised  by  M.  U.  Dr. 
Joseph  Hoffman.  Vienna,  Austria. 
A  series  of  A.  P».  C.  teaching  for  workers  in  x-ray 
diagnosis  and  therapeutics,  to  be  concluded  in  '20 
articles.    Fully  illustrated. 


Description  of  Parts.    Source  of 
Electric  Current. 


LESSON  II. 

We  know  that  an  electric  current  is 
a  source  of  energy — that  is  to  say,  it  is 
capable  of  doing  work.  This  is  clear 
from  its  power  of  evolving  heat,  one 
form  of  energy.  But  the  electrical  en- 
ergy may  be  transformed  directly  into 
mechanical  work,  and  from  there,  ac- 
cording to  the  principle  of  conservation 
of  energy,  when  we  keep  up  a  constant 
supply  of  the  same,  into  the  unknown 
ray  so  convenient  in  our  diagnosis.  The 
simplest  way  of  considering  the  different 
sources  of  electricity  will  be  to  divide 
the  first  into  two  main  divisions,  accord, 
ing  to  the  kind  of  energy  which  is 
employed  to  maintain  the  current.  These 
two  kinds  of  energy  are  :  1.  Mechanical 
Work  ;    '2.  Energy  of  Chemical  Action. 

Electrical  Measurement. 


The  successful  operator  in  radiology 
requires  to  know  not  only  whether  a 
current  will  be  produced  under  certain 
circumstances,  so  that  he  may  be  able  to 
determine  the  conditions  most  favorable 


to  its  production,  but  he  has  to  remem- 
ber also,  the  electric  quantity  conveyed 
in  one  second  by  his  current  of  unit 
strength.  These  units  are  based  on  the 
centimetre  as  measure  of  length,  the 
gramme  as  a  measure  of  mass,  and  the 
second  as  a  measure  of  time.  The  prac- 
tical unit  of  electric  current  is  defined  as 
one-tenth  of  the  centimetre,  gramme 
second  unit  of  the  current,  and  is  called 
an  Ampere  after  the  great  French  elec- 
trician of  that  name.  The  unit  of  electro- 
motive force  is  called  a  Volt,  after  Volta, 
and  is  taken  to  be  a  hundred  million  C. 
G.  vS.  units.  The  unit  of  resistance, 
which  is  called  the  Ohm.  is  then  defined 
as  the  resistance  of  a  conductor  through 
which  an  electro-motive  force  of  one 
Volt  will  produce  a  current  of  one  Am- 
pere. The  unit  of  power  employed  is 
defined  electrically  as  the  power  de- 
veloped in  a  circuit  traversed  by  a  cur- 
rent of  one  Ampere  with  a  potential 
difference  at  its  terminals  of  one  Volt. 
This  unit  is  called  Watt. 

As  has  been  previously  stated,  various 
methods  of  generating  the  electric  cur- 
rent for  the  production  of  the  x-rays 
may  be  employed,  namely :  Primary 
Batteries,  Plunge  Batteries,  or  Accumu- 
lator Batteries.  Static  Machines,  or  the 
charging  may  be  done  by  means  of  an 
Electric  light  Installation,  Thermo-pils 
and  Constant,  Direct  or  Alternating 
Current,  each  working  equally  satisfac- 
torily, but  requiring  more  or  less  different 
accessory  apparatus  to  add  to  their  gen- 
eral efficiency.  The  least  expensive 
form  in  end  for  the  general  practitioner. 


1036 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1  think,  is  to  employ  a  good  Static  Ma- 
chine, which  may  be  used  for  both 
purposes,  the  Electro-Therapeutics  and 
Radiology,  or  if  we  use  the  induction 
coil,  the  Primary  Batteries,  and  any 
good  set  of  cells  giving  the  voltage  re- 
quired to  operate  the  coil,  will  answer. 
Either,  if  properly  constructed  and  in 
the  hands  of  a  competent  manipulator, 
will  do  the  x-ray  work. 


The  average  voltage  required  by  8  to 
10-inch  coil  is  about  10.(5  volts,  repre- 
sented by  twelve  cells  of  Edison  Laland 
Battery  Type  S.  With  these  cells,  the 
outfit  consists  simply  of  the  vacuum 
tube,  coil,  fluoroscope  or  screen,  and 
batteries,  the  electro-motive  force  of  the 
cells  making  it  safe  to  use  the  vibrator 
of  the  coil  without  injury  to  the  same, 


while  the  single  condenser  in  the  base 
oi  the  coil  lias  sufficient  micro-farad 
capacity  l<>  give  a  good  fluorescence. 
Better  and  more-  steady  discharge  is  ob- 
'  lined  by  the  employment  of  an  addi- 
tional adjustable  multiple  condenser  of  at 

leasl  2.5  micro-farads.  For  a  coil  giving 
L2-inch  spark  we  have  to  have  twelve 
Edi  -oil  Laland  cells.    Where  there  is  no 


other  source  of  electricity  at  disposal, 
recourse  to  such  a  battery  can  be  taken. 
It  has,  however,  the  inconvenience  of 
requiring  frequent  replenishing  of  the 
cells. 


If  no  lighting  circuit  is  to  hand, 
accumulators  or  storage  cells  are  recom- 
mended as  being  a  useful  and  sure  source 
of  current.  For  the  same  results  as 
above  we  use  six  storage  cells,  giving 
twelve  volts.  The  difference  between 
the  two  types  of  batteries  is  that  the 
storage  cells  can  be  kept  operative  by 
being  recharged  at  stated  periods  at  any 
electric  light  station,  while  in  the  pri- 
mary cells,  the  entire  elements  are  con- 
sumed and  have  to  be  replaced.  In 
making  these  statements,  high  speed  in- 
terruptions are  contemplated,  and  we 
employ  a  make  and  break  wheel  op- 
erated by  a  motor,  which  takes  the  place 
of  the  vibrator  on  the  coil.  Two  addi- 
tional storage  cells  are  required  to  oper- 
ate the  motor. 

If  a  lighting  circuit  is  at  disposal, 
which  supplies  continuous  current,  it 
will  be  very  convenient  to  utilize  this 
source  of  electricity  for  working  the 
induction  coil,  or  with  the  help  of  motor 
and  a  good  rheostat  a  Static  machine 
may  be  manipulated  with  good  results. 
When  making  use  of  the  constant  incan- 
descent current,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
employ  a  shunt  board  to  reduce  the  cur- 
rent to  the  required  voltage,  This  will 
operate  the  coil  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  batteries,  but  the  source  of  current 
being  inexhaustible,  it  is,  of  course, 
preferable.     At   the   same   time   a  pro- 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1037 


portionately  better  result  is  again  ob- 
tained by  the  make  and  break  wheel 
or  interrupter,  the  motor  of  which  can 
also  be  operated  by  the  current.  In  this 
case  the  necessary  resistances  for  regula- 
ting the  strength  of  current  must  be 
interposed  in  the  circuit.  The  current 
of  the  apparatus  should  be  directly 
branched  off  from  the  main  circuit  and 
be  provided  with  needful  safety-fuses. 
The  resistances  are  arranged  so  that  a 
fixed  resistance  remains  constantly  inter- 
posed, and  second  resistance  is  adjustable 
for  regulating  the  tension  at  pleasure. 
Now  for  instance,  if  we  use  the  one 


in  a  disk,  and  the  discharge  from  the 
two  terminals  is  vastly  different  from 
the  discharge  of  the  Rumkorff  coil  or 
Tesla's  transformer.  Such  apparatus  is 
not  only  portable,  but  can  be  attached 
to  any  lamp  socket,  either  in  the  physi- 
cian's office,  the  ward  of  a  hospital,  or 
carried  in  a  buggy,  and  attached  to  the 
alternating  current  socket  in  the  pa- 
tients' room,  but  if  necessary,  a  storage 
battery  may  be  employed.  The  alterna- 
ting current  can  also  be  used  in  con- 
nection with  a  Static  machine  and  a 
motor,  but  in  such  cases  the  direct  cur- 
rent ^ives  more  satisfaction. 


hundred  ten  V.  current  from  street  cir- 
cuit, the  control  of  the  voltage  may  be 
done  by  the  interposed  ten  or  more 
thirty-two  candle  power  incandescent 
lamps,  placed  in  series,  reinforced  by  a 
sliding  Rheostat.  This  gives  ample 
power,  and   prevents  a   side  variation. 

If  our  lighting  circuit  supplies  an 
alternating  current,  the  use  of  a  new 
coil  consisting  of  two  separate  seconda- 
ries with  their  primaries  connected  in 
series,  is  recommended.  Each  such  sec- 
ondary must  have  a  high  and  low  poten- 
tial terminal,  due  to  position  and  method 
of  winding.    The  secondary  is  wound 


Static  Machine. 


LESSON  III. 
Although  the  discovery  of  static  elec- 
tricitv  was  made  by  Guericke  in  1671, 
and  the  treatment  with  static  electricity 
recorded  in  1750  and  brought  to  America 
in  1752  by  Franklin,  more  than  two  cen- 
turies ago,  yet,  it  appears  to  have  shared 
the  common  fate  of  most  discoveries 
made  before  their  time,  and  to  have  in 
main  been  forgotten.  It  has  always 
been  considered  natural  that  electricity 
has  some  influence  in  some  diseased  con- 
dition,  but  a  complete  cure  of  some 


L038 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


cases  by  static  electricity  has  generally 
been  looked  upon  as  an  absurdity.  Vet, 
the  adage,  natura  noil  agit  saltatim,  has 
its  application  even  here.  For  it  is  the 
scientist  rather  than  Nature,  who  has 
drawn  hard  and  fast  lines  everywhere — 
who  marks  out  abrupt  boundaries  where 
she  herself  shades  off  with  gradations. 
The  static  electricity  has  weathered 
many  storms  of  adverse  criticism,  but 
with  the  remarkable  discovery  of  Prof. 
Wm.  Conrad  Roentgen,  it  was  found, 
that  unlike  other  apparatus  for  x-ray 
generation  which  possess  but  single 
utility,  the  main  representative  of  static 
electricity,  the  influence  machine,  is  a 
commodity    of  the  utmost  therapeutic 


glass  disks  arranged  with  rubbers,  collec- 
tors and  inducing  strips ;  they  may  be 
strictly  frictional  or"influence"machines. 
The  charges  produced  reside  only  on  the 
surfaces  of  the  bodies  charged,  and 
two  mutual  and  equal  phases  of  ex- 
citement are  developed,  the  positive  and 
negative  charges  with  affinity  for  each 
other,  neutralizing  both.  If  the  charge 
is  great  enough,  the  positive  and  nega- 
tive surfaces  need  not  be  in  actual  con- 
tact, and  we  get  a  good  spark  for  our 
x-ray  work.  It  is  necessary  to  find  out 
first  which  is  the  positive  and  the  nega- 
tive prime  conductor  on  our  machine. 
The  conductors  are  then  connected  with 
small  condensers,  known  as   "  Leyden 


value.  A  Static  Machine  may  be  util- 
ized as  an  instrument  that  combines 
treatment  with  diagnosis,  capable  of 
accomplishing  good  work  in  the  x-ray 
field,  and  exercising  a  power  to  produce 
a  thoroughly  efficient  form  of  medica- 
tion in  Electrology  and  Radiology  both. 
The  Static  Machine  is  a  very  simple, 
safe  and  most  convenient  method  of  pro- 
ducing x-rays,  especially  in  the  office 
of  the  busy  practitioner,  and  being  inde- 
pendent of  an  electric  circuit  from  the 
street,  and  generating  its  own  electric 
source,  it  can  be  operated  very  easily  in 
any  locality,  and  is  always  ready  for  in- 
stant use. 

In  the  Static  Machines,  powerful 
charges  are  produced  by  the  revolution  of 


Jars,"  the  size  of  these  jars  to  be  selected 
in  accordance  with  the  degree  of  vacuum 
of  our  Crooks  tube.  The  connecting 
wires  resting  on  some  wooden  support, 
stand,  have  to  be  covered  with  rubber  tub- 
ing and  go  to  the  cathode  and  anode  of 
our  Crooks  tube,  having  for  the  success- 
ful excitation  of  the  same  as  a  key,  the 
spark-gap  between  the  discharging  rods 
of  the  machine,  when  starting.  The 
length  of  spark  depends  altogether  upon 
the  size  of  our  tk  Leyden  Jars,"  the  vac- 
uum in  the  Crooks  tube  or  the  interrup- 
ter used  on  the  discharging  rods. 
Experience  will  teach  us  to  regulate  the 
length  of  a  spark  necessary  for  good 
(  ffects.  The  jars  may  he  omitted  on 
account   of   a    possible    explosion,  but 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1039 


their  action  as  condensers,  if  carefully 
manipulated,  increase  our  volume  of 
electricity,  and  give  us  more  steady  radi- 
ance. In  my  laboratory  I  have  used, 
with  comparatively  good  results,  to 
bring  my  ten-plate  Static  Machine  in 
proper  motion,  the  direct  current  with 
one-fourth  h.  p.  motor  and  rheostat  with 
eight  buttons. 


The  glass  plates  must  always  be  turned 
to  the  left,  looking  at  the  machine  from 
the  front,  and  the  revolutions  may  vary 
from  300  to  350  and  more  in  x-ray 
work.  To  charge  the  machine  we  have  to 
place  the  discharge  rods  about  half  an 
inch  apart.  The  small  arm  on  the  front 
right-hand  end  of  the  case,  if  there  is 
separate  charger,  should  be  turned  down 
and  the  small  chain  attached  to  this  arm 
should  be  hooked  over  the  left-hand 
pole-pieee,  so  as  to  connect  the  small 
plates  with  the  large  plates  ;  then  start 
the  small  plates  or  Wimhurst  machine, 
by  turning  the  small  handle  to  the  right, 
making  several  revolutions,  until  the 
maximum  spark  is  obtained;  then  stop 
the  Wimhurst  and  immediately  start  the 
large  plates  by  turning  the  driving 
wheel  with  or  without  the  motor,  to  the 
left.  The  chain  is  then  unhooked  and 
the  arm  turned  up.  This  explains  one 
method  of  charging,  but  every  make  of 
machine  has  its  own  special  device  to  do 
the  same  thing.  Separate  the  discharge 
rods  about  an  inch,  and  when  machine 
is  in  action  it  will  be  seen  that  the  cur- 
rent given  off  the  positive  pole  is  whiter 
in  appearance,  and  has  longer,  straight 


handle  to  the  spark  produced.  The  dis- 
charge rods  should  be  separated  the  full 
distance  between  the  pole-pieces  if  nec- 
essary. The  smallest  jars  will  give  the 
finest  current ;  the  medium  jars  have  to 
touch  the  bottom  of  the  same,  and  the 
connections  must  be  properly  made. 
Ordinarily,  the  machine  should  be  let 
alone  and  the  case  never  opened,  except 
when  necessary  to  adjust  a  plate  or  comb, 


or  to  oil  the  shaft  of  the  Wimshurst. 
When  difficulty  may  be  experienced  in 
charging  the  machine,  we  may  use,  in 
humid  weather,  Calcium  Chloride — 
about  ten  pounds,  distributed  in  dishes 
in  the  four  corners  of  the  case — but 
never  allow  the  Calcium  to  become  fluid, 
and  be  careful  not  to  use  Chloride  of 
Lime.  The  case  must  always  be  tightly 
sealed.  If  a  motor  is  to  be  used  for 
power,  move  the  pulley  nearer  to  the 


L040 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


end  of  the  shaft,  so  that  the  belt  will 
clear  t he  case,  and  run  the  belt  direct  to 
the  motor,  which  is  usually  placed  on 
the  floor  or  a  shelf  made  for  the  pur- 
pose. A  good  Static  machine  of  mod- 
ern construction,  if  properly  groomed 
and  kept  in  order,  will  excite  a  tube 
equal  to  t lie  requirements  of  general 
practitioners,  and  its  usefulness,  thera- 
peutically, adds  additional  value.  We 
have  found  that  10  10  plates  will  gener- 
ate a  sufficiency  for  all  therapeutic  and 


tions  which  the  term  implies.  By  re- 
peating experiments,  research,  facts, 
experiences,  better  apparatus  and  better 
technique,  we  are  now  able  to  photo- 
graph not  only  the  shadow  of  the  bones, 
but  the  substance  of  the  same,  and  do 
work  that  is  much  more  successful. 

There  has  been  much  written  about 
the  fallacies  of  the  x-ray,  tending  to 
push  aside  this  new  method  of  diagnosis. 
But  how  about  microscope,  ophthalmo- 
scope, or  any  other  delicate  instrument? 


x-ray  purposes. 

In  the  laboratory  of 
the  expert  x-ray  worker, 
we   will    find   the  coil, 

■  I       just  as  well  as  the  Static 

■  I  machine.  but  at  the 
p resen  1  time,  there  are 
but  three  forms  of  appa- 
ratus from  which  to 
choose  viz  :  t  he  Rum- 
korff  or  simple  form  of 
inducl  ion  coil,  the  Tesla 

or  high  induction  coil,  and  portable; 
and  i he  Stai ic  machine. 

Vet")  early  in  the  history  of  the  x-ray 
n  was  found  thai  we  have  to  deal  only 
with  the  shadows,  wilh  all  the  iimita- 


You  have  to  look  until  you  see  some- 
thing; and  in  fact,  to  the  unpracticed 
eye,  the  microscope  or  opthalmoscope  is 


much  more  liable  to  lead  one  astray  than 
the  vers  simple  application  of  the  x-ray. 
To  practice  medicine,  we  have  to  study; 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1041 


to  manage  an  individual  case  of  typhoid, 
we  have  to  read  ;  to  operate  in  a  difficult 
case,  we  have  to  look  up  our  authorities, 
etc.,  and  to  manage  the  new  means  of 
diagnosis,  the  x-ray,  we  have  to  study 
just  as  well. 

It  is  very  simple,  indeed,  to  get  hold 
of  the  handle  or  switch  and  produce  the 
x-ray  with  the  help  of  the  coil  or  the 
vStatic  machine,  but  it  is  really  very 
difficult  to  manage  the  same  and  to 
know  what  to  do  in  some  cases,  when 
the  fundamental  laws  and  principles  of 
Electrology  and  Radiology  are  not 
understood.  And  let  us  state  right  here, 
that  such  and  similar  nonchalance  was 
the  main  cause  of  misrepresentations 
and  many  mistakes  in  the  beginning  of 
x-ray  phenomena,  attributed  falsely 
to  the  x-ray.  instead  of  the  operator 
himself. 


A  BOOK. 

At  last  a  book  has  been  made  for 
the  benefit  of  x-ray  workers.  The 
title  of  the  book  is  "A  Pictorial 
System  of  Instruction."  The  vol- 
ume is  clcissed  into  six  grand  divi- 
sions :  X-Rav  Diagnosis,  X-Ray 
Therapy.  These  two  make  up 
Pour-fifths  of  the  entire  book  of 
over  1,000  pages.  The  remainder 
is  devoted  to  Photo-Therapy,  Hot- 
Air  Therapy,  Vibration  Therapy 
and  High  Frequency  Electric  Cur- 
rents. The  book  abounds  with  illus- 
trations with  explanatory  foot-notes 
and  referred  to  in  the  text  for 
the  purpose  of  quickening  under- 
standing and  amplifying  intellectual 
greed.  There  are  no  apparatus 
advertised  in  this  precious  book. 
This  is  left  to  the  makers  of  ma- 
chines, from  whom  doctors  can  get 


catalogues  for  the  simple  asking. 
This  work  is  wholly  new  and  has 
no  parallel,  even  in  part,  in  any 
book  previously  written.  It  is  a 
concise,  plain  series  of  instructions 
to  the  worker  of  an  x-ray  machine. 
The  doctor  may  read  and  at  once 
imitate  the  practice  of  this  great 
master,  so  simple  are  its  teachings. 
The  wide  therapeutical  aspect  of 
radiation  has  sealed  the  importance 
of  the  x-rays  in  the  mind  of  every 
true  thinker  of  pathology.  This 
Pictorial  System  of  Instruction  lifts 
the  cloud  of  doubt,  and  to  the  prac- 
titioner everywhere  draws  aside 
the  veil  of  hindrance  to  easy  uses 
of  the  x-rays  in  diagnosis  and  to 
practice.  This  is  Dr.  Monell's  best 
work.  We  will  review  the  book  in 
a  subsequent  issue  of  the  Ameri- 
can X-Ray  Journal. 

H.  R. 


Readers  of  the  American  X-Rav  Jour- 
nal are  acquainted  with  correct  methods 
of  x-ray  therapy. 


The  American  X-Ray  Journal  is  an 
index  medicus  of  all  that  goes  on  in  the 
x-ray  world. 


If  you  want  the  truth  about  the  uses  of 
the  x-ray,  purged  of  verbosity  and  specu- 
lation, read  regularly  the  American  X-Rav 
Journal.    Where  else  can  you  get  it? 


We  are  pleased  to  note  that  Dr.  H.  H. 
Fabrique,  Chief  Surgeon  of  St.  Francis 
Hospital,  Wichita,  Kansas,  called  upon 
Dr.  Robarts  during  past  week  for  instruc- 
tion in  the  therapy  of  the  x-rays.  Dr. 
J.  M.  Haney  of  Centralia,  111.  and  Dr. 
Albert  H.  Dollear  of  Jacksonville,  111.  were 
also  here  in  the  same  capacity.  It  is  a 
good  sign  when  physicians  seek  the  best 
means  for  information. 


L042 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Priority  in 
X-Ray  Therapeutics. 


A  Summary  of  the  Work  Done  in 
L896. 


(  Report  of  the  Research  Committee  of  the 
Chicago  Electro- Medical  Society). 
A dopted  Ma rch  25,  1902. 


The  first  published  suggestion  for  the 
therapeutic  use  of  the  x-ray  appears  to 
have  been  made  by  Dr.  T.  Glover  Lyon 
in  a  letter  to  the  London  I^ancet,  Feb- 
ruary 1,  1890,  page  326.  This  was  fol- 
lowed by  a  second  letter  dated  February 
17.  1896  giving  an  account  of  his  expo- 
sure of  the  bacilli  of  tuberculosis  and 
diphtheria,  in  cultures,  to  the  x-rays  for 
twelve  hours,  with  results  entirely  nega- 
tive. 

In  the  Munchener Medicinische  Woch- 
enschrift  for  February  4, 1896,  pages  101, 
L02,  Dr.  Franz  Mink  gave  an  account  of 
two  exposures  of  bacteria  cultures  to  the 
x-rays,  for  about  half  an  hour  each,  with 
negative  results.  In  the  March  number 
of  the  same  journal,  page  202,  Dr.  Mink 
reported  a  second  exposure  of  a  culture 
of  the  typhus  bacilli  in  agar,  for  fifteen 
hours,  with  negative  results. 

On  February  17,  1896,  Professors 
Schuster  and  Delepine  of  Owens  Col- 
lege (British  Medical  Journal,  February 
29,  1896)  exposed  to  the  X-Rays  three 
sets  of  culture  tubes  containing  cholera 
vibrio,  bacillus  coli  communis,  and  bacil- 
lus typhosus,  for  IT),  80  and  60  minutes 
respectively.  Two  days  later  a  similar 
Bel  was  exposed  to  the  rays  for  two 
hours.  The  results  were  negative  in 
hot  li  eases. 

On  April  5,  1896,  Drs.  II.  Preston 
Pratl  and  Hugo  Wightman  of  Chicago 
exposed  to  the  x-rays  lor  one,  two  and 


three  hours  respectively,  three  sets  of 
culture  tubes  of  the  following  bacilli  : 
cholera,  diptheria,  influenza,  glanders, 
pneumonia,  typhoid,  tuberculosis  and 
anthrax.  Several  of  the  cultures  were 
killed  by  one  hour's  exposure  ;  and  all 
by  three  hour's  exposure. — {Chicago 
Times- Herald,  April  13,  17,  18  ;  Chicago 
Tribune,  April  14,  1896.)  April  13, 
1896,  Dr.  Pratt  treated  two  patients 
who  had  cancer  of  the  stomach,  who 
were  immediately  benefited  by  the  ex- 
posures of  one  hour  each. — {Chicago  Tri- 
bune, April  14.)  Guinea  pigs  were  in- 
oculated, April  18,  with  tubercular 
bacilli. — (limes-Herald,  April  19,)  and 
exposed  to  the  x-rays  for  one  hour  daily. 
Those  thus  treated  lived,  though  with 
x-ray  burns ;  the  controls  all  died  of 
tuberculosis. 

Dr.  Pratt  by  request  of  the  New  York 
Journal,  began  the  treatment  of  a  case 
of  pulmonary  and  laryngial  tuberculosis 
by  the  x-rays,  April  19,  1896.  After 
one  week,  during  which  improvement 
was  very  marked,  the  patient  left  the 
city,  and  later  died. — New  York  Journal, 
April  19,  et  seq.) 

On  April  23,  1896,  Drs.  Lortet  and 
Genoud  inoculated  eight  Guinea  pigs 
with  tubercular  bacilli,  and  exposed 
three  of  them  to  the  x-rays  one  hour 
daily.  These  three  remained  well;  the 
rest  developed  suppurating  abcesses. — 
{Medical  Week,  Paris,  Vol.  IV,  1896, 
pp.  326-27.) 

Professors  Schroder  and  Hickman  of 
Missouri,  April  27,  succeeded  in  destroy- 
ing the  bacilli  of  diphtheria  by  the 
\-rays.) — Chicago  Tribune,  April  28, 
1896,  page  4.) 

Two  pronounced  cases  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis  successfully  treated  by  Dr. 
II.  P.  Pratt  were  reported  by  Dr.  Fin- 
ley  Ellingwood  in  the  Chicago  Medical 
limes,  Vol.  XXIX,  No.  7,  July,  1896, 
and  Sept.  1896.  Treatment  of  the  first 
was  begun  April   17  and  continued  for 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1043 


six  weeks,  with  marked  improvement. 
Treatment  of  the  second  began  May  20, 
and  in  September,  1896,  he  was  to  all 
appearances  completely  cured.  (See 
also  The  Clinic,  July  15,  1897.) 

Dr.  Stone  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  in  a 
letter  to  the  Association  of  American 
Physicians,  April  30,  1896,  stated  that 
the  x-rays  in  his  experiments  appeared 
to  have  no  destructive  effect  upon  bac- 
teria. 

Dr.  F.  Berton  {Medical  Week,  Vol. 
IV,  1896,  p.  351)  exposed  broth  cult- 
ures of  bacillus  diphtheria  to  the  x-rays 
for  sixteen,  thirty-two  and  sixty-four 
hours,  without  effect. 

Dr.  Despeignes  (mentioned  in  Medical 
Record,  August  29,  1896,  page  307)  used 
the  x-rays  for  a  case  of  carcinoma  of  the 
stomach.  The  patient  improved  under 
the  treatment,  but  died  later. 

During  the  latter  half  of  1896,  Drs. 
Pratt  and  Stirling  {Chicago  Medical 
Times,  December,  1896,  page  456) 
treated  a  number  of  disorders  success- 
fully with  the  x-rays;  among  which 
were  lupus  (in  June),  sciatica  (in  July), 
emotional  melancholia  (in  September), 
dorsal  pain,  articular  rheumatism,  and 
tuberculosis  of  the  kidney. 

Dr.  J.  Tarkhanoff,  in  Gazetta  Bolkina, 

1896,  No.  33,  (Presse  Medicate,  Febru- 
ary 24,  1897)  reports  the  recovery  of 
frogs  poisoned  by  strychnine,  when  ex- 
posed to  the  x-rays.  Those  not  exposed 
[died. 

Drs.  Rendu  and  du  Castel  {Progres 
Medical,  January  30,  1897,  page  71;  and 
La  Semaine  Medicalc,  1897,  page  20) 
gave  a  pneumonia  patient  relief  in  three 
applications  of  the  x-rays. 

Dr.   Freund   {La  Semaine  Medicate, 

1897,  page  24)  reported  the  cure  of  a 
large,  pigmented,  hairy  nevus  by  x-rays. 
?  Dr.  E-  Aussat  (Journal  de  clinique  et 
de  therapeutiqne  infantile,  February  11, 
1897  ;  and  Lancet,  March  6,  1897,  page 
630)  found  no  effect  of  the  x-rays  upon 


tubercular  bacilli  in  cultures  ;  but 
treated  a  child  of  seven  years,  by  the 
rays  for  pulmonary  and  abdominal 
tuberculosis,  with  marked  improvement. 

Dr.  Voigt,  Hamburg,  in  November, 
1896,  treated  a  case  of  pharyngial  carci- 
noma.— (Mentioned  by  Dr.  Gocht  in 
Gebiete  der  Roentgenstrahlen,  Vol.  1, 
page  14. 

Dr.  Schiff  at  Versammlung  Deutscher 
Naturforscher  und  Artze  in  Braunch- 
weig,  September  22,  1897,  gave  a  report 
of  his  work  in  the  treatment  of  lupus, 
extending  over  about  one  }Tear.  —  (Fort- 
schritte  suf  dem  Gebiete  der  Roentgens- 
trahlen,  Vol.  1,  1897-8,  page  89.) 

The  Roentgen  Societv  of  America 
will  meet  sometime  in  December  in  annual 
session,  unless  changed  by  the  managing 
board.  Chicago  will  probably  be  the  place 
of  meeting. 

The  Roentgen  Societv  of  London 
have  changed  the  rules  that  similar  agents 
to  the  x-ra}rs  may  be  discussed  at  their 
meetings.  They  have  two  classes  or  char- 
acter of  meetings.  One  class  admits  the 
laity.  These  meetings  are  more  for  exhibi- 
tion purposes  and  probably  convivial.  The 
other  class  admits  members  only  or  pro- 
fessional persons.  In  these  meetings  di- 
agnosis and  treatment  are  discussed. 
Their  meetings  are  monthly.  Election  of 
members  and  officers  occurs  once  a  year  if 
the  new  ruling  prevails. 


The  two  great  meetings  of  the  Roentgen 
Society  of  America,  the  one  in  Decem- 
ber, 1900,  in  the  Grand  Central  Palace,  New 
York  City,  and  the  other  in  September, 
1901,  in  the  University  of  Buffalo,  Buffalo, 
N.  Y.,  will  go  down  in  the  history  of  medi- 
cine as  the  most  valuable  meetings  for  the 
diffusion  of  x-ray  information  ever  held. 
As  time  goes  on  and  the  importance  of 
this  subject  grows,  every  member  of  the 
Society  that  attended  these  meetings  will 
be  honored  for  having  embraced  that  op- 
portune. 

Dr.  J.  F.  Rinehartof  Oakland,  California, 
has  recently  reported  satisfactory  treat- 
ment of  Epithelial  Skin-Cancers  and  Sy- 
cosis Non- Parasitica  with  the  x-ray. 


104-4- 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


The  New  Machine  for  1902. 


By  joiix  Tow  n-send  Pi  tkin,  M.  D. 


Since  the  discovery  of  the  x-rays  by 
Professor  Roentgen,  each  successive 
year  has  been  productive  of  new  and 
better  apparatus  for  their  generation. 

Static  machines  having  but  eight 
revolving  wheels  have  been  replaced  by 
others  having  ten,  twelve,  sixteen, 
eighteen  or  twenty-four  revolving  discs. 

With  each  increase  in  the  number  of 
plates,  other  improvements  being  com- 
mensurate, a  given  tube  and  speed  and 
absence  of  spark  gaps  has  placed  pro- 
portionately more  x-ray  light  at  our 
disposal. 

Instead  of  an  eighth  of  a  horse  power 
electro-motor  as  the  source  of  propulsion 
of  the  apparatus,  we  now  require  one- 
half  of  a  horse  power  for  its  actuation. 
This  means  that  w7e  have  nearly  one- 
half  of  a  horse  power  of  x-radiance. 

Other  evidences  of  the  increase  in  the 
power  of  the  modern  apparatus  are  the 
thickness  (not  the  length)  of  the  spark, 
brightness  of  the  flash,  the  heavy  report 
or  detonation  and  greater  therapeutic 
action. 

Owing  to  a  better  selection  of  insula- 
tors and  conductors  and  the  relative 
positions  which  they  bear  to  each  other, 
the  Static  machine  recently  installed 
for  the  year  L902,  with  twenty-four  ("24) 
revolving  cycles,  occupies  no  more  floor 
space  than  was  required  for  any  of  its 
less  efficient  predecessors. 

As  air  space  is  a  fairly  good  insulator 
for  high  tension  electrical  currents, 
small  machines  have  been  cheaply  built 
by  inclosing  them  in  large  cases,  placing 
the  conductors  entering  into  the  con- 
struction of  the  case  beyond  sparking 
distance. 

By  employing  heavy  plate  glass  for 
Strength    and     insulation     with  only 


enough  wood  work  to  hold  it 
and  afford  support  for  the  axl 
the  space  inside  of  the  machine 
utilized  for  the  generation  of  ek 
The  cycles  of  the  new  mac' 
twenty-nine   inches   in  diamet- 
have  found  larger  plates  less  c 
because  their  "moment  of  ine 
greater — harder  to  maintain  in  1 
hence,  their  speed  is  often  limit 
vibratory  or  rocking  motion, 
warp  in  the  plates  throws  them 
out  of  alignment,  it  is  harder 
them  properly  adjusted  and  to 
rubbing.    At  an  average  spee 
voltage  is  excessive. 

The  stationary  plates  consist  o 
pieces  of  glass,  a  superior  and  an 
set.  Each  field  plate  is  double, 
tin-foil  inductor  inclosed  betwee: 
The  pieces  of  tin-foil  are  saddle 
with  one  serrated  margin.  Eac' 
tor  presents  forty-two  square  ir 
surface  for  electrification. 

The  advantage  of  the  dout 
the  single  fields  are  manifolc 
have  greater  exciting  power  auc 
ity  or  retentivity  of  the  same,  i: 
more  action  in  the  revolving  dis 
rarely  loose  their  charge  or  sps 
the  neutralizing  system. 

Glass  is  a  better  inducing  i 
than  the  air. 

The  field  plates  project  bey. 
revolving  discs  at  either  end  of  1 
chine  eight  inches. 

The  axle  is  incased  through' 
cept  in  the  bearings,  in  a  heav 
rubber  sleeve  ;  it  is  supported  a 
end  by  an  upright  (not  nor: 
piece  of  wood,  which  extends  fi 
top  to  the  bottom  of  the  case. 

Over  the  sleeve  of  the  axle  sol 
rubber  discs  are  placed  ;  they  S 
the  revolving  plates  from  each  ot 
from  the  field  plates,  and  hold 
mer  firmly  in  situ. 


pp,  i  oU-S- 1  otro 


THE  AMERICA  X  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


cases  in  the  report.  There  are  two 
points  of  interest  in  this  report — 
First:  the  pictures  show  that  the 
operator  was  master  of  his  work. 
Dr.  Wio-ht  is  a  surgeon.  The 
x-rays  brought  to  light  what  no 
other  method  of  diagnosis  could 
have  done,  and  he  operated  from 
the  facts  thereby  acquired,  with  the 
\  best  results  obtainable.  One  case 
of  ankylosis  of  the  elbow  is  espec- 
ially interesting.  It  was  an  old 
tuberculous  joint  in  which  the  ex- 
ternal condyle  was  a  mass  of  dead 
bone  and  pus  surrounded  with  a 
thin  shell  of  bone.  The  x-ray  pic- 
ture gave  all  the  detailed  informa- 
tion, and  the  surgeon  performed  a 
linear  osteotomy.    Repair  was  com- 


L051 

plete  with  motion  through  an  arc  of 
65  degrees.  Most  of  the  cases  men- 
tioned in  the  paper  involved  the 
joints.  The  second  point  of  inter- 
est is.  that  after  all,  the  paper  was 
not  read — only  by  title.  We  are 
not  aware  of  just  the  reason,  but 
we  feel  quite  certain  that  if  Dr. 
Wight  should  present  another  pa- 
per on  some  surgical  procedure, 
in  which  the  x-rays  figured  in  the 
case,  he  would  be  asked  to  read 
it.  The  past  twelve  months  has 
added  immensely  to  the  surgical 
interest  of  the  x-rays.  Societies 
that  ignore  the  tenets  of  our  pro- 
fession must  lose  the  respect  of 
modern  practitioners. 

H.  R. 


TiiiaUreene&Go. 

42,  44.  46  Wabash  Ave. 

OHIO  AGO,  U.S.A. 

Manufacturers.  Importers,  and 
Dealers  in 

ALL  FORMS  OF 

Electrical  Apparatus 

Known  to  Medical  Sceince. 


A  Product  of  Our  Own  Foctory. 

Our  Wall  Cabinet 

Maybe  furnished  for  cells  110-220  or 
500  volt  direct  com.  currents 

Special  points  of  merit  are: 
High  Tension  Coil. 

Shunt  Graphite,  Rheostat. 

Standard  "Dead  Beat." 
Mil-am-meter. 

Automatic  Rheotome. 

We  will  be  pleased  to  forward  prices 
on  application. 


105-2 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


X-Ray  Divergence  Chart. 

SUPPLEMENT  TO 

A  System  of  Instruction  in  X-Ray 
Methods  and  Medical  Uses  of 
Light,  Hot-Air,  Vibration 
and  High-Frequency 
Currents. 

By  S.  H.  MONELL,  M.  D. 

This  chart  shows  at  a  glance  the  follow- 
ing points  of  essential  interest  to  the 
X-Ray  operator:  — 

1.  A  Plane  Diagram  of  X-light  radia- 
tions from  the  anode  focus-point. 

2.  The  rate  of  departure  of  X-Rays  from 
a  parallel  path  at  different  distances  from 
the  tube. 

3.  The  proportionate  loss  of  right-angle 
shadows  at  different  distances  horizontal 
to  the  perpendicular  axis. 


4.  The  area  of  non-distorted  field  of  ob- 
servation at  any  distance  from  the  tube. 

5.  The  area  within  which  a  body  of  any 
thickness  will  shadow  a  right-angled  rela- 
tion of  the  parts  at  a  given  distance  from 
the  tube. 

6.  The  distance  from  the  tube  at  which 
a  part  and  the  photographic  plate  must  be 
exposed  to  secure  essential  correctness 
and  non-distortion  for  a  diagnostic  field  of 
any  given  size. 

7.  The  general  area  of  approximate  non- 
distortion  on  the  plate. 

8.  The  obliquity  of  shadows  at  all  dis- 
tances outside  of  the  central  field  of  exact 
perpendicularity  of  radiation. 

The  Scale  of  the  Chart  reads  down  from 
the  focus -point  of  the  tube  to  an  imaginary 
plate  twenty  inches  distant.  For  greater 
distances,  extend  the  indicated  lines  below 
the  Chart,  and  apply  the  same  rule  of  in- 
terpretation. For  full  explanatory  descrip- 
tion see  Chapter  XVIII. 


I  n  entering  new  fields  it  is 
1    always  well  to  be 

'Introduced  right" 

>  J 

V  our  printea  matter  is  your 
1   introduction  to  new  trade. 


M  eat  work  makes  a  good  im= 
[ill  pression  and  if  you  have 
the  goods,  the  first  impression 
can  be  made  lasting. 

T  be  neatest  work  in  town  is 
1   done  by 


MOCKLER  PRINTING  COMPANY, 

N.  E.  CORNER  4th  A  PlNE. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-Ray Journal 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE  AMERICAN  X  BAY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 
CHARLES  P.  RENNER,  M.  D..  M.  E.,  Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES— IN  ADVANCE. 

United  states.  Canada  and  Mexico    $3.00  |  Foreign  Countries    $4.00 

single  Copies   25  |  Single  Copies        H5 

Editorial  nutter  should  1k>  addressed  to  Dr.  Charles  P.  Renner,  Editor,  Suite  KOI  Chemical  Bldg..  St.  Louis. 

All  business  matter  should  be  addressed  to  the  American  X-Ray  Journal  Publishing  Co..  same  address. 

All  contributors  of  original  articles  and  other  matter  relative  to  X-Radianee.  of  interest  to  the  medical  profes- 
sion, are  solicited  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Contributors  will  be  furnished  a  liberal  number  of  extra  copies  of 
he  Journal  containing  their  articles. 

Translation  of  articles  written  in  German,  French  and  Spanish  is  made  by  Frank  Ring,  M.  D.,  611  Chemical 
Building,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


Entered  at  the  Postoftice  at  St.  Louis.  Mo.,  as 

Second-Class  Matter. 

VOL.  10. 

ST.  LOUIS.  JUNE, 

1902. 

No.  S. 

CONTEXTS  VOL.  10,  NO.  2.  CONTENTS  VOL.  10,  NO.  3. 


Practical  X-Ray  Diagnosis. 

Dr.  MoneU's  Latest  Book. 

Priority  in  X-Ray  Therapeutics. 

Pus  Foci  in  Bone. 

The  New  Static  Machine  for  1002. 

X-Ray  Burns. 

How  Errors  Are  Made  in  Radiograph} 
Injurious  Forces  From  X-Ray  Tubes. 


The  Practical  X-Ray  Diagnosis. 
Observations  on  Broken  Necks. 
A  Xew  Application  of  the  X-Ray. 
X-Ray  Xarrative. 

Xotes   on   X- Light   and    Radio- Active 

Substances  in  Therapeutics. 
Radiotherapy  of  the  Prostate. 
Origin  of  Cancer. 

History  of  a  Case  of  Unrecognized  Frac- 
ture of  the  Radius. 
X-Ray  Prophecy. 

Treatment  of  Ephithetical  Skin-Cancers 
and  Sycosis  Xon-Parsitica  with  the 
X-Ray. 

X-Ray  Narrative. 

Radium. 

Surgical  Operations  in  the  Old. 
Roentgen  Society  of  America. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


This  radiograph  is  a  section  of  one  described  in  this  number  of  the  Journal, 
under  the  caption,  "History  of  a  Case  of  Unrecognized  Fracture  of  the  Radius," 
b)  Dr.  Paul  I\  Fletcher.  The  arm,  forearm  and  hand  were  taken  in  one 
plate,  but  the  section  that  revealed  injury  was  all  that  we  had  electrotyped. 
1  Ik-  offending  Spicula  of  bone  is  clearly  seen.  The  radiograph  was  made  in 
the  x-ray  laboratory  of  Dr.  Robarts. 


THE  AMERICAN 

X-RAY  JOURNAL. 

Devoted  to  Practical  X-Ray  Work  and  Allied  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VOL.  10.  ST.  LOUIS,  JUNE,  1902.  No.  S. 


The  Practical   X-Ray  Diag- 
nosis. 


Prepared  by  J.  Rudis-Jicinsky,  A.  M.,  M.  D>,  M.  E. 
Cedar  Rapids,  la.    Revised  by  M.  I'.  Dr. 
Joseph  Hoffman,  Vienna  Austria. 
A   series  of  A  B  C  teaching  for  workers  in  x-ray 
diagnosis  and  therapeutics,  to  be  concluded  in  20 
articles.   Fully  illustrated. 


Crookk's  Tubes. 


LKSSON  IV. 

The  Crookes'  tubes  or  the  Vacuum 
tubes  which  are  used  to  generate  the  x- 
rays,  are  so  named  after  Sir  William 
Crookes,  F.  R.  S.,  who  constructed  them 
for  his  famous  experiments  in  radiant 
matter.  In  these  tubes  the  air  has  been 
exhausted  to  such  a  degree  that  the  re- 
maining particles  have  a  vastly  greater 
freedom  of  movement  than  when  under 
usual  atmospheric  pressure. 

Under  these  circumstances,  on  leading 
a  powerful  electric  force  into  the  tube  by 
means  of  its  sealed-in  electrodes,  these 
air  particles  are  thrust  to  and  fro  be- 
tween the  electrodes  and  the  glass  op- 
posite, just  as  an  electric  machine  causes 
pith  balls  to  dance,  and  by  their  incess- 
ant bombardment  cause  heat  to  appear 
in  both  metal  and  glass.  The  tube  is 
the  most  essential  part  of  an  x-ray  out- 
fit, and  must  be  of  good  efficiency.  The 
efficiency  of  the  tube  greatly  depends 
focus  tubes,  containing  a  platinum  re- 
upon  the  spark  length,  the  volume  of 


the  same  and  the  proper  technique. 
But  the  most  important  discovery, 
how  to  keep  the  character  of  the 
light  more  constant  and  complete, 
has  to  be  made  yet.  If  we  work 
in  the  beginning  with  diminished  tension 
and  gradually  increasing  the  same  by 
means  of  the  current  regulator  of  our 
apparatus,  the  life  of  the  tube  will  be 
considerably  prolonged. 

The  interior  action  of  an  x-ray  tube 
may  be  regulated.  What  the  x-rays  are 
themselves  we  are  not  vet  able  to  say. 
What  changes  occur  in  the  tube  from  the 
standpoint  of  a  physicist  we  do  not  know 
positively ;  some  say  it  is  the  disassocia- 
tion  of  vapor  molecules  of  water,  others 
think  that  there  is  some  breaking  up  of 
hydrogen  atoms,  and  finally,  the  theory 
of  corpuscles  was  given  for  the  whole 
phenomena  in  the  tube  during  the  ray- 
ing. We,  however,  do  know  how  to  get 
and  reproduce  some  certain  results  of 
x-ray  work ;  results  giving  us  different 
degrees  of  x-rays  with  different  de- 
grees of  shadows  in  our  pictures.  The 
rays  we  observe  with  the  fluoroscope, 
the  penetration  and  the  shadows  may  be 
differentiated  with  a  skiameter  and  to 
become  a  master  observer  of  these  rays, 
should  be  our  aim. 

These  tubes  are  made  in  various 
shapes.  Globular,  Pear-shaped  and 
Cylindrical,  so-called  on  account  of  the 
peculiar  constructions  of  the  electrodes. 
The  best  tubes  yet  made  are  the  so-called 


1054 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Hector  (Monell's  etc.),  as  shown  in  Fig. 
2,  with  or  without  the  regulating  device 
for  increasing  or  decreasing  the  vacuum 
in  the  tube,  or  they  may  be  reinforced 


Fig.  2. 

on  platinum  plate  with  platinum  (Green 
and  Bauer).  The  concave  electrode  is  al- 
ways used  as  the  cathode.  The  cathode 
rays,  proceeding  from  it,  focus  on  the 
platinum  sheet,  which  forms  the  anode 
with  or  without  a  disk  reflector,  rotary 
target,  cooled  target  (Rollins),  or  con 
linuous  metallic  conductor  with  or  with- 
out the  cup  (See  :  Amer.  X-Ray  Journal, 
July,  1899),  sending  off  from  the 
SpOl  on  which  they  focus  a  powerful 
shaft  of  x-rays.  As  this  spot  is 
quite  small,  skiagraphs,  or  radiograph; 
mad-  with  this  or  similar  tubes  arc  al- 
ways well  defined,  and  may  now  be  made 
especially  with  tin-  help  of  intensifying 
screens  in  a  much  shorter  time  than 
would  have  been  considered  possible  at 


an  earlier  period  of  the  photography  of 
the  invisible.  Fig.  3  represents  Thomp- 
son's double  focus  tube,  having  two  ca- 
thode electrodes,  the  rays  from  which 
are  projected  simultaneously  against  the 
Y-shaped  anode  placed  between  them. 
(  Not  showm. ) 

Leonard's  double  focus  tube  is 
constructed  in  such  a  way  that  a  proper 
localization  without  any  other  device  is 
not  only  possible,  but  sure  and  simple. 
(See  :  Amer.  X-Ray  Journal,  Nov.  1899.) 
There  are  tubes  in  the  market  supplied 
with  additional  chamber  containing  vol- 
atile salts  or  wires,  the  heating  of  which 
reduces  the  vacuum  of  the  tube,  and 
thus  a  more  uniform  vacuum  can  be  ob- 
tained or  the  vacuum  itself  may  be  regu- 
lated .  Muller's  Universal  Roentgen  Tube 


G 


K 


etc.)  Muller's  Universal  Roentgen  Tube 
with  auxiliary  tube  for  regulating  the 
vacuum  to  either  a  high  or  low  degree 
is  the  latest.  The  advantages  of  this 
regulating  modus  operandi  comprise  the 
following : 

1.  That  the  use  of  a  flame  is  entirely 
abrogated  and, 

2.  That  the  regulating  device  can  be 
Used  in  the  simplest  and  most  effective 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1055 


manner  as  an  automatic  regulator  while 
the  application  is  proceeding,  and 

3.  That  by  reason  of  the  addition  of 
the  auxiliary  tube  it  recommends  itself 
specially  for  long  exposures  as  well  as 
for  exact  impressions. 

4.  Most  important  of  all  advantages  is 
the  fact  that  the  regulating  elements 
contained  in  the  auxiliary  tube  are  so 
plentifully  present  that  the  longevity  of 
the  tube  is  thereby  secured  and  with 
careful  use  should  last  for  a  long  time. 

Fig.  5  represents  the  tube,  which  was 
devised  by  Edison.  Two  slanting  disks 
mutually  converge  the  cathodic  stream 
to  the  area  of  the  glass  bulb,  at  certain 
angle.  With  such  a  tube  the  over-heat- 
ing is  impossible.     (Not  shown.) 

If  we  use  the  high  potential  and  high 
frequency  current  another  ingenious 
tube  devised  by  Tesla  may  be  employed. 
Fig.  6  shows  the  tube,  which  needs  only 

i  ^SP- 

Fig.  6. 

one  terminal,  but  can  not  be  used  with- 
out the  powerful  Tesla  coil. 

There  is  another  tube  for  stereoptic 
vision  designed  by  Caldwell.  By  using 
two  sources  of  x-rays  in  the  same  tube 
each  eye  views  independently  the  shad- 
ow, with  the  result  that  the  picture 
stands  out  distinctly.  It  is  thought  that 
the  fluoroscopic  examination  of  frac- 
tures especially  may  be  made  much 
more  successfully,  permitting  immediate 
examination  by  this  method  with  a  fluor- 
oscope  having  a  special  rotating  shutter. 

Reduction  of  Vacuum. 

When  the  vacuum  has  become  too 
high  in  consequence  of  much  use,  cer- 
tain focus  tubes  had  to  be  heated  with 
a  spirit  lamp  around  the  cathode  or 
aluminium  electrode  until  they  again 
emit  x-rays.      This  must  not  be  done 


while  the  current  is  passing  through  the 
tube,  the  operator  may  receive  shocks 
from  the  apparatus,  or  the  lamp  could 
explode.  If  the  degree  of  exhaustion 
of  vacuum  in  the  common  focus  tube  or 
the  New  Improved  German  tube  is  too 
high,  sparks  will  often  play  around  the 
tube ;  to  avoid  this  we  use  a  round  me- 
tallic disk  at  the  anode  (See  Fig.  7),  and 


4- 


Fig.  7.  Disk  at  anode,  not  shown. 

get  a  steady  light,  that,  by  proper  ad- 
justment, may  be  increased  to  a  brilliant 
glow,  thus  affording  of  any  degree  of 
penetration. 

A  very  simple  way  to  get  a  vacuum 
suited  to  our  apparatus  is  by  a  hand 
regulator  or  a  temporary  regulator  may 
be  made  by  twisting  a  bit  of  wire  on  a 
stick.  This  way  we  may  always  cause 
several  sparks  to  pass  into  the  chemical 
bulb,  place  the  regulator  or  short  cir- 
cuiting rod  in  contact  with  the  platinum 
loop  at  the  anode  and  cause  the  spark 
to  pass  to  the  cathode  end  of  the  tube. 
A  very  few  sparks,  sometimes  one  or 
two,  should  lower  the  vacuum  sufficient- 
ly for  the  time,  being. 

In  discussing  the  problem  of  the 
proper  manipulation  of  the  vacuum  of 
a  tube  to  get  good  results  and  good 


L056 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


effects,  we  have  to  consider  also  the 
raising  of  the  vacuum  electrically  in  case 
of  necessity.  As  stated  already,  the 
vacuum  of  a  tube  is  constantly  chang- 
ing and  the  quantity  differs  occasionally 
and  can  never  be  relied  upon  to  remain 
the  same  in  every  exposure.  Our  ex- 
perience of  observation  with  the  help  of 
the  fluoroscope,  therefore,  is  a  better 
guide  in  each  given  case  than  all  the 
theoretical  advices  given,  lengths  of  ex- 
posures, etc.  Sometimes  few  beautiful 
flashes  of  the  x-ray,  as  seen  on  the 
screen  of  our  rluoroscope,  give  us  photo- 
graphically better  results  than  prolonged 
exposures  made  according  to  some  giv- 
en pattern.  It  is  only  necessary  to  be- 
come familiar  with  the  stage  of  vacuum 
in  our  tube  adopted  for  certain  work, 
and  to  know  how  to  produce  it.  We  can 
expel  gas  from  anode  of  our  tube  by 
introducing  a  variable  capacity  discharge 
in  the  anode  end  of  the  tube,  and  in 
this  way  or  by  simple  burning,  lower  the 
vacuum,  and  by  capacity  discharge  in 
cathode  end  and  no  discharge  in  anode, 
may  raise  the  vacuum.  So  that  by  regu- 
lation of  those  two  capacities,  we  can 
have  the  vacuum  at  a  certain  degree,  and 
by  varying  the  intensity  of  the  current 
we  can  vary  the  quantity  and  the  degree 
of  our  rays.  The  rluoroscope  must  al- 
ways be  our  guide  and  if  there  is  any 
blue  color  streaming  along  the  inner 
walls  of  the  tube,  we  know  that  we  have 
only  very  w  eak  rays,  and  it  may  require 
a  longer  stream  of  our  current  to  pro- 
duce the  well-known  green  color  of  the 
x-ray  proper.  The  x-rays  have  to 
have  the  necessary  penetrating  power, 
which  easily  may  be  made  out  on  rluor- 
oscopic  examination,  and  the  differentia- 
tion will  follow,  especially  if  we  have 
a  good  apparatus  possessing  regulating 
mechanism  of  special  construction. 
To  raise  the  vacuum  electrically,  there- 
tore,  we  have  to  simply,  send  a  moderate 


current  through  the  tube  continuously, 
the  operator  watching  its  behavior  care- 
fully for  a  little  time,  and  as  the  fluor- 
oscope indicates  the  different  qualities  of 
the  rays,  the  observation  may  successful- 
ly be  applied.  (Rollins.) 

We  all  know  that  the  particles  of  gas 
in  a  Crookes'  tube,  and  also  those  oc- 
cluded in  the  terminals,  become  electri- 
callv  charged  and  carry  their  charge 
from  one  terminal  to  the  other  when 
the  tube  is  in  action.  The  stream  goes 
from  the  cathode  to  the  anode.  This 
movement  of  particles  causes  repulsion 
of  unlike  sign  attraction,  so  that  the  par- 
ticle being  repelled  from  the  cathode  and 
attracted  to  the  anode,  strikes  the  latter 
with  great  force  of  the  bombardment. 
This  breaking  up  of  the  particles  pro- 
duces the  x-ray;  therefore,  the  more 
particles  we  have  in  action,  the  greater 
will  be  the  quantity  of  rays.  To  have 
great  contrast  in  our  photographic  work 
on  our  plates,  we  must  have  a  good 
source  of  electricity,  and  a  certain  inten- 
sity of  bombardment  to  each  particle  in 
our  Cookes?  tube ;  and  to  make  short 
exposures,  we  must  have  a  great  quan- 
tity of  rays,  which  we  collect  with  the 
help  of  the  calcium-tungstate  screen, 
face  down  upon  the  film  side  of  the  sen- 
sitive plate.  The  vacuum  of  Crookes' 
tube  is  constanly  changing  quantity  and 
should  not  be  relied  on  to  remain  con- 
stant ;  it  differs  in  different  tubes  and 
sometimes  in  one  and  the  same  tube. 
We  therefore  have  always  to  watch  our 
tube.  To  know  our  tube,  the  resistance 
of  the  same,  and  the  proper  technique 
is  the  whole  secret  of  good  results  in 
radiology.  The  discovery  of  Roentgen, 
which  makes  possible  and  easy  an  abso- 
lutely correct  diagnosis  where  previous 
ly  uncertainty  and  error  outweighed 
definite  knowledge,  through  this  results 
in  experimentation  and  researches  seems 
to  be  still  more  important. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1057 


LESSON  V. 


Induction  Coils. 

The  induction  coils  used  with  x-ray 
apparatus  are  built  on  one  and  the  same 
principle.  The  most  practical  point  so 
far  substantiated  in  the  coil  is  that  al- 
most instanteous  skiagraphs  can  be  ob- 
tained with  not  less  than  a  12-inch  spark- 
gap.  Larger  coils  than  this  are  not  re- 
quired for  general  use.    The  commonly 


known  Ruhmkorff  Coil  is  used  mostly, 
being  named  after  Ruhmkorff,  of  Paris, 
who,  although  not  the  inventor  of  same, 
made  many  instruments  of  the  kind,  and 
contrived  various  improvements.  There 
is  no  question  about  it  that  one  of  the 
most  important  factors  in  the  produc- 
tion of  the  x-ray  is  a  perfect  working- 
induction  coil,  as  upon  its  action  depends 
the  satisfactory  fluorescence  of  the 
vacuum  tube.  In  the  laboratory  of  an 
expert  the  coils  are  used,  being  very 
much  more  powerful,  and  as  it  is  claimed 
giving  effects  which  cannot  be  produced 
with  a  static  machine.  The  coils  are  not 
affected  by  atmospheric  changes  and  are 
in  some  instances  portable.  In  my  ex- 
perience the  coils  gave  us  good  results 
in  skiagraphy,  especially  when  the  induc- 
ing currents  were  short,  sharp,  snappy 
and  vigorous  in  connection  with  a  good 
interrupter,  but  we  like  the  work  of  a 
static  machine  just  as  well.  In  regard 
to  the  portability  the  coil  certainly  plays 
the  main  part  and  then  is  by  far  the  most 
satisfactory  to  handle. 

The  induction  coil  consists  of  primary 
and  a  secondary  winding  of  many  miles 


of  wires  and  a  case,  which  contains  con- 
densor  or  not.  The  primary  coil  and  the 
condensor  are  provided  with  terminals 
for  the  connections.  The  primary  coil 
is  composed  of  a  bundle  of  thin  iron 
wires,  around  which  a  copper  wire  is 
wound.  In  coils  giving  10  to  40-inch 
spark  or  over,  the  primary  winding  is 
entirely  covered  with  an  ebonite  insula- 
tor, the  inner  coil  is  movable,  so  that  it 
can  easily  be  drawn  out.  This  arrange- 
ment adds  considerable  to  their  effi- 
ciency and  offers  great  security  during 
transport.  In  introducing  a  quickly-in- 
terrupted current  into  the  primary  wire, 
currents  of  very  high  tension  generated 
in  the  secondary  wire  and  sparks  of  con  - 
siderable length  and  volume  are  pro- 
duced. The  efficiency  of  an  induction 
coil  is  greatly  dependent  upon  the  in- 
terrupter. (See  the  illustration  in  May 
issue  of  this  Journal.) 

When  the  coil  is  put  in  operation,  a 
current  regulator  is  interposed  between 
the  source  of  electricity,  and  the  coil,  in 
order  to  introduce  into  the  latter  the 
amount  of  current  necessary  for  working 
tube.  The  speed  of  the  interrupter  must 
be  also  regulated  until  the  most  power- 
ful results  are  obtained.  A  good  coil 
has  to  maintain  the  full  length  of  sparks 
even  when  the  interrupter  is  working 
with  great  rapidity  ,and  what  is  just  as 
important,  the  spark  has  to  be  produced 
with  every  interruption.  This  is  a  very 
important  point,  as  good  results  can 
only  be  obtained  by  interruptions  of 
high  speed.  Remember  that  the  value 
of  an  induction  coil  depends  not  only  on 
the  length  of  spark,  but  it  is  also  neces- 
sary for  the  spark  to  be  powerful  and 
complete  with  every  interruption,  even 
when  the  interrupter  is  running  at  its 
greatest  speed.  Experience  has  shown 
a  rapidity  of  1,000  to  1,500  interruptions 
per  minute  to  be  the  most  useful  both 
for  skiagraphy  and  screen  work.  When 


1058 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


operating  with  higher  speed,  the  tube 
will  not  always  glow  at  every  interrup- 
tion and  may  act  irregularly,  not  steady. 
The  alternating  current  was  not  so  ef- 
fective as  direct  current  when  derived 
from  the  dynamo  machine  for  our  coil, 
and  when  batteries  are  used  the  main  in- 
convenience in  alternating  the  direction 
of  the  primary  current  is  the  use  of  a 
double  break-wheel.  Direct  current  in 
the  primary  circuit  with  proper  interrup- 
tion is  the  thing  we  are  after  The  kind 
of  regulator,  interrupter  or  vibrator  or 
a  break-wheel  may  be  safely  left  with  the 
manufacturer,  who  knows  exactly  what 
his  coil  properly  needs. 

When  the  apparatus  is  connected  as 
per  diagram  (See :  Amer.  X-Ray  Jour- 
nal, Nov.,  1899,  page  663),  it  is  ready  for 
use  and  needs  only  the  closing  of  the 
switch  and  possible  slight  adjustment  of 
the  contact  screwrs  to  start  the  vibrator, 
interrupter,  etc.  When  this  is  accom- 
plished, the  tube  should  become  fluor- 
escent. That  is,  if  the  tube  has  been  so 
connected  that  the  negative — or  cathode 
current  passes  through  the.  aluminum 
plate,  which  is  in  the  tube,  disk  or  any 
other  device,  the  light  which  appears 
will  be  of  a  pale  green  color,  and  al- 
most completely  fill  the  space  between 
the  electrodes,  while  the  x-ray  may  be 
instantly  seen  with  the  rluoroscope.  If, 
however,  the  anode  positive  current 
passes  into  the  tube  through  the  alum- 
inum electrode,  the  green  light  will  be 
diffused  part  behind  the  platinum  elec- 
trode and  part  of  the  lower  edge  of  the 
bulge,  while  no  light  can  be  made  out  on 
the  screen  of  the  rluoroscope.  In  such 
a  case,  the  wires  which  are  connected 
to  the-  tube  should  be  reversed. 

The  Kinraide  Induction  coil  was  al- 
ready mentioned;  it  consists  of  two  sep- 
arate  secondaries  with  their  primaries 
connected  in  scries  Fig.  i).  The  weak- 
feature  of  the  common  Ruhmkorff  coil 


is  the  heat  developed  in  primary,  but  in 
this  coil  insulation  can  not  be  melted 
and  no  delicate  part  of  the  apparatus  will 
suffer  by  the  heat  generated.    The  Kin- 


Fig.  9. 


raide  coil  is  portable,  safe  in  operation, 
simple  in  construction,  durable  and  may 
be  operated  with  comparatively  small 
amount  of  the  current,  giving  strong  x- 
ray  light  and  great  volume.  The  dif- 
ficulty attending  prolonged  exposure 
does  not  exist,  the  skiagraphs  will  be 
very  tine  and  finished  negatives  give  full 
detail,  and  are  as  usually  better  than  the 
positives. 

There  is  another  good  coil  to  be  men- 
tioned and  designated  by  Rollins.  The 
vacuum  in  the  tube  with  this  apparatus 
may  be  regulated  by  moving  rubber 
handles  in  front  of  the  coil  in  and  out. 
The  contrast  of  light  with  tubes  of  dif- 
ferent resistance  may  be  observed  very 
easily  and  with  a  Electrolytic-Interrup- 
ter the  apparatus  may  be  run  for  many 
hours  daily.  The  coil  may  be  operated 
from  the  direct  or  alternating  current 
of  1 10  volts. 

In  case  of  any  strikingly  new  develop- 
ment, the  apparatus  as  first  used  is  al- 
ways a  modified  form  of  that  already 
existing,  but  this  gradually  is  abandoned 
and  new  types  arise,  which  give  more 
satisfaction  or  better  results. »  The  proof 
of  this  simple  fact  is  also  the  Fessenden 
machine,  which  does  not  require  delicate 
usage  ;  is  very  simple,  compact  and  port- 
able. To  start  the  machine  all  that  is 
necessary,  is  to  turn  the  switch  and  press 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1059 


down  the  knob.  There  is  no  condenser, 
rheostat  or  other  complicated  apparatus, 
because  all  the  adjustments  are  made  by 
moving  spark-gap  handles.  It  is  impos- 
sible for  this  coil  to  break  down,  be- 
cause the  insulation  is  different,  even  if 
deluged  with  water  or  acid.  In  such 
case  you  need  only  to  remove  the  faulty 
section,  and  replace  it  with  a  new  one. 
instead  of  requiring  practically  the  re- 
building of  the  entire  coil,  as  in  the  old 
method  of  construction.  The  volume  of 
the  spark  in  this  coil  is  great  and  the 
enersrv  of  the  secondary  circuit  mav  run 
up  to  300  watts. 


Observations  on  Broken  Necks. 

Dr.  Reginald  H.  Say  re  of  New  York 
presented  a  number  of  photographs  from 
cases  of  fracture  of  the  cervical  vertebrae. 
In  making  the  diagnosis  the  position  of 
the  head  was  of  extreme  importance:  if 
the  fracture  involved  the  three  upper 
vertebrae,  the  head  would  almost  invari- 
ably be  twisted  to  one  side  after  the 
manner  of  torticollis,  there  was  often 
also  an  abnormal  straightness  of  the  back 
of  the  neck.  Dr.  Say  re  said  experience 
had  taught  him  that  support  of  the  cer- 
vical vertebrae  was  necessary  for  a  much 
longer  time  than  was  generally  supposed. 
Skiagraphs  of  these  cases  were  often  mis- 
leading, in  very  many  cases  an  excellent 
mode  of  treatment  was  to  envelope  the 
body  and  head  of  the  patient  in  plaster- 
of-Paris,  so  as  to  combine  a  helmet  with 
a  jacket. 

These  brief  remarks  on  broken  necks 
have  one  point  of  interest.  "Skiagraphs 
of  these  cases  are  often  misleading." 
All  skiagraphs  are  misleading  in  the 
hands  of  the  ignorant.  Of  course  I 
mean  the  ignorant  operator.  This  is 
like  the  old  "inaccuracies  of  the  x-rays" 
that  haunted  so  many  until  the  Ameri- 


can X-Ray  Journal  pointed  out  the 
sources  of  the  inaccuracies.  If  in  the 
instance  of  the  subject  the  operator 
would  use  some  device  to  correct  the 
distortion  his  picture  would  have  a 
known  value.  If  he  has  knowledge  of 
normal  anatomy  then  his  picture  would 
show  to  him  the  condition  exactly  as  it 
is  and  the  abnormal  state  be  properlv 
i  interpreted. 


A  New  Application  of  the  X-Ray. 

According  to  the  Journal  de  Medicine 
a  man  placed  under  arrest  for  illegal 
practice  of  medicine,  claiming  to  be  a 
graduate  of  an  American  college,  pre- 
sented a  diploma  which  excited  suspi- 
cion. The  Roentgen  rays  revealed  the 
outlines  of  a  named  erased  to;  make  room 
for  that  of  the  man  who  was  thus  con- 
victed. 

The  above  is  taken  from  an  exchange 
and  as  there  are  no  comments  we  are 
urged  again  to  give  our  disapproval  of 
the  publication  of  any  matter  that  gives 
evidence  of  falsity  or  smacks  of  quack- 
ery in  x-rays.  It  is  more  difficult  to 
unlearn  than  to  learn  correctly.  False  im- 
pressions only  weaken  the  great  impor- 
tance of  raying.  Some  months  ago  the 
American  X-Ray  Journal  published 
quite  fully  the  advantages  the  x-ray  gave 
to  those  who  were  trying  to  identify 
the  original  signature  upon  paintings. 
It  was  valueless  in  every  case  except 
where  the  signature  wras  made  in  gold. 
Modern  ink  with  a  fair  amount  of  erasure 
will  not  be  seen  either  on  plate  or 
screen. 


The  Royal  College  of  Physicians  and  the 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons  together  have 
sanctioned  a  plan  for  the  systematic  in- 
vestigation of  cancer.  It  is  prepared  to 
raise  5500,000  for  the  purpose. 


1000 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


,,/)      X-Ray  Narrative. 

A  Series  of  Articles  by  Dr.  F.  S.  O  Hara. 

••It  is  remarkable  what  a  part  this 
machine  can  play  in  the  destinies  of 
mankind  "  said  the  gray-haired  doctor  as 
he  leaned  back  in  his  chair  and  contem- 
plated the  trim  outline  of  his  static  ma- 
chine. 

I  surveyed  the  speaker  with  a  quick 
and  penetrative  glance.  It  was  late 
when  I  arrived  in  his  office,  but  he  had 
consulted  with  me  regarding  my  ailment, 
advised  me  kindly  what  plan  of  treat- 
ment to  follow,  and  now  that  our  busi- 
ness had  been  finished  we  had  turned 
to  the  discussion  of  the  wonderful 
Roentgen  Ray. 

My  analysis  of  Doctor  Barsto  was 
highly  unsatisfactory.  He  was  an  enig- 
ma. That  powerful  build,  agile  move- 
ment, and  immediate  deduction  from  a 
line  of  reasoning,  that  he  exhibited  re- 
garding my  case,  seemed  more  that  of  an 
expert  detective  than  of  a  physician. 
And  true  it  was  that  he  had  at  one  time 
been  a  great  detective,  but  I  am  ahead 
of  my  story. 

•kTo  what  particular  destiny  of  man 
do  you  allude  doctor?"  I  queried. 

•Many,  my  dear  sir,  many  and  varied 
are  the  things  in  life  intimately  associated 
with  the  vital  essence  of  life,  electricity." 
What  is  it?  You  cannot  see  it,  in  its 
□ascent  state  you  cannot  feel  it,  neither 
can  you  smell  it  nor  yet  can  you  taste  it ; 
yet  it  is  that  inexplicable  something  that 
rules  this  planet  of  ours,  and  if  I  am 
right  in  my  theory  it  is  that  which  holds 
the  world  of  planets  in  position,  and 
keeps  chaos  from  supplanting  cosmos. 
I  call  to  mind  a  circumstance  that  if  you 
have  tlu-  time  I  shall  take  pleasure  in  re- 
lating to  you,  and  which  will  show  you 
One  of  the  manifold  uses  to  which  a 
static  machine  can  be  put." 

Assuring  him  that  my  time  was  in  no 


wise  so  valuable  as  was  his,  I  settled  my- 
self to  hear  the  tale  he  was  about  to 
relate. 

"It  was  soon  after  the  discovery  of  the 
ray  was  made  by  Prof.  Roentgen,  that 
I  purchased  a  machine  for  experimental 
purposes,  little  thinking  it  to  be  of 
great  value  to  me.  I  had  learned  the 
use  of  the  various  portions  of  the  appa- 
ratus, and  had  succeeded  in  acquiring  a 
lovely  dermatitis  during  the  course  of  my 
experiments,  when  I  was  consulted  by  a 
friend  of  mine,  regarding  a  legal  matter 
that  engrossed  his  attention. 

You  are  probably  unaware  that  I  was. 
many  years  ago,  a  dabbler  in  the  science 
of  criminology  to  the  extent  that  I 
perhaps  merited  the  title  of  detective. 
I  would  not  mention  this  but  for  the  fact 
that  it  has  a  bearing  upon  the  case  in 
discussion. 

One  evening,  after  I  had  my  machine 
about  three  months,  an  old  human  blood 
hound  friend  of  mine  called  to  see  me 
to  ask  some  advice  regarding  a  certain 
case  that  was  puzzling  him  not  a  little. 

The  story,  briefly  told,  was  that  Mrs. 

A  had  reported  to  the  police  the  loss 

of  a  diamond  necklace  worth  $15,000.00. 
A  servant  of  the  household  was  sus- 
pected, a  search  warrant  issued,  and  even 
the  most  minute  investigation  failed  to 
reveal  even  a  trace  of  the  missing  gems. 
The  servant  was  incarcerated,  upon  sus- 
picion, and  whilst  in  prison  had  commit- 
ted suicide  by  dashing  his  head  against 
the  jail  wall. 

There  had  been  found  a  communica- 
tion, an  ante-mortem  statement  left  by 
the  man,  that  he  could  stand  all  else  but 
disgrace,  and  in  his  last  hour  of  life  he 
vehemently  asserted  his  innocenee  in 
writing.  The  associates  of  this  man  had 
been  watched,  and  still  no  trace  of  the 
missing  property  discovered.  It  was  a 
perplexing  case,  and  the  reputation  of 
my  friend,  the  detective,  depended  upon 
the  solution. 


THE  AMERICA X  X-RA  Y  JOURNAL.  1061 


I  queried  him  regarding  the  possi- 
bility of  any  other  of  the  servants  being 
at  fault.  Xo.  They  had  also  been  un- 
der surveillance. 

Could  the  woman  have  robbed  her- 
self, as  is  sometimes  conveniently  done 
when  one  is  short  of  funds?  Xo.  That 
would  leastways  lead  to  a  pawn  shop, 
and  all  the  loan  offices  had  been  investi- 
gated. The  fact  of  the  business,  was 
that  those  stones  had  disappeared  so 
completely  that  they  had  not  left  even  a 
ring  of  blue  smoke,  and  the  question 
that  confronted  us,  was,  where,  and 
how? 

I  was  nonplussed.  I  went  indus- 
triously into  the  family  history,  the  hus- 
band was  wealthy,  there  was  no  appar- 
ent reasons  why  either  he  or  his  wife 
should  act  in  a  suspicious  manner. 

Upon  my  suggestion  each  and  every 
member  of  the  household  was  shadowed 
for  several  weeks  and  nothing  suspi- 
cious developed.  It  is  without  a  doubt, 
that  the  solution  of  the  mysterv  would 
never  have  occurred  but  for  one  little 
circumstance  which  I  will  now  relate. 

It  was  perhaps  a  month  later  that  a 
Veterinary  Surgeon,  who  was  a  good 
friend  of  mine  called  at  my  office,  bear- 
ing in  his  arms  a  small  dog.  He  begged 
pardon  for  his  presumptiousness,  but 
explained  that  he  thought  that  he  could 
presume  upon  our  friendship,  to  such  an 
extent,  that  I  would  make  an  examina- 
tion of  the  canine,  by  aid  of  the  Roentgen 
ray,  and  see  if  I  could  give  him  an  idea 
of  the  cause  of  intestinal  obstrucrion 
that  existed  in  the  dog.  I  told  him  that 
while  I  did  not  profess  to  skill  in  his 
line  of  business,  I  saw  no  reason  why 
the  ray  should  not  be  of  benefit  to 
beast  as  well  as  to  mankind,  and  after 
connecting  up  the  tube,  I  started  the 
motor,  turned  out  the  lights  in  the  room, 
and  in  a  few  moments  the  apple  green 
color  of  the  tube,  told  me  that  everv- 
thing  was  in  readiness  for  the  test. 


He  held  the  dog  within  the  focus  of 
the  rays,  and  I  applied  the  fluoroscope 
to  my  eyes.  A  confused  mass  appeared 
in  the  interior  of  the  animal,  and  upon 
changing  the  position  of  the  dog,  I  saw 
the  outline  of  a  chain,  possibly  contain- 
ing stones,  mounted  in  metal  of  some 
kind. 

The  mind  acts  quickly  in  such  cases. 
I  hurried  to  the  telephone  and  called  up 
the  police  station.  My  friend  Mr. 
Olden  happened  to  be  in,  and  I  re- 
quested him  to  call  at  my  office  at  once. 

Whilst  waiting  for  Olden  I  subjected 
the  animal  to  a  more  accurate  localiza- 
tion of  the  mass  within  its  bowels.  It 
is  impossible  to  accurately  localize  an 
object  seen,  unless  the  distortion  of  the 
rays  is  corrected  by  means  of  the  fluoro- 
meter.  By  correcting  the  rays  from 
four  distinct  places,  the  accurate  locali- 
zation is  unquestionable. 

I  was  not  certain  that  the  mass  was 
within  the  stomach  of  the  canine,  so 
I  requested  Dr.  Albert  to  hold  the  ani- 
mal quiet,  whilst  I  applied  the  fluoro- 
meter,  and  adjusted  the  sights.  Having 
set  the  tiny  metal  wings  front  and  back 
it  was  plain  to  be  seen  that  the  foreign 
body  was  correctly  located  from  front  to 
back,  and  by  changing  the  position  of 
my  tube  without  changing  the  position 
of  the  subject  and  repeating  the  pro- 
cedure, with  the  rays  penetrating  from 
the  side,  I  laid  my  second  two  points  of 
correction,  and  I  knew  that  a  knife 
thrust  in  a  direct  line  from  point  to  point 
of  correction  must  surely  pass  through 
the  foreign  body. 

I  queried  the  veterinarian  as  to  whom 
the  animal  belonged.  "To  Mrs.  A.," 
was  the  response,  and  I  knew  by  intui- 
tion that  the  missing  string  of  diamonds 
were  brought  to  light  by  means  of  the 
wonderful  Roentgen  ray.  It  is  to  be 
remembered  that  diamonds  are  transpar- 
ent to  x-rays,  and  are  not  any  more 
shadowed  than  that  much  charcoal,  or 


L062 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


bits  of  wood.  The  gold  mounting  and 
chain,  however,  being  wholly  capable  of 
absorbing  rays,  the  mass  was  seen  in 
black  relief,  in  contrast  to  the  translu- 
cent flesh. 

Olden  arrived,  breathless,  in  a  short 
time,  and  he  in  turn  viewed  the  pheno- 
menon. 

Operation  upon  the  canine  was  out  of 
the  question,  and  at  the  suggestion  of 
Doctor  Albert,  a  lethal  dose  of  morphia 
was  administered  to  the  animal.  In  ten 
minutes  the  gems  were  in  our  hands.  In 
the  interim  we  had  explained  the  case 
to  the  Doctor,  and  he  coincided  with 
our  views,  that  the  wisest  course  to  pur- 
sue, was  strict  silence  regarding  the 
place  in  which  we  found  the  diamonds. 

Next  morning,  Mrs.  A.  was  made 
happy  by  the  restoration  of  her  diamond 
necklace,  which  she  still  wears,  not 
knowing  that  they  reposed  for  some 
time  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  her  favor- 
ite poodle. 

Olden  received  a  handsome  reward, 
which  he  concientiously  divided  with 
Doctor  Albert,  and  I  had  the  satisfaction 
of  knowing  from  practical  experience, 
one  more  use  of  the  Roentgen  ray." 

Having  finished  his  story,  Doctor 
Uarsto  lighted  his  cigar,  leaned  far  back 
in  his  chair,  and  blew  rings  of  smoke 
towards  the  ceiling. 

I  thanked  him  for  his  entertaining 
narrative,  and  prepared  to  leave.  "Come 
again,"  said  lie,  "and  I  will  tell  you 
of  some  other  cases,  criminal  and  other- 
wise, in  which  my  machine  has  figured. 

Springfield,  iu.. 

Ry  reading  the  American  X-Ray  Jour- 
nal you  acquaint  yourself  with  the  correct 
methods  of  x-ray  therapy. 

A  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Harvard  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  York  City,  Dr.  W.  J. 
Morten  read  a  paper  on  the  treatment  of 
malignant  growths  by  the  x-rays,  with  a 
provisional  report  on  casts  under  treat- 
ment. 


Notes  on  X-Light  and  Radio-Active 
Substances  in  Therapeutics. 


William  Rollin  has  made  experiments 
with  radio-active  substances  in  the  hope 
of  finding  a  substitute  for  x-light.  He 
found  that  some  of  the  radiations  retained 
their  activity  after  passing  through  ani- 
mal tissues  as  thick  as  the  body  of  a 
guinea-pig.  He  is  anxious  to  have  radi- 
um tried  on  lupus,  superficial  cancer,  and 
diseases  of  the  skin  in  which  x-light 
has  been  found  useful.  Radio-active 
substances  can  be  used  in  sealed  capsules 
held  against  the  body  by  adhesive  plas- 
ter, or  they  can  be  made  to  cover  large 
areas  by  mixing  them  with  rubber  or  cel- 
luloid to  form  moisture-proof  plasters. 
These  plasters  may  be  still  further  pro- 
tected by  being  coated  on  the  side  nearest 
the  body  by  aluminum  foil,  and  on  the 
opposite  sides  by  lead  foil.  They  could 
be  kept  in  stock  by  the  yard  by  drug- 
gists and  given  to  patients  by  prescrip- 
tion with  proper  directions  as  to  the 
length  of  application.  They  could  be 
worn  at  night.  They  could  be  used  by 
the  poor  at  much  less  expense  than  sit- 
tings for  the  use  of  x-light  from  a 
vacuum  tube. 

We  are  glad  to  print  this  little  refer- 
ence abstracted  from  the  New  York  Medi- 
cal Record  because  it  really  does  have 
some  significance.  Becquerell  carried  a 
piece  of  radio-active  substance  in  his 
pocket  for  several  days  and  found  a 
dermatitis  developing  at  the  point  the 
substance  was  nearest  the  skin. 


It  is  more  difficult  to  unlearn  false  teach- 
ings than  to  acquire  original  truth.  Begin 
right  and  read  the  American  X-RavJotr- 

NAI,. 


How  can  one  hope  to  be  informed  unless 
lie  reads  and  thinks.  Every  reader  of  the 
American  X  Ray  Journal  is  informed. 


THE  AMERICA X  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1063 


Radiotherapy  of  the  Prostate. 

By  Dr.  Heber  Robarts. 


I  desire  to  call  the  readers  attention 
to  a  method  that  is  wholly  new  in  liter- 
ature— a  mode  of  treatment  for  the 
restoration  of  diseased  and  hypertro- 
phied  prostates. 

It  is  not  known  that  the  method  to  be 
mentioned  has  ever  been  used  by  others. 
I  was  persuaded  to  use  the  x-rays  for 
the  relief  of  pain  in  a  patient  that  had 
long  been  a  sufferer  with  a  tender  and 
hypertrophied  prostate.  The  relief  af- 
orded  encouraged  me  to  use  radiations  in 
other  similar  cases.  The  first  iutimatiou 
however  that  this  form  of  light  would 
render  relief  came  through  a  case  of 
Dr.  Logan's.  The  patient  was  being 
treated  for  extravasation  in  the  corpora 
cavernosa  and  corpus  spongiosum  ren- 
dering the  entire  organ  useless  except 
as  a  channel  for  carrying  away  the  con- 
tents of  the  bladder.  At  every  effort  to 
erection,  deep,  not  painful  dorsal  incurv- 
ature attended.  As  an  organ  of  pleasure 
it  was  an  abomination.  Time  and  alter- 
ative medication  and  local  application 
gave  no  relief.  There  was  no  history 
to  account  for  the  trouble.  The  injury 
was  of  six  months  standing  and  futile 
efforts  for  relief  urged  the  doctor  to 
advise  about  the  x-rays.  The  patient 
had  suffered  for  some  years  periodically 
with  prostatic  disease.  Since  the  later 
trouble,  however,  he  had  directed  all  his 
attention  to  the  virile  organ.  I  was 
consulted  and  by  agreement  we  ex- 
posed the  patient  daily  for  the  relief 
of  the  extravasation.  About  six  ex- 
posures were  made  when  the  patient 
spoke  of  the  relief  the  rays  afforded 
the  prostate.  It  must  not  be  under- 
stood that  the  prostate  resumed  its 
normal  size  under  this  treatment.  But 
after  the  treatment   was  discontinued 


the  bulk  of  the  unnatural  prostate 
seemed  to  continuously  lessen. 

The  method  I  have  pursued  for  the 
treatment  of  these  cases  is  to  place  the 
patient  upon  a  chair  having  a  wooden 
seat  with  a  plane  even  surface  through- 
out. In  the  middle  of  the  seat  there  is 
an  opening  about  one  inch  across, 
slightly  greater  laterally.  Over  the  en- 
tire seat  is  fitted  a  sheet  of  lead  with  a 
fenestral  equal  to  the  size  just  men- 
tioned. Surrounding  the  chair  a  cur- 
tain of  lead  is  permitted  to  drop  to  near 
the  floor.  Eight  inches  beneath  the 
seat  the  tube  is  suspended  having  its 
support  in  insulated  thimbles  resting  in 
the  curtains.  The  anode  is  directed 
towards  the  opening.  The  coil  or  static 
machine  may  be  used  as  in  all  other 
therapy  of  the  x-rays.  The  patient  is 
seated  with  the  perineum  over  the  cen- 
tre of  the  opening  the  widest  portion 
being  lateral  to  the  patient.  The  bulb  of 
the  urethra  should  not  be  within  the 
range  of  the  radiation.  About  one  inch 
from  the  junction  of  the  scrotum  with  the 
perineum  is  the  situation  of  the  bulb. 
At  this  point  the  anterior  edge  of  the 
opening  in  the  seat  should  be  placed. 
The  patient  sitting  firmly  upon  the  open- 
ing the  perineum  drops  into  it  slightly, 
and  if  the  body  is  somewhat  inclined  for- 
ward the  prostate  is  immediately  over  the 
anode.  The  energy  of  the  tube  should 
be  sufficient  to  give  radiance  through  the 
prostate.  If  the  carpus  can  be  seen  at  a 
distance  of  four  feet  from  the  tube,  radi- 
ation will  be  sufficient.  This  can  be  test- 
ed before  the  patient  takes  his  seat.  The 
current  should  pass  through  the  tube 
without  any  apparent  difficulty  and  there- 
fore such  a  tube  is  a  soft  one.  This  is  a 
relative  term  however.  The  source  of 
electrical  energy  whether  from  coil  or  from 
plates  very  much  determines  the  nature 
of  the  tubes  capacity.  When  familiar 
with  the  apparatus  and  tube,  without 
fluoroscopic  test  we  can  fairly  accurately 


L064 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


judge  of  what  the  tube  is  doing  in  any 
particular  case.  With  the  coil  having  a 
rheostat  with  fifteen  to  twenty  buttons 
the  condition  of  the  tube  is  determined 
quite  accurately.  The  same  can  be  done 
with  a  rheostat  controlling  the  static 
machine  and  with  the  interrupters,  fairly 
well  regulate  the  tube.  With  the  coil 
the  degree  of  light  can  be  regulated  with 
almost  the  precision  of  a  wick  in  an  oil 
lamp.  The  position  of  the  patient  is  im- 
portant but  it  is  not  neccesary  to  use  any 
protecting  batting  between  the  sheet  of 
lead  and  the  skin.  This  was  a  former 
notion,  and  may  have  been  a  good  thing 
when  there  was  a  great  deal  of  wasted 
energy  about  the  tube. 

The  third  pafient  I  treated  was  70 
years  of  age.  The  third  lobe  of  the  pro- 
state was  the  only  portion  of  the  gland 
affected,  so  far  as  diagnosis  could  be 
made.  On  account  of  difficult  micturat- 
tion  he  consulted  me.  The  prostatic 
urethra  was  considerably  lengthened. 
It  was  with  considerable  difficulty  that  a 
metal  catheter  could  be  introduced.  He 
suffered  with  some  pain  and  perineal  un- 
easiness. I  placed  the  patient  in  the 
radio-postatic  position  and  gave  him 
daily  treatments  of  15  minutes  each  for 
20  days.  The  soreness  and  perineal  un- 
easiness was  not  noticeable  after  the  first 
treatment.  Micturation  became  less 
troublesome  after  each  treatment,  and 
after  the  twentieth  he  was  apparently 
well. 

The  next  case  I  had  was  55  years 
of  age.  The  prostate  gland  was  hyper- 
trophied  and  would  probably  weigh  15 
drachms  or  more.  There  was  no  trouble 
in  urinating  but  if  the  bowels  were  at  all 
constipated  he  suffered  in  the  perineal 
region.  He  was  not  impotent  but  had 
precipitate  semen.  An  anxious  counte- 
nance foretold  that  he  was  worried.  The 
radio-postatic  position  was  directed  and 
raying  done  for  IS  minutes  alternating 
days  till  In  treatments  were  given.  The 


patient  apparently  recovered.  In  all 
cases  treated  marked  relief  followed.  It 
is  too  soon  to  know  with  what  perma- 
nency these  treatments  will  relieve  the 
patient  for  this  common  and  distressing 
affection.  Roentgen-theapy  is  several 
years  old  already.  I  have  been  doing  this 
work  since  its  inception,  and  find  sug- 
gestions every  day  for  improving  tech- 
nique in  x-ray  work. 

In  tumors,  especially  of  cancerous 
type  the  rays  act  with  wonderful  results. 
Tumors  judged  to  be  cancerous  imbedded 
beneath  the  tissues  yield  to  radiations. 
The  prostate  gland  differs  from  cancerous 
structure.  Hypertrophy  is  due  to  in 
creased  natural  fibrous  and  muscular  tis- 
sue of  the  organ  together  with  the  gland- 
ular structure.  However  the  rays  are 
not  confined  to  one  line  of  influence. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  the  most 
potent  action  for  good  is  its  revitalizing 
action,  as  is  known  to  occur  on  scar 
tissue.  Its  antiphlogistic  action  is  seen 
when  psoriasis  spots  fade  away.  The  two 
actions  here  mentioned  might  be  enough 
to  account  for  its  benign  influence  on 
hypertrophied  prostates.  But  we  must 
know  that  the  rays  have  bactericidal 
action  and  also  an  inflammatory  action. 
May  at  least  the  first  of  these  not  be 
wrell  influenced  towards  good  in  hyper- 
trophy of  the  prostate.  The  analgesic 
action  is  the  fifth  well  defined  action  of 
the  x-rays  on  human  tissue.  This  last 
action  accounts  for  the  immediate  relief 
experienced  by  those  suffering  with 
painful  prostates.  As  to  just  how 
nature  act  to  remove  hypertrophied  con- 
ditions is  conjectural  and  speculative. 
At  present  we  are  content  with  the 
known  remedy. 

In  my  teachings  I  find  it  is  better  for 
the  doctor  to  know  better  how  to  relieve 
suffering  than  to  understand  the  physics 
of  his  machine. 

There  has  been  probably  no  time  in 
the  history  of  civilized  races  when  the 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1065 


prostate  gland  was  not  known  to  a  very 
large  number  of  persons.  It  has  been 
written  that  an  organ  is  only  known  by 
its  owner  when  diseased.  In  health  we 
have  no  thought  of  the  presence  of  an 
organ.  When  perversion  of  normal 
functions  ensues,  we  are  reminded  of 
Something  going  wrong.  Our  mode  of 
living  and  the  ever  tendencies  of  man  to 
excess  in  natural  and  unnatural  ways, 
invited  particularly  in  crowded  districts 
where  show  and  venery  is  encouraged, 
it  can  only  be  expected,  and  is  perfectly 
natural,  when  we  consider  nervous  and 
emotional  dependencies,  that  the  prostate 
should  be  hypertrophied  or  otherwise 
diseased.  Following  the  laws  that 
maintain  other  organs,  exercise  in  mod- 
eration maintains  normalcy  :  excessive 
use  leads  on  to  changed  conditions. 

The  prostate  gland  is  a  venereal  organ. 
The  plexus  of  veins  about  the  base  of 
the  gland  receive  the  dorsal  vein  of  the 
penis;  the  arteries  are  from  the  internal 
pudic,  and  they  go  on  to  form  the  capil- 
laries of  the  trabeculae.  The  nerves  are 
from  the  prostatic  plexus,  and  besides 
supplying  the  prostate  they  are  dis- 
tributed to  the  vesiculae  seminalis,  and 
the  erectile  structure  of  the  organ.  The 
common  seminal  ducts  perforate  the 
prostate  and  terminate  in  the  prostatic 
urethra  where  the  twelve  ejaculatorv 
ducts  of  the  prostate  open.  The  secre- 
tion of  the  gland  makes  up  by  far  the 
greater  portion  of  the  ejaculatorv  mass 
at  the  time  of  the  orgasm.  The  secre- 
tion of  the  prostate  like  the  testis,  con- 
tinues while  the  receptacles  and  ducts 
are  empty.  Disease  of  the  prostate  ma- 
terially affects  this. 

The  precision  of  the  normal  functions 
of  this  gland  acting  in  harmonv  with  the 
promptings  of  other  venereal  organs,  as- 
sures to  the  owner  immunity  from 
knowledge  of  tts  presence.  Hut  this 
organ  is  subjected  to  many  artificial  and 
unnatural  abuses.     Its  lower  bourder  is 


within  one  and  a  half  to  two  inches 
from  the  anus,  and  in  a  normal  condition 
weighs  but  four  drachms,  but  in  disease 
may  enlarge  to  a  weight  of  ninety 
drachms.  In  most  instances  it  com- 
pletely surrounds  the  urethra  at  the  neck 
of  the  bladder.  The  three  divisions  of 
the  gland,  which  are  almost  always 
present,  lie  between  the  urethra  and  the 
rectum.  Xo  tissue  of  any  moment  pro- 
tects the  prostate  from  the  urethra  and 
bowel.  The  recto-vesical  pouch  is  four 
inches  above  the  anus,  and  unless  the 
gland  is  greatly  enlarged  it  is  in  no  way 
concerned  with  this  fold  of  peritoneum. 
In  all  conditions  of  a  distended  rectum 
the  prostate  is  pressed  and  encroached 
upon.  The  folds  of  mucous  membrane 
in  the  rectum  are  subjected  to  thickning 
and  ulceration.  Such  disturbance  alters 
the  physiological  function  of  the  prostate. 
Piles,  strictures  of  the  bowel  and  fistulae 
are  likewise  contributory  causes.  Fis- 
sure of  the  anus  and  diseased  or  irritable 
rectal  pouches  are  disturbing  elements. 
Constipation  with  impacted  feces  en- 
courage the  formation  of  a  reservoir  of 
the  rectum  and  therefore  pressure  is  made 
upon  the  gland.  These  are  a  few  of  the 
diseases  of  the  rectum  that  materially 
have  some  bearing  on  the  etiology  of  dis- 
eased prostates,  and  which  were  practi- 
cally unknown  to  the  primeval  races. 
Yerv  few  of  us  reach  fifty  years  of  age 
without  some  acquaintance  with  the  rec 
turn  introduced  to  our  senses  by  some 
form  of  disease. 

The  urethra  is  an  organ  of  much  unnat- 
ural interference.  Stricture  of  the  urethra 
narrows  the  channel  and  burdens  the 
bladder  in  greater  contraction  to  expel 
its  contents.  This  strain  has  its  effect 
upon  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  distending 
it  and  encroaching  upon  the  prostate. 
Every  effort  at  micturating  has  its  ma- 
lign influence  here.  Gonorrhea  is  a 
potent  factor,  especially  when  the  pros- 
tatic urethra  is  involved.    Repeated  uses 


1666 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


of  the  sound  disturbs  the  prostate. 
Venery,  greatly  over-indulged  in,  is  the 
great  parent  of  pathological  prostates. 
It  is  in  the  prostatic  urethra  that  we  find 
the  primary  cause  of  many  cases  of  impo- 
tency.  The  nerves  that  come  down  and 
preside  over  the  ducts  of  the  seminal 
receptacles  and  prostate  are  ever  prone 
to  abuse.  A  diseased  prostate,  by 
mechanical  interference  against  the 
nerves  of  this  region  may  keep  up  a  con- 
stant irritation.  Due  to  this,  an  in- 
creased flow  of  blood  is  encouraged,  and 
congestion  ensuing  to  all  the  adjacent 
organs,  the  prostate  is  in  turn  the 
greatest  sufferer. 

Strictures  of  the  urethra  and  other  dis- 
eases of  the  urinary  tract,  together  with 
the  affections  of  the  rectum,  should  be 
cleared  away  with  the  least  possible  dis- 
turbance. I  mean  by  disturbance,  that 
the  knife  should  be  used  with  the  great- 
est possible  caution  in  the  cure  of  these 
troubles.  Relief  should  be  prompt  as 
possible,  but  the  knife  is  not  the  only 
recource.  Now,  after  all  else  is  satisfac- 
torily done,  the  prostate  deserves  the 
undivided  attention.  But  most  often 
when  these  contributing  troubles  are  all 
cleared  up,  there  yet  remains  a  troubled 
prostate.  The  patient  complains  of 
throbbing,  especially  at  night,  heat,  pul- 
sating, weight,  muscular  movements, 
nervous  uneasiness,  fullness,  fatigue,  a 
mental  unrest.  There  may  be  an  over- 
stimulation of  the  procreative  organs,  or 
a  diminution,  or  even  a  complete  aboli- 
tion of  the  sexual  desires.  The  desires 
may  remain  and  the  power  for  erection 
be  gone.  There  may  be  feeble  erections 
and  precipitate  semen.  All  of  these  may 
be  the  direct  result  of  an  over-distended 
pmtate.  What  shall  we  do  with  this 
hypertrophy?  It  has  been  the  study  of 
tin-  ages.  Old  age  does  not  necessarily 
mean  an  enlarged  gland.  Persons  con- 
tinent through  the  earlier  periods  of  life, 

and  those  having  escaped  the  popular 


diseases,  go  into  the  eighties  without  any 
hypertrophy  whatever.  Much  has  been 
said  upon  this  subject  of  natural  hyper- 
trophy in  old  age.  But  I  am  sure  that 
obedience  to  natural  laws  leads  man  up- 
and  onward  without  calling  for  remission 
in  any  particular,  of  any  organ.  So  nat- 
ural are  the  dispensations  that  the  ideal 
is  sometimes  seen.  The  body  as  a  whole 
moves  in  unison  with  its  parts.  It  is 
physiological  for  an  organ  to  slowly  sur- 
render, if  done,  in  harmony  with  the  ebb 
and  flow  of  Nature's  laws.  Its  lapsing 
functions  should  cause  no  physical  jar 
nor  mental  disquiatude. 

Treatment  of  hypertrophy  of  the  pros- 
tate gland  is  far  from  being  satisfactorily 
done.  Medicine  has  utterly  failed, 
whether  used  internally,  locally  or 
hyperdermatically.  Electricity  has  al- 
ways offered  the  greatest  hope.  Surgery 
with  the  knife  alone,  is  not  a  success. 
Six  modes  of  operation  are  practiced 
with  the  electric  current:  First:  The 
galvano-cautery  sound,  wdiich  is  intro- 
duced to  the  prostatic  uretha  must  cau- 
terize the  tissue  in  situ,  and  by  one  or 
two  successive  breaks,  and  in  twTo  or 
more  places.  The  tissues  are  seared,  but 
the  patient  scarcely,  if  at  all,  feels  pain 
So  little  local  disturbance  is  elicited  that 
there  is  no  after  effect  appreciable.  The 
treatment  must  be  repeated  a  few  times 
after  a  few  weeks  of  intervening  rest. 
Second:  Bottini's  rapid  method  at  one 
seance.  In  this  operation  the  cautery 
is  thrust  through  the  offending  portion 
of  the  prostate  and  direct  into  the  blad- 
der. Third:  Combination  of  suprapubic 
cystotomy  and  galvano-cautery  has 
reached  its  perfection  in  the  surgical 
skill  of  Belfield  and  Hunter-  McGuire. 
The  operation  simply  consist-  in  remov- 
ing the  gland  in  situ  by  galvano-cautery 
through  the  superpubic  opening.  Fourth : 
Electrolysis  with  weak  currents.  Fifth: 
Electrolysis  by  strong  currents,  by  which 
15  milla,  and  sometimes  70m.,  may  be 


THE  AMERICA iV  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1067 


used.  Encouraging  reports  are  reported 
by  Massey.  The  active  pole,  which  is 
the  negative  one ,  is  placed  over  the  pros- 
tate in  the  uretha,  while  the  indifferent 
pole  is  placed  in  the  perineum.  This 
treatment  is  done  twice  a  week,  while 
daily  application  of  the  negative  pole  to 
the  prostate  through  the  rectum  is  done 
with  the  positive  pole  over  the  abdomen 
The  treatment  is  complicated  by  using 
the  faradic  current  immediately  follow- 
ing the  galvanic  application  through  the 
uretha.  Zinc  or  tin  electrodes  are  used. 
Sixth :  Galvano-puncture  consists  in 
plunging  a  platinum  needle  into  the 
body  of  the  prostate,  the  positive  elec- 
trode placed  over  the  abdomen  to  com- 
plete the  circuit. 
301  Chemical  Building. 


Origin  of  Cancer. 


This  was  the  subject  of  a  communication 
sent  to  the  Chelsea  Clinical  Society. 
March  25,  by  Dr.  J.  G.  Adami  of  Montreal. 
We  desire  to  record  the  points  herein 
made,  because  they  are  in  accord  with  the 
best  informed  persons  upon  this  subject. 
It  is  especially  useful  to  readers  of  the 
American  X-Ray  Journal,  for  the}-  are 
doing  work  with  the  x-ra3Ts  for  the  cure  of 
cancer. 

He  said:  "From  a  study  of  the  syney- 
tionia  malignum,  it  might  be  legitimately 
deduced  that  there  existed  one  form  of 
tumor  of  highly  malignant  tj-pe,  in  which 
the  infiltrating  cells  were  not  those  of  the 
organism  itself,  but  were  derived  from 
another  organism.  The  infiltrative  and 
invasive  properties  of  these  cells  were  not 
a  new  aquirement,  but  were  an  exaltation 
of  properties  normally  possessed  by  them, 
or,  more  exactly,  under  normal  conditions 
it  was  observed  that  there  was  an  inter- 
action of  two  forces— one  the  invasive 
properties  of  these  cells,  and  the  other  the 
protective  properties  of  the  surrounding 
maternal  tissues,  by  which  interaction  the 
extent  of  invasion  of  the  cells  was  strictly 
limited  to  the  placental  side.  Dr.  Adami's 
view  was  that  the  development  of  the  syn- 
cytioma  malignum  must  therefore  be  at- 


tributed to  either  an  increase  in  the  inva- 
sive properties  of  the  syncytial  cells  or  to 
a  lessened  resistance  on  the  part  of  the 
maternal  tissues,  or  a  combination  of  the 
two.  It  was  concluded,  therefore,  that  if 
microparasites  played  any  part  in  the  pro- 
duction of  the  tumor  that  it  must  be  either 
by  exalting  the  infiltrative  powers  of  the 
one,  or  by  lowering  the  resistant  powers  of 
the  other.  Dr.  Adami  pointed  out  that  proof 
positive  of  the  existence  of  such  specific 
microparasites  was  still  wanting,  and  in 
its  absence  he  found  it  difficult  to  conceive 
how  specific  microparasites  could  bring 
about  those  results. 

The  prevalent  conception  of  cancer  para- 
sites, as  existing  within  the  cancer  cells, 
involved  the  idea  of  malignant  growths 
being  the  product  of  parasites  acting  with- 
in parasites,  because,  as  shown  by  the 
study  of  syncytioma  malignum,  the  tumor 
cells  themselves  were  essentially  parasitic 
in  the  organism. 

In  short,  according  to  Dr.  Adami,  if  the 
present  popular  idea  was  traced  to  its  legi- 
timate conclusion,  the  most  that  could  be 
said  for  it  was  as  the  association  of  para- 
sitic ideas  might  already  have  occurred  to 
some,  that  the  theory  was  in  harmony 
with  the  great  generalization  of  the  poet 
who  wrote  that 

Greal  lira  -  have  little  fleas  upon  their  backs  to  bite  them- 
And  little  fleas  have  lesser  fleas,  and  so  on  ad  infinitum. 

Dr.  Adami  wished  to  know  if  that  gener- 
alization was  also  to  be  applied  to  explain 
the  action  of  pathogenic  bacteria.  In  the 
long-continued  action  of  microparasites 
he  was  willing  to  recognize  a  process 
which  might,  like  other  modes  of  stimula- 
tion, initiate  aberrant  and  neoplastic  cell 
growth,  but  be5rond  that  point  he  con- 
tended that  they  seemed  to  be  asked  to 
contemplate  a  most  extraordinary  condi- 
tion of  affairs. 

The  parasitic  theory  of  the  origin  of  can- 
cer presents  to  many  earnest  and  keen 
investigators  so  large  a  number  of  diffi- 
culties that,  before  being  accepted  as  the 
true  cause,  a  quantity  of  unsolved  points 
must  be  made  clear. 

The  progress  towards  this  end  has,  of 
late,  been  by  no  means  rapid. 

The  increase,  however,  in  the  facilities 
for  cancer  research  in  various  countries  of 
the  world  gives  rise  to  the  hope  that  the 
final  unraveling  of  its  mysteries  may  not 
be  far  distant. 


1 068 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


History  of  a  Case  of  Unrec- 
ognized Fracture  of 
the  Radius. 


R\    Paul  F.  Fletcher,  late  A.  A. 
Surgeon  U.  S.  Army. 


On  March  12th  of  the  present  year,  a 
young  lady  consulted  me  regarding  pecu- 
liar, fugitive  pains  of  the  left  arm  and 
forearm.  On  questioning,  the  following 
history  was  elicited:  Ten  years  ago,  while 
riding  on  a  sled,  she  was  thrown  to  the 
ground,  and  in  attempting  to  protect  her 
body,  injured  her  left  wrist.  The  family 
physician  was  immediately  summoned, 
and  after  an  examination,  declared  the  in- 
jury a  sprain.  He  applied  a  dressing, 
placed  the  member  in  a  sling  and  at  the 
end  of  three  weeks  discharged  the  patient. 

Soon  after  the  removal  of  the  dressing, 
the  young  woman  experienced  ill-defined, 
fugitive,  yet  persistent  pain  in  the  radial 
side  of  the  fore-arm  and  hand,  also  at  the 
posterior  aspect  of  the  humerus  near  the 
musculo-spiral  groove. 

The  physician  who  had  attended  her  be- 
fore was  again  called,  and  after  an  exami- 
nation, pronounced  the  condition  one  of 
partial  paralysis,  due  to  some  affection  of 
the  radial  nerve.  At  this  time  the  patient 
observed  great  difficulty  in  manipulating 
the  hand,  and  frequently  dropped  articles 
after  grasping  them. 

The  surgeon  in  attendance  applied  a 
plaster  cast  which  was  maintained  for  a 
long  period— just  how  long  I  do  not  know— 
and  during  the  time  it  remained  in  posi- 
tion, no  pain  was  suffered.  On  the  removal 
of  the  cast,  pain  and  discomfort  returned, 
and  another  surgeon  was  consulted.  He 
advanced  a  diagnosis  of  synovitis  of  the 
wrist  point,  and  placed  a  cast  on  the  pain- 
ful forearm  and  hand.  The  same  relief  of 
pain  was  noted,  and  when  the  cast  was  re- 
moved, it  returned  with  the  same  degree 
of  intensity. 

At  this  time  some  one  recommended 
that  she  consult  the  osteopathists  at 
Kirksville.  This  was  done,  and  a  diagno- 
sis of  curvature  of  the  spine  in  the  region 
of  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra,  was  made. 
Osteopathic  measures  were  followed  for  a 
short  time,  and  then  becoming  discouraged, 
the  patient  abandoned  this  treatment  and 


consulted  me.  I  was  as  unsuccessful  in 
reaching  a  diagnosis  as  my  colleagues, 
but  favored  a  diagnosis  of  synovitis.  A 
cast  was  again  applied,  temporarily,  and 
the  patient  advised  to  submit  herself  to 
the  x-ray.  This  was  consented  to,  a  radio- 
graph made,  and  lo!  a  fractnre  site  with  a 
resultant  spur  of  bone  was  discovered  at 
the  external  and  posterior  aspect  of  the 
radius,  five  centimeters  from  the  apex  of 
the  styloid  process. 

Operation  was  counseled  and  yielded  to. 
Patient  was  taken  to  a  hospital,  and  an  in- 
cision made  near  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  radius,  and  the  tissues  separated  down 
to  the  periosteum.  On  reaching  the  deeper 
tendons,  that  of  the  extensor  carpi  radialis 
longior  was  found  adherent  to  the  osseous 
spur.  This  spur  was  devoid  of  periosteum, 
or  osteoncus,  which  had  penetrated  the 
tendon  sheath  and  substance.  The  inflam- 
matory deposit  was  extensive  and  had 
resulted  in  adhesion  over  a  considerable 
area.  These  were  broken  up,  the  radialis 
longior  tendon  released  and  the  spur  chis- 
eled from  its  bed,  flush  with  the  normal 
line  of  the  shaft.  The  periosteum  was 
then  drawn  over  the  denuded  area  and 
sewn  with  fine  cat-gut,  and  the  muscular 
structures  permitted  to  resume  their  nor- 
mal positions. 

The  integument  was  sutured  with  silk- 
worm gut  and  a  skin  suture  of  fine  car- 
bolized  cat- gut  introduced.  Union  by  first 
intention  was  secured. 

The  patient  left  the  hospital  in  eight 
days.  All  pain,  which  before  the  operation 
was  constant  and  occasionally  of  great 
paroxyismal  intensity,  has  disappeared. 

In  performing  this  operation,  I  avoided 
disturbing  muscular  structures  where  pos- 
sible, without  exposing  a  much  more 
extensive  area  of  bone  surface  and  inter- 
fering with  the  attachments  of  the  Pronator 
Quadratus.  I  could  not  trace  the  fracture 
line  to  discover  the  course  of  the  line  of 
union.  Superficially  it  appeared  to  be  a 
Colles'  fracture,  yet,  from  the  absence  of 
much  deformity,  I  am  inclined  to  believe 
the  injury  to  have  been  a  greenstick  fract- 
ure.   (Radiograph  of  case  on  2d  page.) 

st.  Louis,  Mo 


"A  Pictorial  System  of  Instruction,"  the 
new  and  most  invaluable  work  of  Monell's, 
contains  no  part  of  the  matter  of  his  former 
works.    All  x-ray  workers  should  have  it. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


1069 


X-Ray  Prophecy. 


Sometimes  when  you  become  familiar 
with  a  subject  that  is  quite  unknown  to  the 
many,  it  is  easy  to  make  a  good  guess 
that  seems  prophetic  to  others  if  it  comes 
true.  Readers  of  The  American  X-Ray 
Journal  will  remember  four  years  ago  we 
predicted  that  no  work  on  surgery  would 
sell  that  ignored  the  x-rays.  The  predic- 
tion was  treated  with  silent  contempt. 
What  about  the  works  that  have  appeared? 
We  predicted  that  successful  operators 
and  skin  specialists  would  be  compelled  to 
use  the  rays  or  go  out  of  business.  They 
laughed  at  the  suggestion.  How  is  it?  It 
is  like  a  stampede  now.  They  are  all  fall- 
ing over  each  other  to  get  there.  Five 
years  ago  there  were  but  three  houses  in 
America  that  made  static  machines,  al- 
though electro-therapeutics  was  largely 
taught  in  special  schools.  Now,  there  are 
more  than  25  manufacturing  houses,  some 
of  whom  like  Van  Houten  &  Ten  Broeck, 
Waite  &  Bartlett  Manufacturing  Co., 
Mcintosh  Battery  and  Optical  Co.,  R.  W. 
Wagner  Manufacturing  Co. ,  Electro-Thera- 
peutic Manufacturing  Company,  and  others 
that  can  not  keep  up  with  the  demand  for 
x-ray  machines. 

We  made  investigations  of  120  medical 
colleges  on  this  continent,  and  not  one  of 
these,  two  years  ago  taught  x-ray  ther- 
apy. We  predict  now,  that  within  four 
years,  not  an  accredited  medical  school  in 
America  will  be  without  a  professor  of 
radio-therapy.    Don't  forget  this. 


Treatment  of  Epithetical  Skin-Can- 
cers and  Sycosis  Non-Parsi- 
tica  with  the  X-Ray. 


J.  F.  Rinehart  speaks  of  the  advan- 
tages of  the  treatment  of  these  cases  by 
the  x-ray.  It  gives  no  pain,  there  is 
but  little  scar  tissue  left  after  the  sore 
has  healed,  and  there  is  the  possibility 
of  a  more  thorough  eradication  of  the 
disease,  as  the  effect  of  the  rays  is  to 
destroy  all  the  cancer  cells  within  the 
area  exposed.  He  reports  a  number  of 
cases  which  illustrate  the  success  of  this 


treatment.  It  is  best  not  to  be  in  too 
great  a  hurry  to  obtain  the  reaction  lest 
too  much  inflamation  be  caused.  There 
is  a  great  difference  in  skins  as  to  their 
ability  to  withstand  the  x-ray.  It  is 
best  to  begin  with  a  five-minute  expo- 
sure at  six  or  eight  inches  and  try  that 
for  a  day  or  two,  and  if  no  reaction  is 
obtained,  increase  the  time  of  exposure 
till  the  desired  effect  is  produced. 

This  abstracted  matter  briefly  points 
out  a  procedure  that  is  quite  correct  and 
is  imitated  by  all  good  operators.  In 
diseases  that  are  amenable  to  ordinary 
medication  they  differ  in  different 
subjects  and  require  different  modes 
of  procedure  to  effect  a  cure.  In  x-ray 
therapy  this  must  be  observed. 

We  are  glad  of  the  interest  the  better 
medical  journals  are  now  taking  in  x-ray 
literature. 

The  American  X-Ray  Journal 
two  years  ago  predicted  that  every  wri- 
ter of  a  work  on  surgery  that  failed  to 
give  ample  space  to  the  importance  of 
the  x-ray,  would  have  practically  no  sale. 
It  has  proven  so. 


Dr.  Charles  Warren  Allen  reports  13 
cases  of  cancer  under  his  care,  and  all  of 
these  are  improving.  One  of  his  patients 
was  a  physician  suffering  with  cancer  of 
the  rectum. 


Carl  Beck  in  his  paper,  entitled  "Differ- 
entiation between  Inflammatory  Processes 
and  Neoplasms  of  the  Bones  by  the  Roent- 
gen Rays,"  says  that  many  limbs  have 
been  sacrificed  by  unnecessary  amputation, 
and  many  lives  lost  by  deferred  amputa- 
tion, on  account  of  errors  in  differentiating 
the  various  inflammatory  processes  from 
the  growths  of  the  bones  and  joints. 

The  x-rays  have  opened  entirely  new 
fields  in  this  sphere,  and  in  many  cases 
the  Roentgen  rays  give  positive  informa- 
tion. 


Owners  of  x-ray  machines,  who  desire 
to  be  up-to-date  in  x-ray  work  should  read 
the  American  X-Ray  Journal.  Have 
you  subscribed  ?    Why  not  ? 


1070 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


X-Ray  Divergence  Chart. 

SUPPLEMENT  To 

A  System  of  Instruction  in  X-Ray 
Methods  and  Medical  Uses  of 
Light,  Hot-Air,  Vibration 
and  High  Frequency 
Currents. 
By  S.  H.  MONELL,  M.  D. 
Students  of  X-Ray  work  should  study 
this  chart  reproduced  on  the  front  cover  of 
this  Journal. 

This  chart  shows  at  a  glance  the  follow- 
ing points  of  essential  interest  to  the 
X-Ray  operator:  — 

1.  A  Plane  Diagram  of  X-light  radia- 
tions from  the  a?iode  focus-point. 

2.  The  rate  of  departure  of  X-Rays  from 
a  parallel  path  at  different  distances  from 
the  tube. 

3.  The  proportionate  loss  of  right-angle 
shadows  at  different  distances  horizontal 
to  the  perpendicular  axis. 


X-Ray  Narrative. 


The  series  of  articles  under  this  head- 
ing are  being  written  by  Dr.  Fred  S. 
O'Hara  of  Springfield.  111.  The  articles 
are  written  for  the  benefit  of  physicians 
operating  x-ray  machines.  On  account 
of  inability  of  physicians  to  receive  the 
proper  instruction  in  this  branch  of  the 
science  and  art,  or  in  other  words,  the 
diagnostic  and  therapeutical  uses  of  the 
x-rays,  these  articles  are  written.  They 
are  interesting  to  all  readers,  but  doubly 
so  to  those  wishing  clearer  understand- 
ing of  radiotherapy  and  correct  methods 
of  irradiation.  They  are  alluring  to  a 
tired  doctor  whose  services  in  the  general 
field  of  practice  have  worn  off  the  nural 
sheath.  In  these  articles  we  find  the 
awakening  of  green  spots  in  the  mental 
domain.  The  plan  is  to  take  up  tired  na- 
ture, and  while  repasting  on  vivid  ideas, 
con  sume  modes  and  methods  of  doing  ac- 
curate x-ray  work.  Like  Oliver  Wendell 
Holmes.  William  A.  Hammond  and 
Wier  Mitchell,  so  Fred  S.  O'Hara  in- 
clines to  the  literary  entertaining  in 
teaching.  He  is  a  young  man  with  a  rare 
talent.  Those  who  follow  him  will 
weigh  more  in  the  scale  of  knowledge. 


4.  The  area  of  non-distorted  field  of  ob- 
servation at  anj-  distance  from  the  tube. 

5.  The  area  within  which  a  body  of  any 
thickness  will  shadow  a  right-angled  rela- 
tion of  the  parts  at  a  given  distance  from 
the  tube. 

6.  The  distance  from  the  tube  at  which 
a  part  and  the  photographic  plate  must  be 
exposed  to  secure  essential  correctness 
and  non-distortion  for  a  diagnostic  field  of 
any  given  size. 

7.  The  general  area  of  approximate  non- 
distortion  on  the  plate. 

8.  The  obliquit5'  of  shadows  at  all  dis- 
tances outside  of  the  central  field  of  exact 
perpendicularity  of  radiation. 

The  scale  of  the  Chart  reads  down  from 
the  focus -point  of  the  tube  to  an  imaginary 
plate  twenty  inches  distant.  For  greater 
distances,  extend  the  indicated  lines  below 
the  Chart,  and  apply  the  same  rule  of  in- 
terpretation. For  full  explanatory  descrip- 
tion see  Chapter  XVIII. 


Roentgen  Society  of  America. 


The  regular  meeting  of  the  Roentgen 
Society    of   America    will    convene  in 
Chicago,  December  10th  to  11th. 
The  local  Committee  are  : 
Dr.  Ralph  R.  Campbell. 

414  Marquette  Building. 
Dr.  John  B.  Murphy. 

Reliance  Building. 
Dr.  Louis  E.  Schmidt. 

424  North  State  Street. 
Dr.  L.  M.  Harris.  Chicago. 
Dr.  W.  L.  Baum,  103  State  Street. 
Dr.  H.  C.  Axthoxy. 

465  Dearborn  Avenue. 
Dr.  W.  A.  Pussy. 

Columbus  Medical  Bid. ,  Chicago. 


An  x-ray  apparatus  in  the  hands  of  one 
not  able  to  use  it  properly  is  a  cumbersome 
and  expensive  luxur>\  The  new  work  of 
Monell's  "A  Pictorial  System  of  In- 
struction," will  teach  any  ordinary  mind 
practical  uses  of  the  machine. 


Dr.  Reginald  reports  an  old  case  of 
Lupus  Vulgaries,  which  was  repeatedl}' 
cut  and  scraped,  with  the  local  application 
of  the  usual  remedies,  had  resulted  in  no 
improvement,  until  the  x-ray  was  resorted 
to. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL, 


1071 


Radium. 


Reference  made  in  the  following-  obser- 
vations to  diagnostic  possibilities  of  radium 
in  eye  disease  is  not  altogether  new.  It 
should  be  noted  that  in  using-  radium 
fluorescing-  surfaces  are  not  used  But  the 
points  made  have  no  advantage  over  the 
screen  under  the  x-rays.  We  examined 
several  hundred  cases  of  blind  and  partially 
blind  persons  in  1896.  There  is  a  way  to 
determine  the  degree  of  blindness,  when 
due  to  atrophy  of  the  optic  nerve,  by  the 
x-rays.  These  observations  of  ours  were 
widely  published,  at  the  time,  all  over  the 
world. 

Javal  makes  an  interesting  communica- 
tion to  the  Gazette  des  Hopitax  Civils  et 
Militaires,  April  17,  1902,  concerning  the 
curious  properties  of  the  new  metal,  radi- 
um, discovered  and  studied  by  Mr.  and 
Mine.  Currie.  In  the  dark  this  metal  emits 
a  light  which  is  peculiar  in  itself,  which  is 
not  phosphorescence,  and  which  is  distinct 
from  Roentgen  rays,  although  bearing  a 
certain  analogy  to  the  latter.  The  rays 
from  this  metal  traverse  opaque  bodies 
and  produce  physiological  effects.  Currie 
thinks  that  these  properties  could  be 
utilized  to  discover  if  the  optic  nerve  in 
the  blind  is  absolutely  atrophied,  and  if, 
accordingly,  all  hope  should  be  abandoned 
of  the  recovery  of  sight.  Javal  cites 
several  instances  in  which  certain  blind 
patients  could  perceive  the  glinuner  of 
radium.  In  others,  on  the  contrary,  there 
were  no  perception  of  its  light.  This  metal 
is  still  extremely  rare.  It  is  prepared  in 
the  form  of  the  chloride. 


Surgical  Operation  in  the  Old 

is  referred  to  in  the  Radiance  Medical 
Jour?ial  by  Dr.  J.  C.  Sexton.  The  doctor 
contends  that  it's  disease,  not  years,  that 
makes  people  old.  In  surgical  operations 
shock  is  not  a  great  factor.  The  loss  of 
*blood  is.  It  is  not  necessary  to  produce 
deep  narcosis  in  old  people  for  the  extreme 
sensibility  of  the  nervous  system  incident 
to  the  prime  of  life  seems  dulled  in  old  age. 
Old  people  can  endure  a  great  deal  -  of 
surgical  infliction.  The  observation  is 
worthy  of  thoughtful  consi-deratior . 

At  the  meridian  of  life  the  greatest 
tendency  occurs  for  the  gtowth  of  canc^r^.^ 
For  women  this  is  the  most  critical  period. 


Scarcely  is  there  a  hospital  that  does  not 
have  cases  under  surg-ical  care  for  cancer. 
But  a  lessening  of  this  variety  of  cases  is 
noted  day  by  day.  Instead  of  surgery. the 
cases  are  being  successfully  treated  with 
the  x-rays.  Surg-ery  finds  this  fruitful  field 
diminishing-.  We  predict  the  ultimate 
restoration  of  cancerous  cases  without 
shock,  by  the  benign  system  of  radio 
theraphy. 


Dr.  J.  Rudis-Jicinsky  reports  two  cases 
of  Intestinal  Obstruction,  diagnosed  by 
the  x-ray. 


We  are  glad  to  see  some  of  our  medical  friends  in 
old  St.  Louis  awakening  to  the  uses  of  the  x-rays.  Some 
of  them  are  being  provided  with  useful  apparatus,  and 
we  trust  they  will  not  stop  short  of  learning  how  to 
make  the  best  use  of  them. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Vienna  Soci- 
ety of  Physicians,  Dr.  Schiff  and  Dr. 
Freund  presented  an  interesting  paper,  on 
Depilation  by  High-Tension  Electric  Cur- 
rents. 


Have  Yom  Got  It  '? 

Not  $300,  not  $200,  not  $150  for  an  8 -plate,  but 

$125.00  GASH, 

for  a  High  Grade  Perfection 

16-pliite  mm. 


Western    Surgical    Instrument  House, 

647-653  W.  5t>i»  &t„  Chicago,  111, 


HI 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


C 


L 

E 


N 


E 

f 


I  notice  in  the  advertisement  of  the  manufacturers  of 
Mica  Plate  Machines  that  they  claim  that  two  revolving 
Mica  Plates  are  equal  to  ten  revolving  glass  plates  in  a 
Static  Machine. 

I  am  ready  to  make  the  test  to  prove  to  the  contrary  : 
that  two  Mica  Plates  will  not  give  the  same  amount  of 
current  that  ten  glass  plates  of  equal  size  will  give. 

I  will  meet  in  competition  the  manufacturers  of  the 
Mica  Plate  Machine  in  Chicago,  or  in  New  York  City,  in 
the  presence  of  a  body  of  Medical  and  Scientific  Electri- 
cians to  decide  upon  the  merits  of  the  machines,  and  will 
furthermore  prove  that  a  machine  with  two  glass  plates, 
same  size  as  two  Mica  Plates,  will  equal  and  do  more  and 
better  work,  (x-ray  or  otherwise),  under  same  conditions, 
than  a  Mica  Plate  Machine  can  do. 

This  advertised  statement  has  been  heretofore  unchal- 
lenged, and  I  now  give  them  (the  manufacturers  of  the 
Mica  Plate)  the  opportunity  to  prove  the  same  and  have  it 
settled  which  is  the  most  efficient  in  actual  practice. 


HEINRV  E.  WAITE,  M.  D., 

President,  WAITE  <f  BARTLETT  MEG.  CO., 


10»  Bast  33d  Street, 

NEW  YORK  CITY. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


)000000000000000000000000000000000000000000( 

AN/EMI  A 

TYPHOID 

CONSUMPTION 

and  all  impoverished  and  depleted  conditions  yield  to  the  heal- 
ing and  magical  influence  of 

BOVININE 


with  wonderful  rapidity  and  finality.  Measure  the  increase  of 
red  cells  and  haemoglobin  in  the  blood  as  you  proceed,  and 
g  note  improving  strength  and  functions  of  your  patient.  In 
o  typhoid  fever  it  is  quickly  absorbed  and  ass'milated  without 
g  the  slightest  functional  labor  or  irritation.  It  is  a  support  and 
rest  to  the  stomach  and  intestines.  A  postal  brings  our  scien- 
tific treatise  on  "Haematherapy,"  with  details  of  treatment  in 
all  cases,  and  hundreds  of  clinical  reports. 

THE  BOVININE  CO., 

75  West  Houston  St.,  New  York. 

LEEMING  MILES  &  CO.,  MONTREAL.  .  Sole  Agents  for  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  5 
>OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOTOOOOOC>OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo8 

Every  Static  Machine 

Should  be  kept  dry  so  that 
it  will  work  at  all  times  and 
under  ALL  conditions. 

How  Can  This  Be  Done? 


U 


SE  AN  ELECTRIC  DRYER.    Lessen  the  use  of  chemicals. 
They  all  corrode  the  apparatus  and  injure  the  machine. 
Electric  Dryers  are  permanent,  clean,  and  the  output  of  the  ma- 
chine is  made  constant  and  regular. 
They  are  cheap. 

Made  especially  for  Static  Machines  to  fit  all  designs. 
Work  on  any  incandescent  light  current. 
State  voltage  in  all  cases  when  ordering. 
Address 

EMERGENCY  X-RAY  CO.,  St.  Louis,  Mo 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


Mcintosh   Battery  and  Optical  Co., 

<>2  to  98  State  Street,        -  -        CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Preparation-Par  excellence 

fellows'  Syrup  of  fiypopbospbites 


CONTAINS 

Hypophosphites  of  Iron,  Quinine,  Strychnine,  Lime, 
Manganese,  Potash. 

Each  fluid  drachm  contains  Hypophosphite  of  Strychnine 
equal  to  l-64th  grain  of  pure  Strychnine. 


Offers  Special  Advantages 

in  Anaemia,  Bronchitis,  Phthisis,  Influenza,  Neurasthenia,  and  during 
Convalescence  after  exhausting  diseases. 


SPECIAL  NOTE*— Fellows'  Hypophosphites  is  Never  Sold  in  Bulk,  and  is 
advertised  only  to  the  Medical  Profession.  Physicians  are  cautioned  against  worthless 
substitutes. 

Medical  Letters  may  be  addressed  to  K 
Literature  of  value  upon  application.  MR.  FELLOWS,  26  Christopher  St.,  New  York. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


BLOOD  INTRODUCTION 

In  all  anaemic,  consumptive  and  dyspeptic  pa- 
tients, where  there  is  a  lack  of  ability  to  produce 
good  and  sufficient  blood,  why  not  introduce  it  ? 

BOVININE 

is  live  blood — blood  of  fullness,  energy  and  integ- 
rity, arterial  blood  of  the  healthy  bullock.  It  is 
the  physician's  greatest  auxiliary.  Prepared  by 
cold  process.  Antiseptic  and  sterilized.  Try  it 
per  rectum  when  the  stomach  is  unavailable.  Try 
it  per  sub-cutaneous  Injection  when  collapse  calls 
for  instantaneous  blood  supply.  Send  for  our 
scientific  treatise  on  topical  and  internal  adminis- 
tration, and  reports  of  hundreds  of  clinical  cases. 

THE  BOVININE  CO., 

75  West  Houston  St.,  New  York. 


Have  YOU  Seen 


1 


.THE 


B.  U.  Cube 
Regulator?* 


For  use  with  any  apparatus. 

Adjusts  the  Vacuum  to  any 
devised  degree  and  main- 
tains it  at  such  point 
permanently. 

Eliminates  95  per  cent  of  the 
danger  of  puncturing. 

Enables  one  tube  to  do  the 
work  of  three. 

Heavy  Radiography  with 
short  exposures. 


BARIO  VACUUM  COMPANY, 


106  East  23d  Street 


NEW  YORK  CITY. 


THE  AMERICAN  X-RAY  JOURNAL. 


+ 


f 
* 

* 

* 
f 
* 

4- 

% 

f 
* 
* 

! 
% 
% 

* 

t 
f 
+ 
+ 
f 
f 
+ 
* 


IT  HAS  NO  EQUAL 


FOR  EITHER 


X-Ray  or  Therapeutic  Work. 


Mcintosh  Improved  Construction  Sixteen-Plats  Static  Machine. 


Our  m  Edition  Catalogue 


WILL  BE  MAILED  FREE 
TO  ANY  ADDRESS  — 


CONSULT  US  BEFORE  PURCHASING 


Static  Machines,  the  Kinraide  Coil,  X-Ray  Tubes, 
BATTERIES  AISD  ELECTRODES. 

Mcintosh  Battery  and  Optical  Co., 


39  West  Randolph  Street, 


CHICAGO. 


++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++  4.**+**++**++*+++*+++****+* 


This  Book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped 
below.  No  further  preliminary  notice 
will  be  sent*  Requests  for  renewals  must 
be  made  on  or  before  the  date  of  expiration. 


DUE 


JON  7- 1950 


FEB  -  8  1983 


M2 


RETURNED 


JU*  1-1950 


A  fine  of  t^£nt^fiye  centsjwill  be  charged  for 
each  week  or  fraction  of  a  week  the  book  is 
retained  without  the  Library's  authorization.